GoveTTvmew SESSIONAL PAPERS VOLUME 'Z7 SIXTH SESSION OF THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT DOMINION OF CANADA SESSION 1916 VOLUME LI. 109142D 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE SESSIONAL PAPERS PARLIAMENT OF CANADA SIXTH SESSION, TWELFTH PAELIAMENT, 1916. A Auditor General's Report, Vol. I, Pts. a, b, and A to L, ; Vol. II. Pts. M to V ; Vol. Ill, Pts. V to Z Vol. IV, Pt. ZZ. . 1 Agriculture, Report of Minister of, for year March 31, 1915 If) Agricultural Instruction Act, 1914-1916.. 15c Acadia Coal Co. re granting of a Concilia- tion Board to employers of 99 Alien Enemy prisoners, escapes, etc., from detention camps at Banff, Alta.. .. .. 26S Alien Enemy prisoners, escapes, etc., from camp at Amherst, N.S 220 Amalgamated Dry Dock and Engineering Co. re construction of dry dock at North Vancouver 25 S Amethyst, SS., correspondence re subsidy to, in years 1910-11, and 1911-12.. Appointments to Inside and Outside Ser- vice, in County of Wright 93 Archives — Report of woiks for year 1914. 29a Astronomer — Report of Chief, year 1912. 25a B Bait Freezer at White Head., N.S. — Re- port of Engineer re 274 Bauman, W. P., an alien enemy — Corre- spondence re passport of 242 Bear River, N.S. — Documents re purchase of site for P.O. building at. ., 142 Belzile, Louis de Gonzaque, re investiga- tion respecting loss of horse by, during 1915 127 Bondgi and Securities in Department of Secretary of State, since last return.. 69 Board of Conciliation — Documents ?-e creation of, regarding Nova Scotia Steel Co., 1915 196 Bounty under Depp Sea Fisheries Act re County of Guysborough, N.S 88 Bridge, construction of, between He Fer- ret and St. Anne de Bellevue, and He Perrot and Vaudreuil 168 3060—1 Breakwater at North Lake, P.E.I — re construction of, at Branch line of I.C.Ry. in Guj'sborough, N.S. , re total expenditure connected with, since 1911 Burleigh Falls Water-power — re lease of by Government to J. A. Culverwell . . British Columbia Hydrographic Surveys. . 164 133 280 25e C Campagnie de Navigation — re cancella- tion of subsidy contract to 223 Canadian Pacific Railway Company : — Lands sold by during year 1915.. .. 54 Canadian Northern Railway Co. — Finan- cial Statement of, etc ." . 282 Canadian No; them Railway Co. — Copies of Mortgage Deed of Trust of, etc. . . . 282& Canadian Officers) employed in Canadian Pay and Records Office, London. .• . . . . 207 Censors, names, etc., of employed by Gov- ernment at Louisburg and North Syd- ney, N.S 195 Censors and decoders — L'st of employed at Halifax, since beginning of war. . . . 2£3 Civil Service, Inside, re questions asked of candidates for, since May, 1912 247 Civil Service List of Canada for 1915.. 30 Civil Service Commission — R( port of for year 1915 31 Commandeering of Wheat — Documents relating to, etc i62 Commandeering of Wheat — Documents relating to, etc. i62a Compandes — L'st of at Hal'fax in Depart- ment of Militia and Defence re tenders for E>upplies 294 Commissions : — Order in Council appointing Commis- sion of inquiry re fire in Parlia- ment Buildings 72 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 Commissions — Concluded. Number of, etc., appointed since 1911.. 210 Order in Councii appointing Commis- sion to inquire into Shell Contracts.. 228 Re evidence taken respecting damages claimed against Militia Department by town of Sydney, N.S. ......... 239 Conciliation, Boards of — Report of Regis- trar of for 1915 36a Conference of Local Governments held in Ottawa, October, 1915 86 Criminal Statistics, year ending 1914 . . 17 Cumming, J. S. W. — re action against by Government, etc 227 Customs! Department at North Sydney — re renting of rooms for purposies of. . 114 Customs Station at Vicars, Quebec — Opening of at Frontier and closing at Vicars, etc 118 Customs! Department — Number of clerks in paid from Outside Service vote who are in Inside Service .. 287 Customs, Report of Department of, for year 1915 Si> D Dairy and Cold Storage Commissioner — Report of for year ending March 31, 1915 15« Dam, construction of at Grand'MSre, Co. of Champlain, Quebec 230 Decorations, list of awarded to members of Canadian Forces to March 17, 1915. 259a Decorations, list of those in Canadian Expeditionary Forces receiving such.. 259 Desjardins, Auguste, of St. Denis. Kam- ouraska — Documents re appointment as Customs officer 6S Destructive Insect and Pest Act — Regu- lations under 40 Dionne, J. P., case of against the King in Exchequer Court .. 212 Dionne, J. P., Supplementary Returns re Exchequer Court 212a Disallowance of Act of Legislature of Ontario — Order in Council, also report of Minister of Justice on 271o Dominion Police Force — List of em- ployees, with salary, etc 197 Dominion Police Force — re average num- ber of men employed in year If 15. ... 45 Dominion Steel Corporation, re war or- ders obtained by 178 Dominion Lands — Orders in Council re — between January 15, and December, 1915 47 Dominion Lands Act — Orders in Council re — 'between January 15, and December, 1915 48 Dominion Lands " Forest Reserves and Park Act" — Orders in Council re.. .. 49 Dominion Lands Survey Act 50 Dominion Government Domestic Loan — Copy of prospectus, etc 90 Domestic Loan of Dominion Government — Number of subscribers, etc.. ...... 91 Doucett, Alex. D., investigation re claim - of respecting cattle killed on I.C.Ry., 1915 131 Dredging : — Inverness Co., N.S., in since 1896 to present 67 Contr-acts for supplies for dredges in East River, Pictou Co., years 1914-15. 139 Dismissals : — Letters, etc., between Government and J. C. Douglas, M.L.A., re dismissals in Nova Scotia . 97 Documents re dismissal of Daniel Bu- chanan as Pilot, Harbour of St Anns. 107 Documents re dismissal of Clifford G. Brander, of Customs Service, Halifax. 113 Charles McCarthy from Customs Ser- vice at Halifax, N.S., etc 116 A. J. Crosby, Thomas Lynch and J. B. Naylor, Customs Service at Halifax. 117 W. B. Mills, Bridge and Building Mas- ter, Dist. No. 4, I.C.Ry. — Documents re. . 134 Proposed di.smlFsal of present Keeper of Lighthouse at Cape Jourmain, "West- morland Co., N.B 144 John E. Hallamore, Postmaster at Up- per New Cornwall, N.S 176 Mr. Bayfield, Supt. of Dredging in B.C., re dismissal of, and appointment of J.L.Nelson 183 Joseph Fleming on Intercolonial Ry... 188 Hubert Paquin, Postmaster of St. Gil- bert de Portneuf 189 Documents re dismissal of Postmasters of St. Lazare, Vaudreuil Station, Point Fortune, Val des Epoul^s, Mont Oscar, St. Justine de Newton IfO Dr. ^V. T. Patton, Department of In- terior. 24 L. F. Sansfagon, Postmaster of Louis- ville 225 Postmaster McRitchie, of North River Centre, N.S 232 James Hall, Postmaster of Milford Haven Bridge, N.S 233 J. B. Levesque, Steward on steamer Champlain .. .. 277 Dr. W. T. Patton, Veterinary Inspection Branch at Coutts. Aibsrta 211o J. B. Dcschenes and Thcs Bernier, em- ployees on I.C.Ry. at River du Loup. 292 Mr. Chisholm, Inspector of Indian Agencies, Sask 191 drouth area of Alberta — Correspondence re. . . . . 243 duties rebated to importers during year ended December 31, 1915 112 3ast River of Pictou — Reports on depths of water in locks in, etc l^ast River of Pictou — Supplementary re- turn relating to Estimates. . . . . Estimates, Supplementary, year ending March 31, 1916 . . . Estimates, Further Supplementary, year ending March 31, 1916 Estimates, Further Supplementary, year ending March 31, 1917 .. Estimates. Further Supplementary, year ending March 31, 1917 Elevator — Storage at Calgary re location of Electoral Polling Divisions in Manitoba — re apportioning of by Judges under Act. Elections, By — return re year of 1915. . . Employees in Government Departments — names of all who have enlisted since August 4, 1914 289 98 98a 3 5a 56 297 234 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 European "War — Memo. ?-e work of Depart- ment of Militia and '~)ef6nce from 1915 to 1916.. 231 Examiners or Inspectors of materials for military purposes — Number of, etc. ... 193 Examination for Civil Service appoint- ments— Names of persons successfully passing in Prov. of Quebec 94 Expenditures, showing all sums expended in present year to December 31, lfl5, by Dept. of Public Works, chargeable to Income 140 Experimental Farm, Rosthern, Sask. ... 87 Experimental Farms — Report of the Di- rector of, for year ending Mar. 31, 1915, Vol. I 16 External Affairsi — Report for year ended March 31, 1915 29o Extract from Montreal "Gazette" of Jan- uary 12, 1915, re distress in England, etc 19Sa Extract from Montreal Gazette, of Nov- ember 1, 1915, re help by sale of Cana- dian flour 198 European War — Copies of Documents, Orders in Council re 42 European War — Copiesi of Documents, supplement to 42o European War — Orders in Council relat- ing to, from April 29, 1915, to January 12. 1916 43 Fair Wage Officer — Visits of re schedule of wages in shell making, New Glas- gow, N.S 214 Federal Plan Commission for cities of Ottawa and Hull — ^Report of for 1915. . 172 Fenian Raid Bounty : — Application of AenSs McKinnon of Nova Scotia re 95 Application of Aenas McKinnon of Nova Scotia re 95a Names and addresses of persons in An- napolis Co. to whom paid 152 Names and addresses in South Cape Breton to whom paid, etc 153 Names' and addresses of persons in County of Halifax, N.S., to whom paid 154 Names and addresses of persons in County of Hants, N.S.,-to whom paid. 155 Namesi and addresses of persons in county of Richmond, N.S., to whom paid 156 Re David W. McLean, Windsor, N.S. . 205 Re application of Mrs. Flora Mclntyre, N.S. 194 To whom paid in Queens Co., N.S... 149 Finance Department — Number of clerks belonging, paid outside service vote.. 265 Fire Protection on Transcontinental Ry. line between Harvey Junction and W. boundary line 278 " Forest Reserves and Park Act " — Orders in Council re 4 9 Foit Henry — Amount of money paid out for new buildings and repairsi in 1912- 13-14-15 , 283 Fisheries Branch, Department of Naval Service — Forty-eighth Annual Report of 39 25d 26 19b 63 282 282o Geographic Board Report of for 1915.. Geological Sui-vey — Department of Mines, year 1914 Georgian Bay Canal — Interim Report of Commission re economic problem of. . . Governor General's Warrants issued since on account of 1915-16 Grand Trunk Pacific Railway : — Financial Statement of, etc Copies of Mortgage Deed of Trust, etc. H Hanlover, documentsi re repairs on in County of Shelburne. N.S., in 1915.. 166 Hansard — Report containing motion of Sir W. Laurier re expenditure made by Shell Committee 228o Headquarters Staff of 1st, 2nd and 3rd Divisional Area — Names, rank, and qualifications of officers on 192 High Cost of Living — R:port of Board of Inquiry into 84 Homestead Lands — Fractional Areas of in Saskatchewan 89 Horsesi — Correspondence re purchase of, etc 213 Horses, re number bought for remounts in Alberta, etc Indian Affairs. Department of- — Report of for year 1915 Inland Revenue — Number, names, salar- ies, etc., of permanent employees in, 1915, 1916 . ■ Insurance — ^Report of Superintendent of for year 1915 Insurance — Abstract of Statements of, year ende 1 D;c?mber 31, 1915 Interior — Report of Department of for year 1915 International Nickel Co. — Correspondence of with the Prime Minister International Commi.^sion pertaining to St. John River — Report of Investigation into conduct of officials in Customs service at Halifax, N.S., in year 1915 Irrigation Act — Orders in Council relating to Inland Revenue — Reports, Returns, and Statistics! of, for years ended March 31, 1915:— Part I — Excise Part II — Inspection of Weights and Measures, Gas and Elec- tricity Part III — Adulteration of Food. Intercolonial Railway : — Relating to transfer by estate of Alex. Eraser, of River du Loup, of lot of land to Relating to construction of v'aduct at Amqui, at Traversa DubS crossing . . Justice — Report of Minister of re Peni- tentiaries of Canada, 1915 236 27 260 8 9 25 78 ISO 111 52 12 13 14 171 235 34 K Kastella, A., re appointment as Mechani- cal Supt. of Dredges ; also resignation of same 22? 8060—1 h 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 Labour — Report of Department of for year 1915 36 Launch Way and Boat House — construc- tion of at Bear Cove Beach, N.S 216 Lavoie, Geo., investigation re burning of barn of May 23, 1914 129 Law, Rt. Hon. Bonar — Communication from re using strength of Empire in the War 76 Lightkeeper at Cape Jourmain, Westmor- land Co., N.B., re proposed retirement of 144 Lightkeeper at Arisaig, N.S., re appoint- ment at 244 Librarians of Parliament — Joint Report of 40 Liquor brought into Territories of Canada from outside countries 55 List of Shipping for year 1915 22 Loan — Dominion Government Domestic . . 90 Loan — Dominion Government Domestic — Number of subscribers, etc 91 M Manitoba Hydrographic Surveys 25/ Manufacturers' Association, Canadian — Correspondence of with Prime Minister. 77 Mails, etc. : — Relating to mail contract from Noel to Maitland, N.S 101 Rural delivery route, Shefford County, "Warden No. 1 " 102 Different rural mail routes in Strath- cona County' 103 Different rural mail routes in Strath- cona — Supplementary return re. . . . 103a Rural mail routes of Hodson and Toney Mills, Pictou County, N.S 104 Lemon Ferry Co., of Richmond, N.S., re carrying mail across 105 Number of rural delivery routes opened in 1915, name of counties in, etc .... 106 Re contract for carrying mails between St. Frangois de Montmagny and rail- way station, years 1914-15 108 Re contract for carrying mails between Roberta, Co. of Richmond, and West Bay, Co. of Inverness.. 109 Re contract for carrying mails between Medicine Hat and Eagle Butte, Co. of Medicine Hat 110 Re rural mail route between Pictou and West River, N.S 119 Re different mail routes in constituency of Qu'Appelle 120 Re contract for carrying mails between St. Jean, P.Q., and railway stations of C.P.R. Co., G.T.R. Co., and Ver- mont Central 121 Re rural mail route from Eureka to Sunnybrae in Co. of Pictou 122 Re contract for carrying mail to Upper Margaree post office and Gillies P.O. 123 Re contract for carrying mail to Mar- garee Harbour and Cheticamp. . . . 124 Re names, amounts, etc., of tenders for carrying of mails in Counties of L'As- somption and Montcalm 147 Re mail routes in constituency of Regina 163 Re contract for carrying mail from Inverness to Margaree Harbour. . . . 174 Re contract for carrying mail between tram cars and Glace Bay, South Cape Breton 175 M Mails, etc. — Concluded. Re contract for carrying mail to East- ern Harbour and Pleasant Bay. . . . 177 Different mail routes in constituency of Medicine Hat 187 Re delay in establishment of in con- stituency of Medicine Hat lS7a Rural mail route, re establishing of from Alma, through Sy ves er, N.S. 221 Rural mail route, re ts ablshing of from Scotsburn to Noith Scotsburn, etc 222 Marine and Fisheries — Report of for the year 1914-1915 (Marine) 21 Macdonald, Rev. Isaac Hunter, applica- tion of for position as Chaplain.. .. 270 Machine Gunsi — Amounts contributed for from Medicine Hat 199 Matapedia, Lake — Concerning surveys of made in 1914 .. .. 184 Medical Examiners of recruits — names, etc., of appointed since beginning of war to date. 1916 260 Medical Doctors — Number of employed by Militia Department at Halifax 256 Members of House of Commonsi and Legis- latures of Canada in service, names, etc 250 Medical Officers employed in examination of recruits in oountv of Pictou, 1914- 15 151 Memorial Tablet — Documents re placing of, on P.O. building. New Glasgow, commemorating late Rev Dr. James MacGregor 138 Mennonite Church — re conference bstween Minister of Agriculture and, in 1873.. 203 Militia Council — Report of, for year 1915. 35 Militia General Orders promulgated be- tween November, 1914, and December, 1915 56 Military building at Rigaud — Correspond- ence relating to 252 Mines Branch — Report of year 1916.. .. 26a Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expenses from April, 1915, to January, 1916 58 Montreal Street Ry. Co. — Copy of war orde^rs given to. . 179 Moncton, N.B., re names, salaries of em- ployees in I.C.Ry. offices at, also retir- ing allowances grant--fl. etc 135 Morin, Nazaire, and Hubert, Napoleon, re investigation held respecting case of. 128 Mc .VIoNair's Cove, N.S., re expenditure at. . 217 Mclntyre, Mrs. Flora — Documents re ap- plication of, for Fenian Raid Bounty. . 194 iNIcKinnon, of Inverness Co., N.S., re Fenian Raid Bounty 95 McLean, David TV'., Windsor, N.S., re Fenian Raid Bounty paid to 205 McQueen Siding, re installation of and re- moval thereof subsequently 132 McTavish, Hon. D. B., appointment of as Com.niissioner re fire Parliament Build- ings . . 72 McQueen Siding on I.C.Ry., re installa- tion of and subsequent removal of . . . , 132o N National Battlefields Ccmmittee- and Expenditures, 1915 .. .. -Receipts 61 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 191G N Naval Service : — Report of the Department of, for year ending March 31, 1916 38 Regulations re payment to officers as interpreters.. _, 74 Copies of Orders in Council re Regula- tions of Department of 41 Nickel : — International Co. — Correspondence of, with Prime Minister 78 Order in Council re prohibition of ex- portation of. . 215 O Oliver Equipments purchased since Aug- ust 1, 1914, names from whom pur- chased, etc 66 Orders in Council — Copies of re regula- tions of Naval Service 41 Ottawa Improvement Commission — State- ment of Receipts and Expenditures, 1915 60 Overtime paid to men in Printing Bureau, from January 1, 1916. to April 1, 1916. 261 P Parliament Buildings Fire — Report of Commission appointed to inquire re. . 72a Patton, Dr. W. T., re dismissal of, etc.. 211 Paul, Capt. Stephen^ claim of re steamer Rhoda 96 Patrol Boat A, " Captain Blackford " — Documents re repairs in December, 1914 to 1915. 160 Patriotic Fund, unclaimed balances in banks for 159 Patenaude, Hon. E., and Nantel, Hon. W. B., showing amounts spent for fur- nishing offices of 170 Pensions to Canadian Expeditionary Forces, pay allowancesi for disabled sol- diers, also to dependents, etc 150 Pension list in force in Canada for dis- abled soldiers — Copy of 185 Petitions received by Government re dis- allowance of Act of Ontario Legislature. 271 Pictou — Documents re handling freight and coal at 299 Pictou Harbour — re permanent harbour quay line at. . . . . 288 Pictou Harbour — re survey of for pro- posed new bridge 254 Pilot Commissioners— Harbour and Dis- trict of St. Anns, Co. of Victoria, re dismisEial of Daniel Buchanan.. .. .. 107 Pinianski, W., re patent of, in township 25, range 4, office file No. 1752484.. .. 82 Port Morien, N.S., — re repairs to Break- water at, year 1915 .. 143 Port Nelson — Statement total expenditure of public money at, to date, etc 291 Post Office Department — re amounts ex- pended by, in connection with Yukon service for 1915 224 Postmaster General — Report of, for year ended March, 1915. . 24 Post Office at Louiseville — Documents re , construction of, at 169 Post Office and Po.stmaster of parish of St. Eteprit — Correspondence re, from ■ October, 1911, to date 173 Post Office at Rigaud — Corresipondence re cost of 186 Postmaster at West Roachdale, N.S , re appointment of, etc 200 Prince Rupert — Documents re proposed public building in, for Post Office, etc. 182 Pringle, Robt. A., copy of Order in Coun- cil appointing as Commissioner re Par- liament Buildings Fire 72 Printing and Stationery :— Report of Department of, 1915.. .... 32 Amount of money paid out for printing outside of Printing Bureau, in years 1912-13-14-15 285 Public Service — Names of all employees of all branches of, in Counties of Prov- ince of Nova Scotia 284 Public Accounts of Canada, year ended March 31, 1915 2 Public Works — Report of Minister of, for year ended March 31, 1915 19 Public Works — Return showing sums ex- pended, chargeable to Income, year end December 31, 1915 140 Public Works — Return showing all sums expended, chargeable to Capital Ac- count, year ending December 31, 1915. 141 Q Quarantine de Lfivis — Documents, etc., re purchase of land for 71 Quarantine Buildings at McNab's and Lawlor's Islands — Proposed use of, for Military 145 Quarantine purposes — Names and salaries •■ of all Medical Officers appointed for, at principal ports of Canada, etc 146 Quebec and Saguenay Railway — re pur- chase of, by Government. . . 281 Quebec, Montmorency and Charlevoix , Railway — Reports of Engineers, re. . . . 295 Quebec, Montmorency and Charlevoix Railway — Correspondence re sale of, to Government of Canada 2^50 B Rallier du Baty — Communication from Sir G. Perley re report on Hospital at Dinard 75 " Railway Belt Water Act " — Orders in Council re, from Jan. 12, 1915, to De- cember 31, 1915 51 Railways and Canals — Report of Depart- ment of, for year from April 1, 1914. . 20 Railway Commissioners — Report of Board of, for year ending March 31, 1916. . . . 20o Railway Statistics of Dominion of Can- ada, year ended June 30, 1915 206 Railway from Sunnybrae — Surveys re during 1915.. 208 Railway Subsidies in Canada — Amounts in years 1912, 1913, 1914 and 1915. ... 251 Recruiting in England re direction of, etc. 269 Recruiting Officers for Counties of Lun- enburg, Queens-Shelburne and Yar- mouth, N.S., names of, etc 248 Recruits — Number of, up to April 1. 1916 (Senate) 26T Recruits — re parties employed to obtain, etc 249 Regina, constituency of— Rural mail routes in 163 Regina "Province" and "Standard," Moosejaw "News" and "Saskatchewan Star," re amounts paid to, by Govern- ment, 1914, 1915 24« 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 R Remissions and Refunds, Tolls or Duties, year ending March 31, 1915 65 Revenue collected — Amount of, during fis- cal year up to December 31, 1£15, Gen- eral Tariff, Preferential Tariff and Sur- tax 115 Revenue of Canada, for years 1909-10-11, also amounts for agriculture 126 Roy, J. Antime — Correspondence with re farm purchase ♦ 257 Royal Northwest Mounted Police : — Agreement of Dom. Govt, and Prov. of Saskatchewan re 81 Agreement of Dom. Govt, and Prov. of Alberta re 80 Report of, for 1915 28 Royal Society of Canada — Statement of affairs of. for year ended April 30, 1915. 59 Royal Naval Reserve Officers — re payment of missing allowance to 74a Royal Military College : — Re complaints as to manner of supply- ing clothing to 219 Amount paid out for new build'ngs and repairs in 1912-13-14-15.. ...... 283 Rules of Supreme Court of Alberta .... 44 S Salaries paid to employees in different Departments of the Government, Co. of Cumberland, from 1896 to 1911 Sealers of British Co'umb a — Reports on claims of, under last Treaty v/ith U.S.. Secretary of State for Canada — Report of, for year 1915 Seed Grain Liens — Documents in connec- tion with Government's decision to ex- ax:t Senate of Canada — re amendment of B.N. A. Act in reference to Sherwood, H. Crossley, re appointment of, as Clerk Assistant to office of Routine and Records Supplementary return re appointment of H. Crossley Sherwood Shareholders in Chartered Banks in Can- ada— List of, year ended December 31, 1915 Shell Inspectors employed in N. S. Steel . Company, and at New Glasgow, N.S. . Ships in British Columbia — re construc- tion of, or assisting same by Govern- ment Shove's — Reports re purchase of 25,000 special pattern by Dapt. of Militia and Defence Small Arms Ammunition : — Documents re sale of, since August 4, 1914. . . . . Documents re sale of, since August 4, 1^14 Soldiers at North Sydney — re clothing, suppl'es, etc., furnished to Soulanges Canal — L st of employees on, in 1910 ; also list of employees on, in 1915. Spirituous Liquors: — Information re, in Great Britain, France, Italy, Belgium, Servia, Can- ada, Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa Amounts paid under retroactive clause between date of such Act and begin- ning of war Steamboat Inspection Report Storage Elevator at Calgary, re location of. Starling, vesse'. — re chartering of, by De- partment of Marine and Fisheries.. .. Statistical Branch, De^aitment of Labour — Synorsis of exhib-t by, re Cost of La'b:ur. Stellarton and New Glasgow — Investiga- tion re weighing of freight at, on I.C.R., 1914-15 Steam Trawlers — Tonnage, etc., of all clearing from Canso, N.S., in year 1915. Stoddart, P. A., Fishery Guardian, Shel- burne Co., N.S., re payments made to. . Strubel, Frank — re Homestead of, en- tered at Land Office at Weyburn and E!ste\-an Stream Measurements — Report of progress of, for year 1915 Superannuation and Retiring Allowances, year ending December 31, 1915 St. Eleuthi&re Station — Relating to chang- ing of, on N. T. Railway St. Nicholas Quarry — Documents re pur- i chase of 125 79 29 262 244 240 240f( 157 204 275 276a 276 237 158 255 288 Telegraph lines and location of, erected in Co. of Inverness, N.S Telegraph Statistics, year 1915 Temporary Loans — ^Statement of, to De- cember 31, 1915 Th€berge, J. S. — Investigation re loss of horse by, on Intercolonial Railway, 1911 to 1913 Thetford Mines — Correspondence between Department of Labour and workingmen at, re strike Topographical Surveys Branch — Report of year 1914-15 Trade Unions — Annual Return respecting Transcontinental Railway : — Report of Commisioners of year 1914.. Fire protection on. etc. . . Transatlantic IMail Service — Relating to, for winter service, lfl5-16 Treasury Board Over-ruling — Stateme^nt of Trent Valley Waterways System — Docu- ments re transfer of, by Government of Ontario to Government of Canada. . . . Trousers, Breeches, etc. — Number, names, prices, etc., of firms or individuals manufacturing Trade and Commerce : — Report of Department of, for year ended March 31, 1915: — Part I — Canadian Trade (Imports and Exports Part II — 'Canadian Trade with (1) France, (2) Germany, (3) United Kingdom, (4) United States.. .. Part III — Canadian Trade with Brit- ish and Foreign Countries Cexcept France. Gennany, United Kingdom and United States) Part IV — Miscellaneous information. Part V — Report of the Grain Com- missioners for Canada Part VI — Subsidized Steamship Ser- vices, etc Part VII — ^Trade of ForeigTi Coun- trie.s, Treaties and Conventions.. 23 297 202 84a 136 263 201 83 25c 57 226 272 100 20/ 62 130 148 25& 70 37 279 245 64 296 92 10 10a 10b 10c lOd lOe 10/ 6 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 U Unclaimed Balances in Chartered Banks for five years prior to December 31, 1915 7 Unclaimed Balances in the Banks for patriotic purix)ses — Correspondence re. 159 Union Station at Quebec — Copy of agree- ment between Government for Trans- continental Ry., C.P.Ry. and C.N.Ry. . 290 Vale Railway, Co. of Plctou, N.S., re pur- chase, etc., of, by Railway Department. 209 Valley Railway re contracts between Gov- ernment of Canada and Government of New Brunswick regarding operation of. 279 Vessels — List of, belonging to Govern- ment on service ; also those not in ser- vice 273 Veterinary Director General — Report of, for year 1916 15& W War supplies, re application of Indus- trial Disputes Act re delivery of. . . . 238 "Waterworks and Sewerage Systems of Canada — Report of Conservation Com- miSEiion on 286 W Wheat — Quantity of, shipped years 1914, 1915, from Winnipeg to Port Arthur, Port William, Duluth, etc Wharfage on goods landed on Govern- ment wharves in Co. of Victoria, N.S. . . Wharf at Shag Harbour, N.S. — Docu- ments relating to repairs to, in years 1915-1916. . Wharf at Rividre Quelle, names, occupa- tions of persons employed at, in 1915. . Wharf or blocking at head of Belleville, Yarmouth Co., N.S., expenditure on.. Wharf at Shad Bay, N.S., re consitruction of at, in 1914-15 Wilson, J. W. v., expenses of, as Fishery Guardian in Shelburne, N.S., 1915.. Wireless Operator — Rank of, in Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve . . Women's Purity Federation at San Fran- cisco— Report of delegates attending. . Wrecks on St. Lawrence River — State- ment of, from 1867 to 1£16 Yukon Territory — Orders government of in Council re 264 206 137 165 16T 218 161 73 85 181 53 6-7 George V. Alpliabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 See also Alpliabetical List, Page 1. LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS . Arranged in Numerical Order, with their titles at full length; the dates when Ordered and when presented to the House of Parliament; the name of the Senator or Member who moved for each Sessional Paper, and whether it is ordered to he Printed or Not Printed. CONTENTS OF VOLUME E. Fifth Census of Canada, 1911 — Volume V — Forest, Fishery, Fur and Mineral Production. Fifth Census of Canada, 1911 — Volume VI— Occupations of the people. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1. (This volume is bound in three parts.) 1, Report of the Auditor General for the year ended 31st March, 1915, Volume 1, Parts a b and A to L; Volume III, Parts V to Z. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 7 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 1. Report of the Auditor General for the year ended 31st March, 1915, Volume II, Parts M to U. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 10, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 1. Report of the Auditor Genecal for the year ended 31st March, 1915, Volume IV, part ZZ. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 14, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2. 2. The Public Accounts of Canada for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 1, 1916.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 3. Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending March 31, 1917. Presented by Sir Thomas White, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 4. Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 5. Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending March 31, 1917. Presented by Sir Thomas White, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessio7ial papers. 5a. Further Supplementary Estimates for the service of the Dominion for the year ending March 31, 1917. Presented by Sir Thomas White, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 5b. Further Supplementary Estimates for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. Presented by Sir Thomas White, May 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3. 6. List of Shareholders in the Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada as on December 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 1, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 9 6-7 George V. Alpliabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4. 7. Report on certified cheques, drafts or bills of exchange, dividends, remaining unpaid and unclaimed balances in Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada, for five years and upwards prior to December 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February l, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5. (This volume is bound in two parts.) 8. Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1915. Presented by Sir Thomaa White, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 9. Abstract of Statements of Insurance Companies in Canada for the year ended December 31 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas White. April 10, 1916. , Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 6. 10. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915: Part I. — Canadian Trade (Imports in and Exports from Canada). Presented by Sir George Foster, January 13, 1916. . . .Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 7. lOa. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915: Part II. — Canadian Trade with (1) France, (2) Germany, (3) United Kingdom, (4) United States. Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916. Printed for distribution and., sessional papers. 102>. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915: Part III. — Canadian Trade with foreign countries (except France, Germany, the United Kingdom and United States). Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916. Pi'intcd for distribution and sessional papers. 10c. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916; (Part IV. — Miscellaneous Information.) Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. lOd. Report of the Grain Commissioners for Canada. (Part V.) Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 8. lOe. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915: Part VI. — Subsidized Steamship Services, with statistics showing steamship traffic to December 31, 1915, and Estimates for the fiscal year 1916-17. Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 10/. Report of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915 : Part VII. — Trade of Foreign Countries, Treaties and Conventions. Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 9. 11. Report of the Department of Customs for the year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, January 18, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 10. 12, 13. 14. Reports, Returns and Statistics of the Inland Revenue of the Dominion or Canada, ' for the year ended March 31, 1915. Part I. — Excise. Part II. — Inspection of Weights and Measures, Gas and Electricity. Part III. — Adulteration of Food. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, February 18, 1916. .Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 10 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 11. 15. Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the Dominion of Cjinada, for the year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, January 20, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 15a. Report of the Dairy and Cold Storage Commissioner for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. (Dairying, Fruit, Extension of Marlvets and Cold Storage.) Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, February 1, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 156. Report of the Veterinary Director General for the year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 150. Report on "The Agricultural Instruction Act," 1914-15, pursuant to Section 8, Chapter 5 of 3-4 George V. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell January 24, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 12 16. Report of the Director and Officers of the Experimental Farms for the year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, January 31, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessio7ial papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 13. 17. Criminal Statistics for the year ended September 30, 1914. (Appendix to the Report of the Minister of Trade and Commerce for the year 1914.) Presented by Sir George Foster, 1916 Printed for distribution a7id sessional papers. 18. Return of By-elections for the House of Commons of Canada held during the year 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Speaker, 1916.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14. (This volume is bound in two parts.) 19. Report of the Minister of Public Works on the works under his control for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rogers, January 13, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 19o. Ottawa River Storage for year 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 19d. Interim Report of the Commission appointed to examine into certain general conditions of Transportation bearing on the economic problem of the proposed Georgian Bay Canal. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rogers, April 14, 1916. Printed for distributiori and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 15. 20. Annual Report of the Department of Railways and Canals, for the fiscal year from April 1, 1914, to March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, February 2, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20a. Canal Statistics for the season of navigation, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, May 17, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. ZQb. Railway Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 4, 1916.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 16. 20c. Tenth Report of the Board of Railway Commissioners for Canada, for the year ending- March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, February 2, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. ZOd. Telephone Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1915. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 13, 1915. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. jtOe. Express Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 13, 1916.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20/. Telegraph Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30. 1915. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, May 16, 1916. Printed for distribtition and sessional papers. 11 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 17. 21. Forty-eighth AnnualReport of the Department of Marine and Visheries, for the year 1914- 1S15. — Marine. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 13, 1916. Printed for distribution arid sessio7ial papers. 22. List of Shipping issued by the Department of Marine and Fisheries, being a list of vessels on the registry books of the Dominion of Canada on December 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 1916 Pi'inted for distribution and sessional papers. 23. Supplement to the Forty-eighth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries for the fiscal year 1914-15. Marine. — Steamboat Inspection Report. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 18. 24. Report of the Postmaster General for the year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Casgrain, January 13, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 19. 25. Annual Report of the Department of the Interior for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, January 13, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25b. Annual Report of the Topographical Surveys Branch of the Department of the Interior, 1914-15. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, May 1, 1916. Printed for distribution a7id sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 20. 25c. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25(2. Fourteenth Report of the Geographic Board of Canada for year ended March 31, 1915. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21. 25e. British Columbia Hydrographic Surveys . . . .Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25/. Manitoba Hydrographic Surveys, 1912-14. . . .Printed for distribution and sessional papers. Z5g Report of the Chief Medical Officer Department of the Interior, for 1915. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 22. 26. Summary Report of the Geological Survey Department of Mines, for the calendar year 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 1916. Printed for distribution ajid sessional papers. 26a. Summary Report of the Mines Branch for the calendar year 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 23. 27. Report of the Department of Indian Affairs for the year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, January 19, 1916.- .Prinfed for distribution and sessional papers. 28. Report of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1915. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 19, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessio7ial papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 24. 29. Report of the Secretary of State of Canada for the year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Blondin, February 28, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 29a. Report of the work of the Public Archives for the year 1914. Presented, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 25. 30. The Civil Service List of Canada for 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude 1916. Printed for distributioit ana sessional papers. 31. Annual Report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada for the year ended August 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 12 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 26. 32. Annual Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Blondin, March 20, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 33. Report of the Secretary of State for External Affairs for the year ended March 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, February 23. 1916. Printed for distributio7i and sessional papers. 34. Report of the Minister of Justice as to Penitentiaries of Canada for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 35. Report of the Militia Council for the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Sam Hughes, February 21, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 35a. Em.ployment for the Expeditionary Forces after the war. Presented, 1916. ' Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 36. Report of the Department of Labour for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, January 25, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 36a. Eighth Report of the Registrar of Boards of Conciliation and Investigations of the pro- ceedings under " The Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907," for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, January 25, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 27. 37. Eleventh Annual Report of the Commissioners of the Transcontinental Railway, for the year ended March 31, 1914. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane. February 2, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 38. Report of the Department of the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 13, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessio7ial papers. 38a. Supplement to the Report of the Naval Service — Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914- 15. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessio7ial papers. 38b, Natural History of the Herring. Presented, 1916. Printed for distributio7t and sessional papers. 39. Forty-eighth Annual Report of the Fisheries Branch of the Department of the Naval Service, 1914-1915. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 13, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 40. The Report of the Joint Librarians of Parliament. Presented by Hon. Mr. Speaker, January 13, 1916 Not printed. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 28. 41. Copies of Orders in Council authorizing Regulations for the Department of Naval Service in accordance with Section 47, Chapter 43, 9-10 Edward VII, as follows: — P.C. 2864, dated the 4th December, 1915, Payment of Separation Allowance in the case of Warrant Officers. P.C. 3009, dated 21st December, 1915, with reference to application of the Naval Discipline Act. etc., for the Government of the Naval Volunteer Force. P.C. 63/422, dated 15th October, 1915, with reference to appointment of Assistant Paymasters in charge. P.C. 2267, dated 25th September, 1915, with reference to regulations for payment of " Detained Pay." P.C. 93/2151, dated 17th September, 1915, with reference to allowances to oflScera and men employed on coding and decoding duties, etc. P.C. 1712, dated 21st July, 1915, with reference to scheme of pensions for officers and men of the Royal Canadian Forces, etc. 13 6-Y George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued. P.C. 74?, dated 13th April, 1915, with reference to institution of the ratings of rangetalenditure was made. 5. Amounts expended on harbour and river improvements in Canada during the above years. 6. The amounts by provinces and the particular places where expended. 7. Amounts expended on the building of public wharves, public breakwaters, and public dredging in North Cape Breton and Victoria during the years 1905 to 1911, inclusive, including the expenditure on Government railways. 8. Amounts expended for like purposes in the said county, during the years 1912, 1913, 1914 and 1915. Presented April 11, 1916. — Mr. McKenzie. Not printed. 252. Return to an Order of the House of the 29th March, 1916, for a copy of all letters, tele- grams, etc., exchanged between the Department of Public Works and the Department of Justice and the Council of the Town of Rigaud, Archibald Macdonald, Elzear Montpetit, and the Rigaud Granite Company, Limited, in connection with the mlitary buildng. Presented April 11, 1916. — Mr. Boycr Not printed. 253. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1916, for a copy of all letters, tele- grams and correspondence of all kinds in any way referring to a subsidy granted to the ss. Amethist, plying between Montreal and Newfoundland ports dui-ing the years 1910-11 and 1911-12. Presented April 11,1916. — Mr. Maclean (Halifax) . .Not printed. 31 » 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued, 254. Return to an Order of the House qf the 21st February, 1916, for a copy of all letters, papers, telegrams and other documents relating to the survey in the harbour of Pictou, for a proposed new bridge, by the Railway Department ; and also a statement showing the amounts paid in connection with said survey, the names of the persons to whom paid, and the purposes for which they were paid. Presented April 11, 1916. — Mr. Mac- donalcl Not printed. 255. Return to an Address of the Senate, dated 21st day of March, 1916, f or :— A statement giving the following information as regards each of the following countries : Great Britain, France, Russia, Italy, Belgium, Servia, the Dominion of Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the Confederation of South Africa, for each of the last three years for which the information may be at hand, namely : — (a) The quantity and value of spirituous liquors produced or manufactured; (6) The quantity and value imported; (c) The quantity and value exported ; and (d) The quantity and value consumed, giving in each case, the information for each kind of spirituous liquors separately. Ordered, That the same do lie on the Table. — (.Senate) Not printed. 256. Return to an Order of the House of the 16th March, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. The number of medical doctors employed by the Militia Department at Halifax, N.S. 2. The name of each, and their rank and pay, respectively. 3. If the entire time of all or any is devoted to the militia service. 4. When not constantly employed in the militia ser- vice, the usual daily period of service. Presented April 12, 1916. — Mr. Maclean (Hali- fax) Not printed. 257. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1916, for a copy of the correspondence between Mr. J. Antime Roy, of I'lsle Verts, and the Federal Government, on the subject of a farm that might be sold or leased to the Government for the purposes of an experi- mental farm. Presented April 12, 1916. — Mr. Paquet Not printed. 258. Return to an Order of the House of the 2Sth February, 1916, for a copy of the contract with the Amalgamated Dry Dock and Engineering Company for the construction of a dry dock at North Vancouver, B.C., together with the application for subsidy therefor, and also a copy of all reports of engineers' correspondence, and all other documents relating thereto. Presented April 12, 1916. — Mr. Pugsley Not printed. 259. List of those in the Canadian Expeditionary Forces who had received decorations, medals and mentions in despatches, to 17th March, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Kemp, April 12, 1916 ■ . . . .Printed for sessional papers only. 259«- List of decorations and medals awarded to members of the Canadian Expeditionary Force and officers of the Canadian Militia to 17th March, 1915, checked with the London "Gazette" to the above date. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, May 2, 191G.A"ot printed. 260. Return to an Order of the House of the 13th March, 1916, for a return showing the names of all the medical examiners of recruits appointed since the war started to date. Pre- sented April 13, 1916.- — Mr. Nesbitt Not printed. 261. Return showing: — 1. How much overtime was paid to men in the Printing Bureau from 1st January, 1916, to 1st April, 1916. 2. The names of the men who were paid over- time. 3. Which were day men, and which night men. 4. What rate of overtime each man received, how much at IJ day rate, and how much at double rate. Presented April 17,1916. — Mr. Turriff Not printed. 262. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 3rd February, 1916, for a copy of all Orders in Council, letters, telegrams, recommendations and other documents in connection with the Government's decision in SeiDtember, 1915, to exact payment of one-half of the seed grain liens. Presented April 18, 1916. — Mr. Knowles. Not printed. 263. Return to an Order of the House of the 9th February, 1916, for a return showing the name, port of registry, tonnage and name of the master of all steam trawlers that cleared outwards from the port of Canso, Nova Scotia, in the year 1915. Also a copy of all reports and declarations under the hand of the master or chief officer of each of the said trawlers so clearing outward from said port since 16th April, 1915, required to be signed by such masters under the provisions of an Order in Council passed on the 16th April, 1915. Presented April 25, 1916. — Mr. Sinclair Not pri7ited. 264. Return to an Order of the House of the 7lh February, 1916, for a statement showing the quantity of wheat shipped month by month, during the calendar years 1914 and 1915, from Winnipeg to Fort William and Port Arthur, and by what railways ; to Duluth by the Canadian Northern Railway or allied system ; to Minneapolis and St. Paul by the Canadian Pacific Railway, to the seaboard by rail over Canadian territory and to Ameri- can ports over American railways. Presented April 25, 1916. — Sir Wilfiid Laurier. Not printed. 33 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 191(1 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2^—C ontinued. 265. Return to an Order of the House of the 12th April, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. How nuny clerks there are in the Finance Department who belong to and are paid from the outside service vote and who woik in the inside service. 2. The names of said clerks. 3. Salary paid to each. 4. How long each has been in the service of the Department. 5. If all or any of these clerks have passed any examination. If so, what examination and on what date or dates. Presented April 26, 1916. — Mr. Turriff Not printed. 266. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd February, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. The number of permanent employees in the Department of Inland Revenue in 1915-16. 2. How many there will be in 1916-17. 3. How much money was paid in salaries for temporary employees in each of the following years: 1912-13, 1913-14, 1914-15 and 1915-16. 4. The names of the temporary employees and the dates of their appointment, respectively. Presented April 26, 1916. — Mr. Lanctot Not printed. 267. Return to an Order of the Senate dated the 14th instant, showing the number of men recruited up to the first day of April, 1916. — (Senate) Not printed. 268. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated the 23rd day of March, 1916, of all papers and documents dealing with the escapes and the liberation of alien enemy prisoners from the detention camp situated at Banff, in the province of Alberta. Ordered, That the same do lie on the table. — (Senate) Not printed. 269. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th April, 1916, for a return showing: — 1 Whether there is a Director of Recruiting and Organizations in England for the Can- adian Service. 2. If so, his name and duties. 3. The number employed upon his staff. 4. The total expenses of his staff. Presented April 28, 1916 Not printed. 270. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 11th instant: — For a copy of an application made by Rev. Isaac Hunter Macdonald, of Kintore, Ontario, to the Militia Department for a position of chaplain or major ; also, of all copies of letters, papers or telegrams either recommending or opposing said application. — (Senate) Not printed. 271. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of the 29th March, 1916, for a copy of all petitions received by the Governor General in Council requesting the disavowal of the Act of the Legislature of the Province of Ontario, Chapter 45, 5 George V, 1915, concerning the School Commission of the Roman Catholic Schools of the City of Ottawa, and of all documents, memoranda, reports, letters and correspondence concerning the said petitions for disavowal, or concerning the said Act of the Legislature of the Province of Ontario, 5 George V, Chapter 45. Presented May 1, 1916. — Mr. Lapointe (Kamournska) . . .Not printed. 27 lo. Order in Council and Report of Minister of Justice transmitting to Lieutenant Governor of Ontario copy of petition from Samuel Genest and others, praying for the disallowance of an Act of the Legislature of Ontario, Chapter 45 of 5 George V (1915). Order in Council and Report of Minister of Justice on the Statutes of the Legislature of Ontario, passed in the 5th year of His Majesty's reign (1915). Report of Prime Minister of Ontario on petition relating to the disallowance of an Act of the Legislature of Ontario, Chapter 45 of 5 George V (1915). Presented May 3, 1916. — Mr. Lapeinte (Kamour- aska) Printed for sessional papers only. 272. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 1916, for a copy of all telegrams, letters, correspondence and contracts between the Quebec Harbour Commission and Benjamin Demers, of the parish of St. Nicolas, county of L6vis, concerning the purchase of the St. Nicolas quarry. Presented May 1, 1916. — Mr. Bourassa Not printed. 273. Return to an Order of the House of the 13th March, 1916, for a return showing a list of vessels belonging to the Canadian Government which are on service under the pro- vision of the Canadian Naval Act, and of all vessels not now in sei vice and their pre- sent condition and suitability for service, and also for a copy of all letters, petitions or communications had by or with the Government in regard to the establishment of a Canadian Naval Brigade. Presented May 1, 1916. — Mr. Macdonald Not printed. 27-4. Return to an Order of the House of the 29th March, 1916, for a copy of all correspond- ence, petitions and papers, including the report of Charles Bruce, engineer, in the pos- session of the Department of Marine and Fisheries relating to the construction of a bait freezer at White Head, Nova Scotia. Presented May 1, 1916. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 275. Duplicate Return to an Order of the House of the 17th, March, 1915, for a copy of aU correspondence and reports relating to the purchase of 25,000 shovels of special pattern mentioned in Order in Council P.C. 2302, dated 4th September, 1914, on page 38 of memoranda respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence, and also relat- ing to any further purchases of such shovels. Presented May 1, iyi6. ^1//-. Hughes. (.P-EI) Not printed. 3060—3 33 -7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF TOLUME 2S— Continued. 276. Return to an Order of the House of the 5th April, 1916, for a copy of all letters, tele- grams, offers, tenders, reports, contracts and documents relating to the sale or other disposal of small arms ammunition since 4th August, 1914. Presented May 1, 1916. — Mr. jM acdonald Not printed. 276a. Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 5th April, 1916, for a copy of all letters, telegrams, offers, tenders, reports, contracts and documents relating to the sale or other disposal of small arms ammynition since 4th August, 1914. Presented May 2, 1916. — Mr. Macdo7iald Not printed. 277. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd February, 1916, for a copy of all documents, ooriespondence, reports, etc., concerning the dismissal of J. B. Levesque, of Riviere Quelle, as steward on the steamer Champlain. Presented May 2, 1916. — Mr. Lapointe (Kamourasha) Not printed. 278. Return to an Order of the House of the 13th March, 1916, for a copy of all correspond- ence, memoranda, reports, telegrams, recommendations, orders, etc., between the Depart- ment of Railways and Canals and the officers of the St. Maurice Fire Protective Asso- ciation with reference to fire protection on the Transcontinental Railway line between Hervey Junction and the western boundary of the Province of Quebec. Presented May 2,1916. — Mr. Bureau Not printed. 279. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 1916, for a copy of all letters, tele- grams, correspondence and contracts between the Department of Railways and Canals or any official thereof, including the officials of the Intercolonial Railway, and any member of the Government of New Brunswick, the St. John and Quebec Railway Com- pany or any official thereof, r.9garding the operation of the Valley Railway, so-called, in the Province of New Brunswick, from the first day of October, 1914, down to the pre- sent date. Presented May 2, 1916. — Mr. Carvell Not printed. 280. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th April, 1916, for a copy of a certain lease made by the Government of Canada to one J. A. Culverwell, of a certain water-power on the Trent waterway, known as the Burleigh Falls power ; and of all assignments of said lease and of the consents of the Government of Canada thereto ; and also a copy of all correspondence, telegrams, tenders, reports, contracts and other papers, relating to the said original lease. Presented May 2, 1916. — Mr. Burnham Not printed. 281. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated the 12th April, 1916, showing copies of all peti- tions, correspondence, etc., relating to the purchase, by the Government, of the Quebec and Saguenay Railway. — (.Seriate) Not printed. 282. 1- Copy of letter from the Chairman of the Grand Trunk Railway Company of Canada to the Prime Minister re proposals made in respect to the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Company. 2. Schedule of outstanding bonds, debentures, loans and notes, 1st January, 1916, and interest payments of the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Company and Grand Trunk Pacific Branch Lines Company. 3. Memorandum re Grand Trunk Pacific Act, 1914, and proceeds of securities issued thereunder. 4. Statement showing bonds, etc., authorized, issued and outstanding and net pro- ceeds therefrom,' also interest payable for the years 1916 and 1917 (as from 29th February, 1916), Grand Trunk Pacific Railway and Grand Trunk Pacific Branch Lines. 5. Advances by Grand Trunk Railway Company at 29th February, 1916. 6. Financial statements of the Canadian Northern Railway System. 15th April, 1916. 7. Memorandum re Canadian Northern Railway Company Guarantee Act, 1914, and proceeds of securities issued thereunder. 8. Letter from G. A. Bell, financial comptroller of the Department of Railways and Canals to the Prime Minister, in respect to issue of his certificate for the purpose of releasing the proceeds of the forty-five million dollar, 4 per cent debenture stock, guar- anteed by the Dominion Government. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, May 3, 1916. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 282o. Copies of mortgage deed of trust securing an issue of $16, 000, 000 of Grand Trunk Pacific Railway bonds, guaranteed by the Dominion Government. Presented by Sir T. White, May 5, 1916 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 282b. Copies of mortgage deed of trust securing an issue of $45,000,000 of Canadian Northern Railway securities, guaranteed by the Dominion Government, issued under the legisla- tion of 1914. Presented by Sir Thos. AVhite, May 5, 1916. 283.. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd February. 1916, for a return showing: — 1. The amount which has been paid out for new buildings and repairs at the Royal Mili- tary College and at Fort Henry, in each of the years 1912, 1913, 1914 and 1915. 2. To whom the money was paid, and the amount in each case. 3. What portion of the work was tendered for, and the amount of each tender submitted. Presented May 3, 1916. — Mr. Edwards Not printed. 34 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1910 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S— Continued. 284. Return to an Order of the House of the 27th March, 1916, for a return showing the names and addresses of all persons in the Public Service of any and every Department of the Government of Canada, in the counties of Cape Breton, Victoria, Inverness, Richmond, Guysborough', Antigonish and Pictou, Province of Nova Scotia. Presented May 4. 1916. — Mr. Carroll Not printed. 285. Return to an Order of the House of the 17th February, 1916, for a return showing the amount which has been paid out for printing outside of the Printing Bureau in each province, in each of the years 1912, 1913, 1914 and 1915, and to whom paid. Presented May 5, 1916. — Mr. Best Not printed. 285«- Supplementary Return to an Order of the House of the 17th February, 1916, for a return showing the amount which has been paid out for printing outside of the Printing Bureau in each province, in each of the years 1912, 1913, 1914 and 1915, and to whom paid. Presented JMay 17, 1916. — Mr. Best Not printed. 286. Report of the Commission on the Waterworks and Sewerage Systems of Canada. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, May 8, 1916 Not printed. 287. Return to an Order of the House of the 12th April, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. How many clerks there are in the Customs Department wlio belong to and are paid from the outside service vote and who work in the inside service. 2. The names oJ said clerks. 3. Salary paid to each. 4. How long each has been in the service oi the Department. 5. If all or any of these clerks have passed any examination. If so, what examination and on what date or dates. Presented May 10, 1916. — Mr. Turriff Not printed. 288. Return to an Order of the House of the 6th March, 1916, for a return showing the amounts paid u!>der retroactive clause of the Act providing for an impost of 50 cents per proof gallon on all spirits taken from bond between the date of the outbreak of war and the date of the passage of such Act ; and also by whom paid, and the date of payment. Presented May 10, 1916. — Mr. Graham Not printed. 289. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd February, 1916, for a return showing the names of all employees of the Government of Canada in the inside and outside service who have enlisted since the 4th day of August, 1914, for overseas service ; and the names of all employees of the Government of Canada in the inside and outside service who have enlisted since the 4th day of August, 1914, for home defence; also the salary received by each previous to enlisting ; and the rate of pay received by each since enlist- ing ; specifying those, if any, who continue to enjoy the salaries paid them before their enlistment and the amount of same. Presented May 10, 1916. — Mr. Kyte. .Not printed. 290. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 26th April, 1916, for: — A copy of the agree- ment between the Government of Canada, acting for the Transcontinental Railway, the Canadian Pacific Railway Company and the Canadian Northern Railway Company for the construction, operation and maintenance of the Union Station at Quebec, which the Honourable the Acting Minister of Railways says (Hansen d, page ::(.yO) is to be used by these three railways. — {Senate) Not printed. 291. Return to an humble Address of the Senate, dated 29th March, 1916, to His Royal High- ness the Governor General ; praying His Royal Highness to have laid on the Table of the Senate : — A statement of all expenses to date in connection with the expenditures of public moneys at Port Nelson ; also an estimate of the further expenditure to com- plete the works at Port Nelson on Hudson Bay. — (Senate) Not printed. 292. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1916, for a copy of all investigations, letters and correspondence whatsoever, regarding the dismissal of J. B. Deschenes and Thomas Bernier, employees on the Intercolonial Railway at Riviere du Loup. Pre- sented May 12, 1916. — Mr. Boulay Not printed. 293. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th April, 1916, for a return showing a list of the decoders and censors employed at Halifax since the war broke out, together with the names, dates of employment, total amount paid, by whom recommended, and former employment of each. Presented May 12, 1916. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 294. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd March, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. Whether there is a list of companies, firms, or persons resident in Hal.'fax, N.S., at present in the Department of Militia and Defence from whom are asked tenders for war supplies on behalf of the said Department or War Purchasing Commission. If so, the names of such companies, firms or persons. 2. During the calendar year 1915, whether public tenders were asked for any war supplies at Halifax. N.S. 3. If so. the nature of the sunplies for which tenders were asked, to whom tenders were awarded, and the prices, for the said respective articles or supplies. Preaente May 12, 1916. — Mr. Madean (Halifax) jVoj printed. 295. Reports of engineers relating to the Lotbinidre and Megantic Railway ; the Quebec, Mont- morency and Charlevoix Railway between Quebec and Cape Tourmente ; and the Quebec and Saguenay Railway from Cape Tourmente to Nairn Falls, near Murray Bay. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Reid, May 15, 1916 Not printed. 35 6-7 George V. Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1916 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2S—C oncluded. 295a. Correspondence In respect to the offer of sale to the Government of Canada of the Que- bec, Montmorency and Charlevoix Railway, the Quebec and Saguenay Railway and the Lotbini^re and Megantic Railway. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, May 16, 1916. Sol ijrintcd. 29G. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General of tne 1st March, 1916, for a copy of all correspondence, letters, telegrams, Orders in Council, etc., relat- ing to the transfer by the Government of Ontario to the Government of Canada, of the rights held by the former in the lakes, dams, etc., contiguous to or forming a part of the Trent Valley Waterways System. Presented May 17, 1916. — Mr. Graham. Not printed. 297. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st May, 1916, for a copy of all papers, telegrams, letters and other documents in connection with the decision to locate an interior storage elevator at Calgary, Alberta. Presented May 17, 1916 Not printed. 298. Return to an Order of the House of the 12th April, 1916, for a retui-n showing the plan and description of the proposed permanent harbour quay line in the harbour at Pictou, and for a copy of all papers, letters, telegrams and other documents relating to the establishment of the same. I'resented May 17, 1916. — Mr. Macdonald . . ..Not printed. 299. Return to an Order of the House of the 21st February, 1916, for a copy of all tenders, offers, letters, telegrams and other documents relating to the arrangements for the hand- ling of freight and coal at Pictou, in connection with the boats engaged in the winter service between Pictou and Prince Kdward Island during the year 1914-1915, and dur- ing the present season. Presented May 18, 1916.- — Mr. Macdonald Not printed. 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 A. 1916 ELEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONERS OF THE TRANS CONTINENTAL RAILWAY BEING FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH U 1915 I'RINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT. OTTAWA PRINTED BY J. dk L. TACHE, PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY. 1915 [Xo. 37—1916] iECRGF \ SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 A. 1916 ELEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT COMMISSIONERS OF THE TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY. Ottawa, September 27, 1915. To Minister of Railways and Canals, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to transmit through you, to His Royal Highness the Governor General in Council, the annual report of the Commissioners of the Transcontinental Railway, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1915, setting forth the receipts and expenditures in connection with the Eastern Division of the National Transcontinental railway, and such other matters in relation to the said railway as appears to be of public interest. Information as to the progress of the work will be found in the report of the chief engineer, and in the reports of the mechanical and bridge engineers and the accountant, hereto annexed. The total expenditure, during the fiscal year, was $9,834,746.75, making the total expenditure, from the organization of this commission in 1904, to March 31, 1915, $152,802,745.77. The total miles of track laid to March 31, 1915, has been as follows: — ' Miles. Mainline 1,803-445 Double track, and line from bridge tc/ Quebec 19*610 Sidings, yards, pit spurs, etc 529"531 Total track 2,352-586 Steel bridges were practically 100 per cent completed on March 31, 1915. During the fiscal year, contracts, after having been duly advertised and sanctioned by the Governor in Council, as required by the National Transcontinental Railway Act, have been awarded in each case to the lowest tenderer complying with the require- ments of the commission, as follows : — ST. MALO LINE AND " Y." Cavicchi & Pagano, Halifax, N.S. — For construction of a " Y " connecting the main line of the National Transcontinental railway, at a point about 2-5 miles west of the Quebec Bridge, with the line known as the St. Malo line, and for the re-tieino-,. etc., of this line. Estimated cost, on schedule of prices, $119,430. ST. VITAL PIPE LINE. Manitoha Engineering & Construction Co., Winnipeg, Man. — Eor construction of 12-inch cast-iron water main from pump house at St. Vital to reservoir, Transcona Division yard, a distance of approximately 31,100 feet, at price of $2.75 per lineal foot (with schedule for additions and deductions). 37— li 4 TRAXSCOXTIXEXTAL RAILWAY COM^rISSIOyER!< 6 GEORGE V A. 1916 BUILDINGS. Joseph Gosse^in, Quebec, Que. — For erection of a station building, with platforms, shelter, etc., on site of Champlain market, in the city of Quebec, for the lump sum price of $45,386 for the building, and at a schedule of prices for tracldaying, etc. FredericTc Corhett, Hearst, Ont. — For construction of one trainmen's house at $8,573.62; two section houses at $2,857.50 each; one freight shed at $3,172.50; all at Ilearst Division j-ard. Dominion Bridge Company, Limited, Montreal, Que. — Superstructure for two steel railway bridges, viz., under-crossing of highway, St. Louis road ; over-crossing St. Foye road; both on St. Malo line, Quebec. Price: Steel 4 cents per pound for under-crossing, and 3-45 cents per pound for over-crossing. Timber, $40 per -M b.m. His Majesty The King. — For construction, by the Intercolonial Hallway, of double- track bridge over under-crossing of National Transcontinental railway, three-quarter (f) mile east of Chaudiere curve, in place of single-track structure already built at said place — for actual cost less an allowance of 3 cents per pound for the present steel structure to be removed. (Estimated cost, $21,600.) MACIIENERY. Williams & Wilson, Montreal, Que. — Delivery and installation of one Harris air lift pump; one Harris patent booster; one Canadian Ingersoll-Rand steam-driven com- pressor, air receiver, etc., at bridge, Quebec, for lump sum price of $5,700. The Goldie & McCulloch Co., Ltd., Gait, Ont — Delivery, erection, and installation in the power-house of the " Leonard " shops, Quebec, three steam engines. Lump sum price of $18,500. Delivery, erection, and installation of five water-tube boilers and stokers in power- house of the " Leonard " shops, Quebec. Lump sum price of $59,278. The Canadian General Electric Co., Toronto, Ont. — Delivery, erection, and instal- lation of electric generators, wiring system, and switchboard in the power-house of the " Leonard " shops, Quebec, for lump sum price of $38,995. Dominion Bridge Co., Ltd., Montreal, Que. — Delivery and erection of nine (9) travelling cranes for locomotive and car shops plant of the " Leonard " shops, Quebec. Total price, $68,229. Tl£S. Macdonell & O'Brien, Montreal, Que: — Supply and delivery of 32,100 ties as follows: At " Cressman," 17,600 first-class; 4,500 second-class; at " Darey," 8,000 first-class, 2,000 second-class. Price, first-class, 55 cents each; second-class, 50 cents each. L. X. Huart, Levis, Que. — Supply and delivery of 24,000 first-class cedar ties at yard of " Leonard " shops, Quebec. Price, 60 cents each. The Han-is Tie & Timber Co., Ottawa, Ont. — Supply and delivery of 114,000 cedar and jackpine ties, at "Leonard" shops, Quebec, and Cochrane, Ont., as follows: 65,000 first-class cedar at Quebec, at 64 cents each ; 24,000 second-class cedar at Quebec, at 59 cents each; 25,000 jackpine at Cochrane at 45 cents each. AX XV A L REPORT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 QUEBEC TERMIXALS. YoiT were informed, in the last annual report of the eommissioners, as follows: — " An agreement was entered into under date of December 22, 1913, to which the parties respectively are: (1) His Majesty The King, represented by the Minister of Railways and Canals and the Commissioners of the Transcontinental Railway; (2) The Canadian Pacific Railway Company and the North Shore Railway Company; and (3) the city of Quebec. It provides for the erection and equipment by the Government, in the city of Quebec and the adjoining munici- pality, of railway workshops, and the erection by the Government and the said railway companies, together, of a union passenger station and freight houses and terminal facilities on the companies' property in Quebec. In consideration of these works the city grants certain concessions duly set forth in the agree- ment. " An agreement was also entered into, under date 18th day of March, 1914, to which the parties, respectively, are: (1) Canadian Pacific Railway Company; and (2) His Majesty, represented by the Minister of Railways and Canals, and the Commissioners of the Transcontinental railway, by which provision is made, for the purposes of the Eastern Division of the National Transcontinental rail- way, and of all railways operated and controlled by the Government of Canada, while so operated and controlled, for the joint use by the parties to the agree- ment of a track connection between the said Eastern Division and the Canadian Pacific railway, and of the company's passenger and freight stations and terminal facilities in the city of Quebec, for the purijoses of a union terminal and property." . Owing to unforeseen conditions regarding railway freight and passenger traffic being less for some years to come than was anticipated when these agreements were entered into with the Canadian Pacific Railway, these agreements have been re-drawai with a view of reducing the amount of real property to be acquired by this commission, and also with a view of including, in the joint agreement, property that had already been acqviired by this commission, instead of acquiring additional property for the necessary additional facilities. In connection with this agreement, two large freight sheds have been constructed, the joint passenger station is under construction, and the tracks in the freight and passenger yards have been rearranged. It is expected that this work will all be completed next year, when Quebec will have an up-to-date passenger and freight station that will, vmder the joint supervision of both roads, be a source of convenience to the public, and effect a large saving in cost of operation for both the Government road and the Canadian Pacific Railway. The whole respectfully submitted. F. COCHRANE, Commissioner. TRAXSCOXTiyEXTAL RAILWAY COilMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 CHIEF ENGINEER'S REPORT OF PROGRESS FROM MARCH 31, 1914, TO MARCH 31, 1915. Ottawa, Oxt., September 27, 1915. The Gommissioners of the Transcontiuental Railway, Ottawa, Ontario. SiRS^ — ^I beg to submit the following report on progress of work from March 31, 1914, to March 31, 1915:— District " A." — This district, as previously reported, was turned over to the Inter- colonial Railway for operation on November 21, 1912. Uistrict " B." — All work on this district was completed in November, 1914, with the exception of the Leonard shops and the Champlain Market station, in Quebec ; the " Y '' connection at Cap Rouge, .and a few minor matters. Owing to the present depression, as regards railway traffic, a considerable curtail- ment of the original programme for the Leonard shops has been effected, as it was considered advisable to keep the cost of construction and equipment to the minimum, particularly in the purchase of machinery that would not be required under present operating conditions, but all buildings, for which contract was let, will be completed by October 31 this year. The contract for the construction of the Champlain Market Station building was let to Joseph Gosselin on June 19, 1914. Owing to foundation difficulties, at the beginning, the work was somewhat delayed, but it is expected that everything will be completed by the end of October. A contract for a " Y " connecting the main line at Cap Rouge with the line known as the St. Malo line, and the re-tieing, etc., of this line, was let to Cavicchi & Pagano on August 31, 1914. Good progress has been made on this work, and it is expected that everything will be completed by October 31. The mileage from Moncton, N.B., to the west side of Water street, Winnipeg, is 1,804-524 miles (including 1-10 mile as the length of the Qliebec Bridge contract.) Total track has been laid as follows : — Miles. Mainline .. 1,803'44.5 Double track and lino from l^ridge to Quebec 19'610 Siding's, yards, pit spurs, etc 529*5-31 Total track laid as per final estimate returns. . . . 2,352*586 I attach herewith reports from the mechanical and bridge engineers, which speak for themselves. I also attach a list showing casualties which occurred during the year ending March 31, 1915. , The following photographs have been selected as being of interest, and are to accompany this report: — Leonard shops, Quebec — (1) Locomotive, forge shop, power-house, and lumber shed. (2) Freight car shop. (3) Storehouse. Car Ferry Leonard. Your obedient servant, GORDON GRANT, Chief Engineer. ANNUAL BE PORT 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 CASUALTIES, MARCH 31, 1914, TO MARCH 31, 1915. District " A." — None. District " B." — October 11, 1914, collision of contractors' freight and work trains : — Name. Occupation. Remarks. W. Boisvert Killed instantly. Died 4 hours after wreck. M 2 days Severely injured. Slightly W. Boucher A. H. Johnston O. Dion J. E. Brilliant Brakeman Engineer Engineer ... Conductor L. Conghlin A. Boniville C. Rupert T. K. Kribbs . Conductor Brakeman Brakeman Mailman „ District " C-D."—^one. District " E." — April 17, 1914: Geo. Sunstrum, bridge foreman, killed while wrecking temporary trestle. May 25, 1914: Philip Hordychuk, laborer, killed throngh careless handling of dynamite. September 21, 1914 : Unknown man committed suicide by throwing himself in front of moving ballast train. District " F." — None. MECHANICAL ENGINEER'S REPORT OF PROGRESS FROM MARCH 31, 1914, TO MARCH 31, 1915. Ottawa, September 27, 1915. Gordon Grant, Esq., Chief Engineer. Sir,- — I have the honour to submit the following report for the work done by the Mechanical Department of the National Transcontinental Railway for the period extending from March 31, 1914, to March 31, 1915. r transcona shops. The locomotive shop plant has been operated by the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway since January 13, 1913, while the car shop plant was finished in May, 1914, and imme- diately put into operation by the Grand Trunk Pacific. Several minor items have since been completed and are now in service, viz., the sawdust and shavings exhaust system, machine and elevator guards, and an additional water tube boiler in the power-house. divisional points. The following terminals are practically fully equipped and cornpleted. there being but a few minor details which are now being rapidly completed. All other buildings, viz., stations, freight sheds, storehouses, etc., and yard lighting, etc., are all finished and ready for operation. 8 TRAXSCOXTIXEXTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIOXERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 No. U, Armstrong, Ont.^-A twelve-stall engine house, ^Yithout machine shop. No. 5, Grant, Out. — A twelve-stall engine house, with machine shop. No. 6, Hearst, Ont. — A twelve-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. 7, Cochrane, Ont. — An eighteen-stall engine house, with machine shop. No. S, O'Brien, Que. — A twelve-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. 9, Doucet. Que. — A twelve-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. 10, Parent, Que. — A twelve-stall engine house with machine shop. No. 11, Fitzpatricl% Que. — A twelve-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. 12, Bridge, Que. — An eighteen-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. 13, Monl-, Que. — A twelve-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. lit, Edmundston, N.B. — A twelve-stall engine house, without machine shop. No. 15, Napadogan, N.B. — A twelve-stall engine house, with machine shop. No. 16, Moncton, N.B. — A twelve-stall engine house, with machine shop. LEONARD SHOPS, ST. MALO, QUE. Locomotive shop. — This building is about 90 per cent complete, the reinforced heating ducts have yet to be poured, a considerable amount of glazing both in the sky- lights and in the window sash remains to be done, a small portion of the roof has yet to be covered. The interior painting and whitewashing is well under way. The ground floor camiot be proceeded with imtil the wiring conduit and cables, live steam, return and exhaust mains and branches, industrial tracks, and machine tool foundations are arranged for and installed. Forge shop. — This shop is practically complete, a little skylight and sash glazing as well as some painting and whitewashing remaining to be done. Storehouse. — This building is nearly completed, the interior trim, such as counters, shelving, etc., and painting and whitewashing have yet to be done. Oil house. — In about the same state as the storehouse. Power-house. — This building is under cover, but the walls have yet to be painted and whitewashed, while the boiler foundations and smoke tunnel have yet to be built in the boiler room, while in the engine room the engines, generators, air compressor, switchboard, pumps, etc., have all been contracted for, and considerable foundation work has to be done before the concrete floors can be put in. Chimney. — This item is entirely complete, together with the concrete smoke tunnel .connecting same to the power-house. Reservoir. — Complete with the exception of some special piping details. Forge Stores and Scrap Bins. — This structure is nominally complete, a little paint- ing to be touched up. Indirect Heating Apparatus. — This equipment has been installed and erected, and arrangements are now being made to have the heater coils tested under working pres- sure. Direct Heating System. — The radiation has been installed in place, and same will be tested out along with the indirect system. Sewer system. — This portion of the contract is complete. Water piping. — This installation has been laid, and is about ready for final test. Midway Crane Runway. — The necessary rails and fastenings have yet to be installed and accurately aligned before this can be called complete. Ojjice Building. — The hardwood floors have to be laid, scraped, and oiled, interior trim to be stained and varnished, and a few doors to be fitted and hung before this building is readj'. ANNUAL REPORT 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Freight Carshop. — This shop is about 90 per cent complete. There yet remains the interior painting- and whitewashing, several large doors to be glazed and hung, a small portion of the skylight and window sash to be glazed, while the floors cannot be put down until the electrical cables and conduits, furnaces, and machine tool founda- tions, also industrial track?, have been arranged for and installed. Planing Mill. — This building is about 90 per cent complete. Several large doors have to be glazed and painted, a small portion of the window sash and skylights have to be glazed. The interior whitewashing and painting is nearly all finished. The plumbing fixtures are roughed in. The floors cannot be put downi imtil the industrial tracks, wiring conduits and cables, and machine tool foundations are arranged for and installed. Dry Kiln. — The heating system and control apparatus have yet to be completely installed, and the whitewashing done before this building is finished. Lumber Shed. — This building is now complete. Crude Oil Storage. — The walls and floor have been completed, while the roof is well under way. Pipe Tunnel. — The forms are all built and much of the concrete is poured. Cranes. — Contracts have been awarded for the various travelling cranes and the 'necessary rails and fastenings for the runways have been ordered. Power-house Equipment. — Contracts have been placed for the water tube boilers, feedwater heater, engines, generators, and switchboard, and all of the equipment is now being built. ' Specifications and forms of tender are now being prepared covering the air com- pressor and necessary pumps. Yt)ur3 truly, W. J. PKESS, Mechanical Engineer. ACTING BEIDGE ENGINEER'S REPORT OF PROGRESS FROM MARCH 31, 1914, TO MARCH 31, 1915. Ottawa, September 20, 1915. GoRDox Grant, Esq., Chief Engineer. Sir, — In reply to your letter of September IS, file No. 12,424, I hand you herewith in quadruplicate, the annual statement showing gross amounts paid on account of steel bridges to March 31, 1915. At that date all bridges were completed with the exception of a few in Districts " C " and " D," which required to be painted, and the two bridges on the St. Malo Cap Rouge branch. Yours truly, W. S. LAWSON, Acting Bridge Engineer. 10 TRAXSCOXTIXEXTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEOFGE V, A. 1916 •- ,5 i>^ o ©o o © © © © © =: © — -^ -^ © © ^ © c^ o © © ,. ^t. , tg 1 o o c c c ©re©©© c: © © <^ © © it * o c Ph c * c " """ ■"" ^^ '"' '"' ^ ^^ '^ I-l 1-1 O/.*- o^ o o P. 5 Ci eccc t~CO © X n o ^j © — • l- (N t-~ lO © CO o CO CO © _r "-< i^ "*<» i.O X X t^ o t~ ©© ■V t-- ei CO © o X CO s ^ CJ f 5es l^~ X © LO X X m © t^ © © X CO 1* © © © © to 2 CO CO CO © CO 1" i-O X -r t^© o r— e^ ■;; -i 3" €© i-Ti-' x'^ cf ^'■— 'co'eq-?: X*^' ©" x" ^ ©" co'-r" £; cs — ■^ -T ;^ " © t- "% " " © '" 2 ^ COCC t-co C CO © ..0 cs © 1-1 1^ C-l t^ o © CO o CO CO © . JL ac 1-H t^ — ■* X l.O © X t^ o t- © © TJi t~ © (N CO CO xco « £ ^ c5 y ■* CC© trS OC © O X X o o t— © © X CO ■^ © CJ © © n * ec CO CO © X -^ O X -r t-- © lO I— Cfl rfl o oc © -u> 00 -^fj lO -r .-Hi^__o©-r^ ©__©_, © co^ X © CO t^ coco o ^ i-Tio x-i-J cf -ir-^'co'ci'co' x"i-r ©' x" •^ ©" co'-i-' Tf © •V !>» ^ c o r- - " " © o o S2 S2 © © o © © © ©o © © © © © ^ © c © 1^ = o © o c © 1^ 1-1 ©©©©©© ©o © iM © CO © © © © © (M t^ © o © © CO (M ^r -■ 3& rr T -r -t> ir; Ct T TT -r -f" -^ -f lO o o o -r o CO -r ■^ -f • ^ I- © o w CO © l-CO C i- © 'T X © IM — ,_, © .^ ^ © I— 2 lO ^ n ^ X o T © © X © o rti b- X ■ X C^5 i: ©©©•—• t^- r oo — H o X © -3" ^1 t-- X © — ^' lO" CO d~ -JO M'c-i"— 'x'tCi-; »-< o" ,^ .^•^ ©' x' ©' t;f ^ o"c-r t^ .-1 o t^ E- i:. '"' ^^ o *" — •— tC »n J-^ E- ■?£? iC -c O © t^ l~ o © X ■>*" -^ •^ * X ^ o ■* Ttt iTi w lOCO ©CO 05 © -^ 1-1 © © CO © CO CO X © di CO O © X "St P5 1 o -a- ^ -f< -f ■* ro eo Tf I*! ■* 4t< T ■«< f "^ rr -»" -T CO ■^co CO CO C5 ^ t^ !M © *r* © ^- "~ © © © ■* © X -r ^ ^-s ^ © © CO X o CO ~ t— ir; ©. i~-- K © o t^ X O i^ CO CO ^ -"-r -i£ -r ^ © CO © © o © ^~ o I-- xco X •* CO X CO CO i CO © B jj ^ is e»f x'd" x't- o'co'i-Trf ?o© X t;;;^ ei ^" o'x'co'riT 5 1^ I> t-^ CO i^ CO o o -C f-i 1—" © -J< C<1 " rr © CO © o s CO l^-o ^ ^ im" ^ '"' im" CO* Co" :'_ d J^ d o : u d5 «^ a; 'C.-c >> b -u — >v_b£ = = : : d ^ c3 "u s^ — i -^■'s'-S '^ f^ ** <^ 't iM rr^ 1^ ^^=5 ;^ , - •^ m z o C _2 '^_o 1 1 " " 'c r^ ^ '^ ■5 , IC ~ , 'S.S ~ "~ ~ ~ ~ j*^ S 5' = CS?- s P^'s ^ = 5 S o ^ ' - Ci d:5 O^ i^'^ ^' O- ^' .- J • © 1 ' ' ' * -o '^ ^ ~ © x" J c Sd : : Sb'o ■ f . ! i . . c • ■ Ul ^ - — ■ ^ i" 1— < o '^ 2 • 5c :5 fti! b ■ 1 • I 1 :^ •* - ; 1 s:J : ■ : : tCu • • • ■ D ■ ; — ".^ " . . ;^ t> . : ? ■ a: 05 .. . ©'i'2-£?7Z 1 • ; - : si ■ .i; ^' :f5 o ^ c 5 ox- --©^ S 6 2 i| © ^ • s© I © i-i '-* bc-f bD y. X © C '^ t^l eg ^ % T ■ ?q© 3 •^ ^ 5< > O v^ 5 ~ ^ ; >, 'V^ c pq ?5 d > O 3 "cS a; b >' a 5 -ir g : III i > c c g c o p X § rc -2 X bo c si a £ > 4) |.bc oo o C 15 OX Zh:C r^ 6c: U t) i3 ^ 1-^ — 72 ANHVAL REPORT 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 ^ S d o O n o PQ QQ o O a, a. <: be s o J2 o s < O -a c^ a Sj CQ XI (1) >-* 60 h-i ^3 f^ ? 5 s XI CC 35 "»• O O 00 IM »i C5 CO -H X W O; ■n- O CO x; c<5 cc 3; X 1-1 -- C!^X__0 x_--__ o_ o s - o o o o o o o o o 3i S- -^ (M CO O Oi O t— _• (M ■«< o t~ ^ -H S rf CO 7M — ' -O O; . T- (M T-' (M i-l 05 S g S •" o H .S X — . :-. .-o c:0 O t^ CO -f CO t^ -T: t^ ?Q 3". f J -r ) C-l O O O O C O O C! o o o s CO t^ O O d c: O to !M .-I CO CO f -r 1" iT CO f CO O •^ O rJ O O "t "^i ' o or> -J CO ~. t^ I I— X : Tf © . , , . , . . ai r— 1— I I CO CO C X CO x__x_^x_^x_^t--^ x> r-T i-T co' e. Tl CO 5D lO (M CO w -^ CI CI 00 CI C5 ; 1-1 CO CO O X CO X X X x__ t-- x" r-T r-T co' cT fj' cf in cf cf ci ci" .-h C5 Cl Cl Cl C5 ^ Cl CI CQ C5 Cl CI C4 oioioinioomiomoiciOin "(M o d X X OCOCOfX-'XCCOO-JOO ■¥ o o ri CO t- ic CO o_co^rH x^co_^c5^ac__>-^~__irj^ •^00 oTco"-*' ';)<~'j<".^''tCt>r©'tCort>rt^x) i^ ■* jn i-~ -r taoi i)OiOlOiOOtC-fCOCO«OCOCO OC5C5'-iOC10C10O0~N Tj, £ ^ 2 to &c_j bc"C tJ:_- tm tx ic ic^ ""^ CO X 7: "^ ""■^ g "^ """^ "^ "H.'E. = ^ ^ o T 7 ? 7_L T g "" f-i i -r! :— C ,C1.^^ : ^' ^ '^ '~ ^ ^ ^ ^ -^ -^ . ^ -T^ -3 "S "o =is "o -ki "o t: XI t: i 7^. o S ^ 5 o b o b b b r. o c o o ! ^ iC O 1— ^1 CC CO CO 1" "O CO -O t-- CO w w _ •^COi—COXCOi-i'-'CO--' . ■ c-icocociociOinioo oOrt— 'CQCOOOr^irJrS oococoeocococoeocococo 2^ MM 0) «-5 ^;2;S ^^xaa p^Sh^ • : :'o S . : S ■ ■ 5 — H >■ "iJ ■ "^ ^ i.>.>-S 2 g «i O S 12 TRAXSCOXTIXEXTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 S I ^ c o O c O' "3 o S O 58 CO o O B o to o , tCi. • T! 1- 0! 0 S a c c oo o oo * w c o o o l-H ,-1 ^ ^- i-H 1— >— !^|^s:i r; 30 rj t^ o C^ w , ^ ^ .^ *-H C I'- cc c; -T O ■^ = ^5 a i~ M X r^ --^ XX ^ TJ'o " CT. CCOX -1- t- — 00 ^ IM « f «0 N 1-1 ?^ i^ r-. .-*■■ C<5 «?; .^"^ -y. c-. X rq I - © — ^ .- 1- — c t-^: '^ L.* -r jc 5 S - <-- CC X — X X 3J " a,D •>! r^ ~. ^ "T^T ="S C5 « O X •^ t~ — i- s2 ='°S m CM I<5 T lO .-: ^ X ^ ■5 c; = o = ^ o o — ®S . S = o oo o oo o I _^- — ■-rTf-^TfO-r'T P5 — CtX(MO — X oo-i<;rcci-)t>.o o :3 — . ~. :c I- I- ~ ec t - -.' c' c' .-' --' x' •? ri ^ .- .=. " U o o 2i • w SO 60 = = ' - r '=_;'T3 — z^ _ u _ c^ = 'H.'H. — — o : 5^ ?i o c - c ■ .» ^ 3 *= "c « : © O^ V » , ■ O O :C O OX '^ -p ;d ;2 -r X ; Tj i^ c-i c; tr: c 5 ss -r o CO t^ " t^ ^- j^ c<5 -r -r o i . '. ^ • : "..i Mtiy : .5 riS - '•^^i^ - s bD5f> : _= "/^ S s J) ^^r^ = J^ 1' 9 ^ <; ^2^ o a: 0-3; c 2"=" 0 0 c — <=■ 0 0 s 0 0 ■ cooc 0 0 0 c v\ -v — CO iC 0 C5 CO to CO IM C-l 1^ X ( c: "M CO X r~ CO Cl Ci 0 CO c^ ec cc M CO t^ X -, s y ^ ub :r=\" =S - , .- — .^ .; — I "^^ "Z, tic ~ ^,~ IruO^S^'^Sr-.-r ••■ '-o jj '^ ^ r " ^ — 3 ^ x ^ §c5o $0© I o«bco";o £bc . i-iCO^i?-C0i-i == *- =5 ■"■•^ ;i, -J h: -/: a: ANNUAL REPORT 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 u ^ ~ a i^ o M ooosoco ocoooo oooooc© oooooo O O © t~ m O c: ^ CO r: © r^ o o :Cr-i^t^x©x -rxxt^no »nO(Mt^(MXO^ O X © CC C>5 C^l C^ J: 1^ X IM t^ ■* :r m © Oir;(Mt^iorqx© o — 1 c; T)" CO ?^ (M L"; © (M t^I^l © © © t^ lO © © © COCO © w •*■ O i-H (M t^©. -T©OX— ©©X©-»IM I © © T (M O m ' © X IS X © 1-H OJ CO © 0<) -f t- CO X © CO OCOCOCOi-iCOi— ©©t--TCO© i-r © ■M i.~. o) X © ^^ ©X©CO(M^^IM© mxc)t~Tf<©t;;:r! •n o ?i t^ lO OQ X © in i-|© ■* CO ?: (N o c^f Tf o" x" t-T CO*" I rT cl x" r-^ r-( © — © -T © C X © © t;^ © ?1 ri © -I ©. X © © © o © -r © jr; Ti- © 1— ^- CO 10 CO l^ t>. © CO © CO CO C* f CO X r^X rfi Tf< -r Tf X i-l © ■* -+I -fl" ■»!• ^ •* TJI Tj< t" -^ ^ Tj< •# -t> f Tt> -r X ■* X X X X © X •^ -* -f ^ •<*' Tf •*'-*>-*-*'-*'r-*TfCO « ^ OO-t) 3 r1^ °C ^1 O CO l^ CO •* CO CO -»• C^l ©> -^ © I* © OCO©-^<.~r-©t^lO ©©xcocot^o c 1> t^ CO .-i^-iVH ,— ^ ^, l^ CD m © tP X O CO l^ X CO CO © © © t- © rH o be © -!• I CO 2~ CO '^ •rf r-l . -sH §«5^T !r.~ = s^, t- '^ ;- -^ ■ . '*^ © -^ -^ © ■ .•'=« : ccx o • • _- CO '-:3 "^ CO a _ s- "" 'J- 2 t>%_ .: ©©S'f^ ^cib--; ©iQ^s^obb « X -^ -f 1' bcr* ■^ 2.C0 © ic m ic S ^ © © ^-^ • )■ .>C'?^ ^ d© - ; p © O t- ' l' ). ^-;1h ^lO^ ©re: < t-- 'T CO CO ^ L- C) ci ^ ■ ; -^ CO »^ CO ^^ c^ CO ■ > © o < rH T-l© •^ © X X t^ © © lO O CO lO CO CO •^ -f lO O lO o © — CO X© in .1 © © © © tr- ie O O lO lO lO X © -^ r- X © 'I' rH © O© f © © © -)■ X m t-x CO CO JO Tf O IS o © : >» e« C 5j o p4S »i be :p4« ^ C3X "" aa -H CO CO -»< i« O O Pi 5 B i = :Pi c a> Mo 14 TRANSCOyTINENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 I c o O as -3 a tc M OQ o O c3 SB C o I es o ^ QJ •on — S I " •^'Nt^Tf-OSO (M OC r-l 'T -r -^ O ;a -r © ^ec iC t- icocoeo©iNt- ccot^ioco 5 ©©©©©©© " ■^©CCCOCOCO'*' i;; o ift o m »3 »^ X' « -- © TT -^ IM O 3C » X IM IC » ©. O 5C iC © O IS t~IN 15 pq -r © CO ec 3S S -r -r -T "»" -^ •* •«»< rp Tr •»> •» -^ -^ t^ id n <-> X lA © r^ lO t>- o X c; t~ STi tc c; C-) i-r © h- C5 ^ -H r- i: p; ^ C : - .... - - _ _ 1 ^ " ■ cS ;_ t^ ■^ • bo be Jiibc *g ;^' 'a'S.'^ '^I^ &4 ;- 7 Ttn >-. o ^ ! " c. -" ^ »' ~ . ."= o ^ C 5 ■> © s ^„ «£> i-i GO o CO o o © (N X © © © © © »C; IM IM lO Csl X ^ © © © © © •* T ^ © lO © •^ © o lO o ■* TP CO ^ ® © © CO w 0 O 01 be T3 « C . o ~ s c o Q a a bD a. M -X t_^ ^ o lO ^ o © X © © © o ^ i-H © ,-1 IM ©' •^'' t-T >— " © ©. iC ^-- ^ © t^ IM CO © in .— to .-H CC IT. X © lO lO -r in c M X X o © IM IMO X_^CO CI lO e-ftCt-T©" i iM ©""cT'o eo -s" CO -r O L.'; IM lb !-■ © X ICI © IM IM t^ e^j ^ O O S) £ >» = c c S ci c3 Q O O : bc^ © O t^© I ll> © iO tN-X T .Q IM O © •* © t- t^CO e S 5i a; o AyXUAL REPORT 15 :EG3I0NAL PAPER No. 37 O S2g£ 0 0 =-■ 0 c 0 ."i 00000 — ' ■ ^^t2^ o o — •* C5 — c; -f © ■ -r rc -r — . -r ^ S u ¥ 3 Tt< i.-" CM c; c: CO © ~. CJ cc l^ ^"3 = r: ■* C5 ci c5 -r :i ^ -J-. «% ^ iC © C-l CQ 0 ■^ rH c " ^ 0 0 - 0 c c 5^^ ©©00© © ^ "-■ 0 c 0 © © 0 0 m -r CM -T CJ c-i ;^ © r- DC ^ .-< ^ ■» aC 0 <-l rH ■^ '"_ -^-^ ■* © cc © ;c ri ji; £ 1-. C-1 C-1 CM t~ , — '^ — ^ a,.D ec -^ ■i ^ ■o ^ :e ^ c ^^ _ - - - - 0 s 0 ^ _ hr j; c. : ■ t- s- t: feCtSObO a ei b • •_: ^^ ,:«! .-( ^ . ■ ^ ^ Z- •c _ 0) X • -^^^ 3 l-ccc -r Mtbogg •* 'H.'Z.^ CM S-J © . . t; X! -c '^f ^^ 3 3 3 10 E ■C^O «S cS cs /^ © 0 0 © © © 0 C«S30OC0G«CC-f<^ 1 1 1 i 1 1 42 It X © cc i^: lO C5 2-r 0 0 © :o © ^ t^ l^ X « X X pS u 0 . > ■03 5J •^ .i! jj *j ^-ij r r : b 0 « C C c;;3 - - - csX >- = --5^^ c Hr-( CMeo -r 0 Q X © cr 0000 ;-, © 0 © © 0 © r © © 0 © c © ©© CO ^ X C-. t^ © CO f_, *1' CO r^ CM © in © © TJ. C5 ©OOt- X COt-.-i© © ©'T cq CM ;;^ t^ CO 1.0 CO CO © © X t^ ^ -- to ©■--:! c: © •- X 10 © 0 X 1— CM CQ t^CI CO ri X X © -- M 10 MIM Tf Tf © 1-iX CO 1-- iO © ^ r^co © li. CO 1-1 1-- CM CI 0 ~i 1—1 r— ~ t^ 0 CO ,—1 -r cOt- CM © l^O CM • 0 Ci -f •<*< © r- X -^0 X ^ T— 1 ^ 1— < rr. in ic © !-■ t^CO © Or-I IC CO i-l \.- Cl CI in © © © ©000 ^ © © © © © © © 0 0 c ©©© 0 0 ©©© ©©© .-HCO -# lOiC -«< ■^ -t -f -> f ~r •^■■v 0 10 10 lO lO 0 0 4^; in mm in mom -t" f © X -T © CJ T, CO in t^m t^ X ^v t^c: C^ ^ -r © CO CM CO © ^ Cl 0 CJ CM CO CM r- © l^ c ^ TT m CO X © 0 0 t^ 0 .3 ?-. f »* X X © 'O © t>.ro '"'" TT CO CM c; '^ CM CO CO X t^ 00 ^-© © X CO ._ ^ © CM CO — 30 iO 0 © © © © -. © © I- © 0^ 1^ lOOiO -!- -r -J> -f ■^ -^ f -t-r XCO © ;^ in © if^ -p CO t- iC X mo© C-. Cv X © ;_ CO © X l~-* © X © CO X LO t^ t^ © © in — ic -r CM t^ L- ■-; t^ CM CO CM nr CO X ..-. ry r' .-0 t» -^ CO 3i CM © 0 CM -T T ^ CM ." sj d 0 ; a . u boo P5 f ' " c;:: c - = : : r r r : '->c C B-C ^'1 ^ CM « S p: 3 ^ tdc tr ^6 © © — © t: "C IP r^ ^ CI <-; CM ■ ci CM T) i-H be •^ be bb© c ^ *— «-:? r— :S CS ^' r: '"" t: T f^ ^'^ S3? bD r; ^ bCbt^ t£7i be bc^ 1-! 3 ^'^Z 'O^^ c.-^ "S C be CO a 1 T Tc'i ■3 :^l c cq^'jo ^ b^ooSS ^ r- t © i~~ p^ -r- 0 1— < W ,— ( © -«coi-^ CO ^ © t^© — OCI CM — cq CM ^ -Ij -^ — — ^ ^ -^ ,-1 ^ -14 © 0- CO :o 0 .— ir: -T f 0x1-1 t^ CM CO © — ,^ c L'.. C^l X t-- ^ CO ■* C^l -^ © CM CM r V © ^ — CI -r -f X X X X XXX X © © © u ^ n 3, > > « pi > ■ 3 C3 § Je t^ Li frri X : ^ ^ il a) a > .2 <5 > 05 'So a .SO Pis > IS (. ipi ^ ^ *• IS cop; .E > > 0: I I. 1 r b b c- 0 > a i 8S bo^ 16 TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 o - O ! o o o o o - 1 o (M 7 iS lO OCO c; ■" -lO j o :Ht3 = - «" t>^ cc fs^" 1 "f tC 1 ^ 1 !£> i**- 18^ £ o O CI 00 00 o — "c s <» ' t^ t^ II- X -f o o o o -s w f= « "Jj* o ^ s _c ^ ""■ a. £ o o — X! o ■-0 -*< H ^ «)^' ? C*5 3i -as ■<*' ■-1< o ,_4 -S-- ro § o Ci 5 F^ ♦^> "t; ^ "^ - c. O s be -^ 13 o O £3 : _ b • Sc » Ji o 1-H M s •~< X . cS •-^ ^?. S .T3 • b c4 1c« c3v„ a; d ^b fi OJ -o :3 -" s ^ b ■^ ^ 2 — b -11 ^ (M -53^, r IS r-S ; u ~ i' > 5 Ph « la ^^ ^ 03 ee 5g O ns -o =1 o o ^ ^ a - ^ *-U o < o o o o o o c > 0 00000000030 o o o o o o 00 000000=0000 r-1 r-l O O X t- _ t~ t>. ■0 -M X .-1 OS c^ t- i~ c: M Tl cc CO O •* — Ci ;C CC COX X.-IC-. l-:Ci5IMC5Xrt(M 1-C<1 w -^ N o ~r -J 10C0X^OOXXOC5X O— 10C.-H — t^ 0 "J- 0 C5 cc cc IM --= 0 -O 0 S^I -^ ooo^ CO -!r Tj. T). 0 C<1 CM .— -si !M X 0 --S ^ © CO X X cc CO CO ~CCecOC:^'-i-Ti-i»tO 00 MC<1 l^ 0 !S .H ,-n C-. C5 r- O O XM I- t- 0 IM X ^ C2 M I- t^ C5 'M CM CO CO 1-1 •* .^co iS CO eox X ^ C5 1^ :r iS IM C-. X ^ c<) a-. iM r-1 i-o IM :s -f -H 0 cc X -^ 0 0 X X 0 C X X -H X c ■-- t^ 0 f iS Cr. cc cc M — 0 1- lO CM •»• t~ 3 0- cc -f -r -r 0 CQ CM — -.r T) X r^ -.:; !-■ 0 -^• X X X coco" :rcocco~. -r — -Tr-ifO cc (M "M l^ C5 0 .-H ■-! 0 C5 ,- o o o o o © = 0 000—0000000 o ooc OO 1.-0 00 JOOOOOOOO i.-5 O O »0 .-H X ^^ f-H — — ii-iocccc-rxx-^-* O O »--. o o o 00 »C*^i^lOiOOO*OlO*CtO a: — ^ T o ta C I- -^OCM — -fX-rCCOt-lt^ ■* X X c (M •# 0 CO iC^CCO^C<)OCCC:00 o o o w r-^ CO T-l T IM 0 -J" CM -nr: c) cc ^ cc 0 O f --f ^ 10 50 ^c 0 XOCil--t^CCOt^l-l- i~C^ iM -H T ^^ T-l X cc ri 0 CM .— :o 1?? T-" ^^ PS O >0 CO X m » 0 ooooinmt^ioooo cjcc o; 03 iSt^ XI- 0 0 0 cc lO 0 0 t~ t~ Oi 0 ••1< -^ -* -^ CO ■* cc T»< T)<-r'r-t''«'-*'-rT) ^ •* .^•^vO^^O--aO 30c tS£ ;;: 0 0 0 0 0 ic /c 0 u~ 0 X ~5i ?^ ?H •z ^ CC c ■^ ^ :c ^ C;4 1.C I-;- CM 0 cc 10 r^ (M r^ ^ r^ r^ -r ^ci CM c s > ^:5 iJ ■ ■ • 0, i > a. 2:SSp^^ Z —1 "3 > AXXUAL REPORT 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 ^~ a 37—2 , §o-S . -c ooooooooooo Or-0000000=0 S2 P S2 ;ij c 5= 0 3- O o .-■ O X -r L- CC 1- m5-i •5H2 ^ (^f^-^T-^rt'■^f (^fwr^fr-'cco" fs =5 IM CC --T (M rH § _• ox-ricxr^iMC2 0^ — .JL. ^ 1 ' iS JOC-. OIJ-. OlOOCSTfCOO ^SS^ " or;c _f, ..^ ^ ^ ..J, -J, ...J, ^ ^ _t, ^ ^ iCOtO*CiCOOiCOi^»0 ^ l~ .-^ 1^ CC i-H O C^ C^l OJ -T O S O O !M X .~t M (M 'T C: C/: O -: « O CO C-. X X t^ C: L- -f O ■-^ -^■^■^-r-r o'w'^jTio'ofo^ 2 -tj f rt C<1 .-1 f I^ H pt< '"' Tj"*< CO -^ 71 X ri - J. ~. 7i i- iM t^ -^ CO ?! ri ~ -^ -M — L- ri CO C- t ~ C . I ^ V — ^. — CO CO •o" 1 -■" -' — ' -r rf o •^■' — ' X oT S-J^ 5 rr r-H -.; CO rp ^ ■^>>-- ;i. T_i H .S ■ ctor. c ;a 1^^^ = ^6§,= -^ 3 .^ .T3 O Q P ^1 c - - - -p: j: c: ^ rt o fflo fcc : o • be • ^-^ ^- tx t< "U • o 5. M PS t.T5 • -ua ace cs i4 0 £ ■cc-^".^^ S-^-^-.- s ^ .— . o - o ~ ^ O - » - '^ ^ OC00-t<-t>000©C5 -j< r-1 CO C5 -r rr rt iC -^ ■^ lO ~: „ „ _< ^ _ t^ ^ ^ ^', -^ -^^ li JO ^ IT O C. -^ N ?0 r-i -il" O t^^C.-iXC^X^CO'^iO'-l C. O --^ '-' M (M CO O m lO r^ hS > . ■ • ' ^ . I> a; fcT > . 3J 0, .5 ^ S ^ IS Jl c«0 c ^ c ^ ^ 2-- "I © o o o o © — ) © c © o © o o c © © o © © © o -^ « « © o © CO -r © X 00 50 '*< -^O CO eo l^J X © © T-l X oox«> © © o -J (M © i.Oi CO t-l- X © I- r^ © X t^ (Tq — 1 1-t r-< 05 (M X © ® CO 1-1 © 1-1 O ■V w t^ <35 f — ^ © ,^ CO -► © X 00 © ■* ■* as CO o irj xo© ^^ X X X © o o CD 1-1 IM© 1^ r: © ^ l^ CO t^ b- X © t^ 1- ©ci5 t- C5 1-1 r-H 1-1 © (M X © © CO r- © i-c O ^ IM !>J o © O O © © © ©© © © © © o C c © ©©© w CO CO CO CO CO c (M -f (M TT o o ir:^ lO lO lO iO o in lO ^ O T). -r © — c © IM X © c; ^ X X © 1^ — © -rf Ci i~© o; c^ CO Tl ^ © — x o CO n- -*■ ^ X i: © X t^O l^ t- c O O lO lO ^ IJ. o •n iO © o iS O lO O 6't 6 m O pa ■ OfflO C3 ^ . . . - c3 ^.2^ es M 5!=2 o tt- ffi^K =? o o © : . ■ 1 be (M ... o N 0/ ; 5:3. 1 (N ■ ■ : 1 M i^ •"^ ^ ^ ■a = ... be ^1 . s ^ 'a © r '? i CO b: cj b£ 1 ;&^ ■^ . . be '^ rr r^ "^ ^ 1 '^ -^ ^- . "^ d 1 M i ~7^S ■3 CO c bc„-'S. '^ r- z <=. St^ >. . ©© -r ir -M r ■^ -^■^-^ "^ O CO -c ^ t; Tr -f lO C CO CO © © <- O r -^ Ih © -r '-' rt CJ I- ^ ^ ■-< •— 0 t~- X © o © r^ iC -t © f^ X X © © © © (M M ^ " ^^rHrH (M C^J (M M s -* lON ■ ■ ^ > 2i oj:; : . b S '£ £ -2^ t: i- s K o CB B 3 0) o CS ! : be > 1 u c« 5 18 TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 P^ . T5 S-2 ©©©©©©© ©©©©r-© ©©©©©©© ©c©©©©© Paid to March 31, 1915. a; 'J (M X 1-1 © — :c CO lO " IM CO (M lO t^ X © tc t- © -r © CI 1-1 ^ — X © (M « t>. t^ t>. -^ ?5 t^ x'c^f t-Te^' »©'«* 40,027 74 2,007 14 0,405 18 1,881 .50 7,720 78 5,295 81 1,870 13 25,744 .57 3,013 94 6,440 03 2.783 .59 3,680 27 5,126 31 X CO m 25, .542 48 3,751 .50 9,754 79 Total esti- mated cost of .super- structure. re 48,028 o2 2.716 18 7,710 21 2.717 30 0,480 21 9,394 50 2,729 73 4(),027 74 2,007 14 0,405 18 1,881 51 7,720 78 5,295 80 1,870 IS 2,5,741 .57 ,3,013 94 (),440 05 2,783 .59 .3,680 26 5,093 94 i 25,340 07 3,751 .5(i 9,754 79 Rate per M ft. b.m. (M CJ -r ■M -; -; TJ © © - r © © © C I Cl Cl Cl Cl ? ) o m in i--. m lO i.o m 52 00 52 00 .52 Oi 54 00 54 00 54 00 © 54 00 54 00 54 00 Timber. H » t- © 1^ © C) © ■* C) © © CM © © © — CO © 1-1 lO © t^ © © t^ CO CJ t^ tC CM f -T © Cl © m X cj X© O l^ C5 X 1-1 C5 CM c 55 C5 CO ^ CO C5 ic -r iC ci ci lO «0 1^ r-^ © -r CO m -1" X m xin©.int^x X X X t^ca ■* 1-1 P5$ O in CM o C5 m o © m -H t^ X) t^ 35 X -r IT "*< •^ -T "T -f -r i © © © Tji •<»• -r Estimated Weight of steel in ixnmds. T in © © © c in © ^ © -r — C) .n ■q- t^ ci t~ - ~i^ tC co' ©r co' co' -f' rf •^ in m m CO © m Cl t-c .^1- I - X ■.- ©. in r-. © in -r ©' cf ©' x' Cl' -r CO Cl CO T © ^; 408,825 ,53,232 120,319 53,076 71,570 101,0.39 co" © 494,419 73,120 197,598 o •o i .^.1: 6 XO- Q S-o Cl ^ • &D 5t ** tl '^ ^ ■ ^ ^ _. -j ^'^^ —•'C --; S£5X .^ tCt* C is tSj be .9 ^-- -—•-»>©-»■© ©-rin-=-C' F-i ^H ^— Tti 1— I rr i2 z: Z: © © © ^' © © ^ ^^©-r^©'«)ico- 'Q - © .A 5 ^. lO cv CO »o ci hs © ^ t^ in t^ © r-l icqcoTfX® ©©.-^©1 lO C5 1-1 C<1 CM CM CM CM Ci Cl CM CM W CM CM W CO t^ifin-i- O !;« T, "^ -c 6C-5 = c " c '^^S .^v_v . u s. c ;35 £ =se>5 6^ ^ -j; . O C/2 5 5-'= =-5-^ -3 -S-is c-i i-i Jt. a; O •-: AyXl'AL REPORT 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Per- centage of wore com- pleted. o o ^ © ^ © © o o o © © ^, 8S o © ® © s ooc ©©©©©©©© © o © © o» o ri T 00 © © © M -«< •* CO .-- ■ *T< CO IM (M ^« r-4 t^ IM t^© •- JS t^oo ao ^ t-i-^r-r-^^jco^iM ■CO ® © in T— T-l ^^ CO ■»»< to o^ . u M 1^05 0 to o in '.o t^ t^ 05 iM b- © Tjt t^ t^ X CO© rH ^CO ■" lO O-X X'O -r-r-rt^©-©o"i •© .nx •^ t^ - CO (M© t- C -r 00 -J ©TTTTrCOCC© IM •CO ® © O T— t T— ' ■* est: CO! per Lire o c: cr C5 lO ©inin©t:^t^©ft-©©OC< © inx -»■ 1^ CO t— otal ated if SU] bructi iO i-i t^o: CO©©t~NCMt^X ■M CO lO in ® © T «© Cf Cf Iff m' CO' I-T .—'' ^' i-T rH t>r CO '. «— < •* ■* ©' ©" ©' t^ f— CC ^H CO' rt © i-l l-H tH g a ao .— W, ©coo ©.r©©©©©© • o o© © ©CO • CO d »§ . o oc ©o CO©®©©©© ;© o© © °U ■ (S (M • Rat per '. ft. b.m -f -f © © ©xx®xxoc© • X b o © ® .w ■ ee lO "c: lO lO ■ ■* in id •ST. S" Is . 5^ a" aj . m » t- c O t. in e IM a; a; O -; © ^ ©o©oo©©© © ©IM CO © h 0 © © ^ -t" t^©©©!?^^^ — © •iM CO i-l c «"-":::; c; c © t> . ". ^ tS © iC •^ I-- 1-- ^_^ t^ t- CO_^ X ■ 1-- © X © (M C" OJ 1? .5 ^ ccm^'oo" in itf in' I ~ -^ •*" © X ; TjT ©t- iM' © u 5 0. ^ rH rq Ci CO (M ^ in (M(M »-H CO X - G r-i ^ in ir. © in © © I- 1^ t^ t, i^ © © © © o OO o o o OO o ^ ^ ■J: o X © © •© © © O I- © © l-~ I- OiOl t^t- t- t-^ •rf C5 i_ Tt> TJ. TJ- ^ -*h fi -* © C (M -r © "S- T (M © © -r o c^ © © T © (MO lO © © C^ CO CMiN(MCO^^Xin © -- ©t^ X O CO S ©OWN •^lM(MX©©CO-T r-^ O COf Or- © -r © -1- K inin.o'N©©t^© © © X ^ CO' X © Xt-^-i l^-<.-lXIMiM-r^ © (M IM CO ot- Tf" ^ cci-- ?■. © rt ^ T-H »-H IM C-1 r^ i-H »"^ "S^ "o "" rf '-'" K .S ' • c ■ d ■ ' d 'do : d 6 O U O O OO c ;0 o >. a- >> » >> ^ • >> ? _a V .^ L.' t. to S? bi. fc. : r , • t- be 'Z bo T3 c 1 13 T o f^ o E " 1 : 5 ?3. ' 6 XI 0 O 3 c o fSi : C = :>, : Srl-I PC Pb ^ c C"^ s .2 d .2 cS r : (S 'iS .2 - _ - . p: .5 c o o T3 -O •a •ri'TD t: •5 'S s c5 :e C B CS a! ci cS CSC C c C ^ ^ ^ cS c cS .-i eS s ce s : «s ca oi c« u u o oo c • u O C o d 1-^ o 00 . c M i^ I ' t^ ! ' ' '7 • u u • .£ ' . . bOu u ■ . ;-i rH bo be . . bcbc ■ . bo & »-< fc. u ,— • • "O o ^1 a d bi be b£ &^- ^ • " '-T! C P • c ; c be • £ bo c bo o ■a TD a. bcs s-c ,_; ■^ T! *^ «J -^ ii. h D 3 t^ * Em 3 0 ~ b © E . bio c COS u 1- U dial d a; c o o o o J~ " -. O "^ O "So c.fco„ O . ; ' Q 5 c Irrn "3 -c .;- 's Sq u ■ " P X C 2 ~ © © ©1 O >l -^ O^ 0^ y-^ T-^ CO CI in *^ © 00 in in c in 0 -^ -^ -^ CO (M ci •^ _C _a X ^ CO © © © © © lO -^ ^ o ^ » f CO © X 00 (M X ■ • ■ ■ • ■ .M CO -1- © CO © X CO © IM A O • o ^ in pi i 1- ■ i .-.s ^ iJ . . a> fc bo = > > ■TJ a brt il > i. o 3 -bcC.S.S c b /< -Q o O) I '^ yy.y. X XcS t a i. -^ u s fe^ > •s. occ o 032 ANNUAL REPORT 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTANT. Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. Cheques Issued. April May June July August . . . September. October. . . November . December . January . . February March April . Year. 1914. 1315. Contracts. .? -cts. 227,874 72 399,853 36 724,273 33 688, 75r) 00 682,181 16 640,856 34 339,073 63 259,191 50 158,597 93 184,786 03 330,448 54 886,682 75 5,522,575 29 Accounts Payable. $ cts. 6,584 80 376,375 38 166,999 33 215,110 40 368,744 56 267,117 85 165,489 42 429,633 11 249,757 69 91,039 .55 454,459 14 935,987 82 280,930 88 4,014,229 93 Pay Rolls. $ ets.- 9,66« 78^ 46, 880 72- 46,838 24 49,081 51 47,287 32 41,800 96 39,692 93 35,058 63 25,943 10 21,586 37 21,193 05 20,224 90 7,451 70 412,708 30 Summary. Cheques issued for Contracts $5,522,575 2^ " " Accounts Payable 4,014,229 9a Pay Rolls 412,708 3a Gross Expenditure for fiscal year 1914-15 $9,949,513 52 Less amount deposited to credit of Receiver General 117,206 27t Total Cash Expenditure for fiscal year 1914-15 $9,832,307 25 Adjustments with the Department of Railways and Canals covering the follow- ing items, viz : — Debits — Tear 1903-04 $ 6,249 40 " 1904-05 127 65 " 1905-06 10,006 45 $16,383 50 Credits — Year 1909-10 $ 350 30 " 1913-14 13,593 70 13,944 00 2,439 50t $9,834,746 75 t This amount is made up from receipts of account on sales of old material, rent of build- ings, etc., etc. t This is the difference between certain debits and credits which were taken direct into the books of the Department of Railways and Canals, and are now adjusted with the books of the Commissioners of the Transcontinental Railway. E. L. PARENT, Accountant. \ 22 TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. Headquarters. Distri ct "A' "B' "C "D "E' "F' -Construction . Totnl - $ 9,834 $ 169,997 33 23,477 33 5,597,607 86 763,013 54 993,642 04 1,590.971 90 696,036 75 $ 9,834.746 75 E. L. PARENT, Accountant. Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. Headquarters. Dr. Cr. Accounting Department $ 11,223 34 Purchasing Department 12,222 SI Commissioners' Department . . . 5,499 98 Engineering Department 62,8 29 77* Interim Account 13,000 00 Supplies and stationery 84516 Furniture and fixtures $ 190 30 Freight and express. . .. ' 30435 Telegraph and telephone 1,996 16 Rent and taxes 9,245 SO Insurance 337 04 Travelling expenses 5,363' 53 Advance account ....'.. 2,000 00 Right of way and station °rounds 2,065 95 General expenses 17,89037 Legal expenses 19,139 19 Stock account , 9,351 60 Per diem charges 095 Outstanding wages ($16.35) and accoumts pay- able ($59.05) 75 40 Car "Empire" 640 09 Car " Transoona " 306 94 I 172.263 03 $ 2,265 70 Less credit 2,265 70 Total $ 169,997 33 E. L. PARENT, Accountant. AyyUAL REPORT 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended ^[arcli 31. 1015. District " A.' Dr. General expenses $ Engineering' Insurance Ties Tracklaying and surfacing- Telegraph lines Ballast and ballasting Rails Track fastenings Frogs and switches Right of way and station grounds Station buildings and fixtures Shops, roundhouses and turntables Shop machinery and tools Bridges, trestles and culverts Revenue during construction Contract reserve ? Less credit $ Less credit to cost of operation. District "A" Total $ 23,477 3c 99 95 460 27 97 60 124 92 1,486 42 37 37 219 00 29,324 40 605 33 1,972 40 8,582 35 453 58 2.361 67 45,825 26 8,754 23 37,071 03 13,593 70 Cr. 3,139 22 3,302 35 2,109 47 203 19 8,754 23 E. L. PARENT, Accoimtajit. 24 TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY COinilSSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. District ''B." Dr. Supplies . ..• $ 9,429 65 Camp outfit General expenses 29,264' 23 Freight and express 3,039 87 Engineering 83,130 23 Insurance 2,774 31 St. Malo line 39,914 55 Grading ■ 1,267,065 03 Clearing 12,060 68 Grubbing 2,656 61 Overhaul 68,865 48 Ties 39,787 65 Tracklaying and surfacing 38.693 22 Fencing right of way 27,473 70 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 32,095 10 Tunnels 4,655 13 Telegraph lines 30,787 26 Interlocking and signals 3,170 00 Ballast and ballasting 96,474 OS Water stations 100,398 41 Rails 34,370 08 Track fastenings 4,743 04 Frogs and switches 9,185 09 Right of way and station grounds 34,137 08 Station buildings and fixtures 151,322 70 Miscellaneous structures 587 35 Shops, roundhouses and turntables 117,086 07 Shop machinerj' and tools 57,987 33 Fuel stations 93,355 47 Yards and terminals 216,493 84 Joint terminals in Quebec 176,227 91 Floating equipment 140,024 71 Docks and wharves 41,955 77 Bridges, trestles and culverts 351,967 43 Revenue during construction Operation 8,500 00 Time cheques 19 35 Contract reserve 327,049 43 Quebec Bridge approaches 832,845 81 Furniture Leonard shops 800,322 01 Re-tieing and replacement 307,113 48 Car ferry Leonard expenses 7,156 95 $ 5,604,186 09 Less credit 6,578 23 Total $5,597,607 86 Cr. 72 58 6,088 81 416 84 6,578 23 E. L. PAEENT, AcQountant. ANHVAL REPORT 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. District " C." Dr. Supplies $ 3,753 66 Camp outfit General expenses 4,476 70 Preigli't and express 1,394 72 Engineering ., 23,521 25 Insuirance 194 27 Grading 235,211 55 Clearing .. 3,004 20 Grubbing Overhaul 10,340 35 Ties Tracklaying and surfacing 1,329 40 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 2,580 00 Telegraph lines 1,295 30 Ballast and ballasting 49,034 03 Water stations 609 12 Rails ■.. . . 21,085 34 Track fasitenings 3,548 41 Frogs and swdtches 432 40 Station buildings and fixtures 55,110 28 Shops, roundhouses and turntables. 31,20'6 28 Shop machinery and tools 10,224 45 Fuel stations 31,558 66 Yards and terminals .'. 14 05 Bridges, trestles and culverts 178,904 71 Operation 16,794 75 Time cheques 6000 Contract reserve 83,691 '64 $ 769,375 52 Less credit 6,361 98 Total $ 763,013 54 Cr. 69 50 47 60 6,244 88 $ 6,361 98 E. L. PARENT, Accountant. 26 TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. District " D.' Supplies 5 Camp outfit General expenses Freig'ht and express Engineering: Insurance Grading Clearing Grubbing Overhaul Ties Dr. 5,011 86 Tracklaying and surfacing Crossings, cattle-guards and sisns. Telegraph lines. Ballast and ballasting Water stations Rails Track fastenings Frogs and switches Right of way and station grounds. Station buildings and fixtures. . . Miscellaneous structures Shops, roundhouses and turntables. Shop machinery and tools Fuel stations. . . . Yards and terminals Bridges, trestles and culverts. . . . Revenue during construction.. .. Operation Time cheques Contract reserve Furniture Re-tieing and replacement 61,954 49 11 95 50;974 14 4,789 41 Less credit. 11,001,853 32 8,211 28 Total ? 993,642 04 Cr. 18 45 15,758 52 2,584 96 33,455 17 471 58 545,578 82 2,662 11 1,175 10 54.43'6 35 12,279 25 3,831 02 840 00 8,015 13 65,062 47 15,010 41 1,209 85 5,595 17 291 40 28 19 35,130 11 2,725 00 14,285 39 7,650 01 1,570 83 668 66 56,561 05 381 75 46 00 ?,211 28 E. L. PARENT, Accoiintant. ANNUAL REPORT 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended Marcli 31, 1915 District " E." Dr. c- Supplies $ 5,725 04 General expenses 4,723 03 ' Freight and express 1,145 OS Eng-ineening-. 34,566 26 Insurance 1,976 44 Grading 806,381 29 Clearing 4,142 75 Grubbing 957 93 Overhaul 13,246 85 Ties 3-5,292 93 Tracklaying and surfacing 5,229 75 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 1,236 00 Telegraph lines 23,654 52 Ballast and ballasting 123,634 23 Water stations 68,226 36 Rails 53,415 71 Track fastenings 5,104 '67 Frogs and switches 598 88 Station buildings and fixtures 2'8,256 25 Miscellaneous structures 1,276 00 Shops, roundhouses and turntables 34,347 26 Shop machinery and tools 24,215 08 Fuel stations 665 90 Yards and terminals 6,888 90 Bridges, trestles and culverts 47,425 37 Revenue during construction $ 17S 12 Time cheques 174 04 Contract reserve 258,643 50 $ 1,591,150 02 ? 17S 1; Less credit 178 12 Total $ 1,590,971 90 E. L. PARENT, Accountant. 28 TRAKSCO^'TIXEXTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1915. District " F." Legal expenses Supplies General expenses Freight and express Engiineering Insurance Grading Clearing Grubbing . . , Overhaul Ties Tracklaying and surfacing Fencing right of way Crossings, cattle-guards and signs. . Tunnels. . . Telegraph lines Interlocking and , signals Ballast and ballasting Water stations Rails Track fastenings Frogs and switches Right of way and station grounds. Station buildings and fixtui'es. . Miscellaneous structures Shops, roundhouses and turntables. Shop machinery and tools Fuel stations Yards and terminals Bridges, trestles and culverts . . . . Operation Time cheques Contract reserve Furniture Rent, Winnipeg terminals Intere&t, Winnipeg terminals Less credit Total Dr. 136 65 788 07 11,133 15 16,050 69 8,275 66 3,306 19 6,700 00 31,42® 49 1,494 02 6,782 83 242,0fli 02 7,535 98 161,624 65 42,554 92 19,372 70 251 71 28,043 60 332 28 366 20 160,274 12 24,062 50 13,387 84 7'85,903 27 89,866 52' 696,036 75 Cr. 1,127 73 13,544 67 1,325 00 91 12 21,703 40 262 98 2,100 00 26 OO 482 49 50 00 17,05'6 27 344' 28 31,650 70' 101 88 $ 89,866 52 E. L. PAEENT, Accountant. Statement of Liabilities on March 31, 1915. Ten per cent reserved on contracts : — District "A" $ 12,46'9 14 "B" 149,720 51 "C" 139,522 52i "D" 38,488 0'9 " E" 82,155 19 "F" 50,121 37 $ 472,476 82 Outstanding time cheques 509 01 Outstanding wages and accounts payable • 271 88 Total $ 473.257 71 E. L. PAEENT, Accountant. A^'MAL REPORT 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 State\iknt of Exi)eiulitiire from September. 1904. to .March :>1. 191, "i. CHEQUES ISSUED. Contracts. Accounts payable. Pav rolls. Year 1904-05 S cts. .•? cts. 3-!,"),445 79 714,771 05 954,692 3« 2,34{),786 77 2,027,644 48 2,174,880 07 3,700,007 90 5,031,187 29 2,210,270 41 4.(i05,.374 73 4,030,013 43 S cts 428,22.-) 06 1 1905-06 - 1906-07 . 1907-08 , 1908 09 , 1909-10 1 1910-11 . lPll-12 , 1912-13 51,239 08 3,993,640 06 l.\037,591 05 21,129,9.57 36 16,094,267 68 18,678,176 31 15,115,038 77 10,679,342 09 8,083,579 13 5,522,575 29 761,942 45 046,924 55 1,002,535 82 1,215,423 52 1,202,4^5 12 1,187,151 09 1,059,030 04 924,777 13 , 1913-14 , 1914-15 070,766 87 412,708 30 Total 115, .580, 006 82 28,241,675 50 9,518,531 15 SUMMARY. Cheques issued for contracts $115,586,006 82 accounts payable 28,24i;675 56 payrolls 9,518,531 15 Less amount deposited to credit of Receiver General. $153,346,213 53 91S.248 70 $152,427,964 83 Special item paid by the Finance Department in 1905. for surveys made by the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Com- pany, east of Winnipeg 352,1 9 173 Cost of operation, District "A," for the year 1912-13. Total $152,780,156 56 22,589 21 I $152,802,745 77 E. L. PARENT, Accouiiiani. Statement of Expenditure from September. 1904, to ]\rarch -W. 191.1. From September, 1904, to June 30, 1905 (including amount paid by the Finance Department to the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Company, for surveys, east of Winnipeg, taken over by the Commissioners, viz., $352,191.73).. .. $ 1,130,555 36 For the year ended June 30, 1906 1,479,07177 For the nine months ended March 31, 1907 5,537,867 50 For the year ended March 31, 1908 18,910,449 41 March 31, 1909 24,892,772 98 March 31, 1910 19,968,126 86 March 31, 1911 23,487.853 73 March 31, 1912 21,110.993 90 March 31, 1913 13,729,461 44 March 31, 1914 12,684,663 16 March 31. 1915 9,848.340 45 $152,780,156 56 Cost of operation. District "A," for the year 1912-13 22,589 21 Total $152,802,745 77 E. L. PARENT, Accountant. 30 TRAySCOyTIXEXTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIOyERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904, to March 31, 1915. Headquarters ? 1,986,944 52 Location — District "A" -•• 5 304,367 85 " B" 569,488 50 "C- 529,261 81 " D" • 446,018 32 "E" 257,543 94 "F" 836,648 43 Construction— District "A" ? 17,855,382 22 " B"' 53,302,694 64 "C" 7,030,039 71 "D" 17,329,669 60 " E". . •. 11.512,972 35 "P" 39,788,223 26 Transport— D strict " B " 92,»9S 10 "C " 330,642 92 "D" 294,163 01 " E" 213,935 89 " F" 99.461 49 2,943,328 85 146,818,981 78 1,030.901 41 $152,780,156 56 Cost of operation, Distict "A," for tlie year 1312-13 22,589 21 Tota\ $152,802,745 77 E. L. PAKENT, Accountant. Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904, to March 31, 1915. HEADQUARTERS. Dr. Cr. Commissioners' department $ 222,105 60 Accounting department 177,760 40 Engineering department 567,208 56 Purchasing department 121,274 81 Car Empire 38.779 39 Ca.r Transcon (I 23,246 52 Supplies and stationery 50,215 81 Furniture 24.700 85 Preiglit and express 14,844 28 Telegra]ih and telephone 28,681 15 Rent and taxes 115,288 40 Insurance 18,073 39 Travelling expenses 57,034 33 General expenses 423,252 79 Right-of-way and station grounds 15,880 33 Outstanding wages and acccunts payable $271 88 Legal expenses 69,773 30 Transport 6,482 15 Medical service 6,613 39 Per diem charges 95 Interim account. 6,000 00 $1,987,216 40 $271 88 Less credit 271 88 Total $1,986,944 52 E. L. PAKENT, ' Accountant, ANNUAL REPORT 31 SI^SS;ONAL PAPER No. 37 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904, to March 31, 1915. DISTRICT "A." Dn. Ck. Legal expenses $ 2,421 84 Supplies 122,816 07 Camp outfit 10,517 59 General expenses . 215,531 01 Freight and express ■ . 11,814 -46 Medical service 804 03 Engineering 1,004,483 75 Insurance 6,284 65 Grading •. 7,585,612 26 Clearing 158,641 83 Grubbing 100,186 90 Overhaul 659,809 84 Ties 474,132 58 Track laying and surfacing 165,843 86 Fencing right-of-way ; 130,331 78 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 24,566 62 Tunnels 51,150 71 Telegraph lines 74,836 65 Interlocking and signals , ' 21,272 25 Ballast and ballasting ' 532,233 78 Water stations 167,319 79 Rails 1,490,691 70 Track fastenings 226,927 60 Frogs and switches 37,649 29 Right of way and station grounds 571,037 26 Station buildings and fixtures 181,889 52 Miscellaneous structures 33,679 »V Shops, roundhouses and turntables 280,256 9ti Shop machinery and tools 98,755 17 Fuel stations 61,057 44 Yards and terminals 92,765 34 Bridges, trestles and culverts 3,573,845 37 Revenue during construction $ 406 38 Contract reserve 12,469 14 Furniture 3,457 73 $18,172,625 59 $12,875 52 Less credit .. 12,875 52 $18,159,750 07 Cost of operation for the year 1'912-13 22,589 21 Total $18,182,339 28 E. L. PAEENT, Accountant. 32 TRANSCOXTiyEKTAL liAILWAY COMMISSIONERS! 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure from September, 190-1:, to March 31, 1915. DISTRICT " B." Dr. Ce. Legal expenses $ 688 53 Supplies 339,368 68 Camp outfit 50,318 54 General expenses 403,379 40 Freight and express 54,186 29 Medical service 2,434 06 Engineering 2,111,436 71 Insurance 4,615 81 Transport 92,698 10 Grading 25,781,387 03 Clearing 412,114 89 Grubbing 124,308 89 Overhaul 731,480 91 Ties 1,164,971 57 Track laying and surfacing 550,613 51 Fencing right-of-way 240,615 73 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 71,680 39 Tunnels 74,670 38 Telegraph lines 146,004 22 Interlocking and signals 30,842 55 Ballast and ballasting". 952,394 27 Water stations , . . . . 360,641 36 Rails 3,452,849 00 Track fastenings 566,863 71 Frogs and switches 89,848 56 Right of way and station grounds 1,184,499 62 Station buildings and fixtures 592,002 49 Miscellaneous structures 69,230 18 Shops, roundhouses and turntables 520,020 85 Shop machinery and tools 151,951 13 Fuel stations 95,190 07 Yards and terminals 1,949,812 99 Joint terminals in Quebec 377,650 36 Floating equipment 596,258 75 Docks and wharves 287,529 49 Bridges, trestles and culverts 7,975,569 40 Revenue during construction $ 8,750 93 Operation 42,500 00 Time cheques 81 10 Contract reserve 149,720 51 Furniture 13,354 91 Re-tieing and replacement 307,113 48 Leonard shops 1,270,419 66 St. Malo line 39,914 55 Quebec bridge approaches 832,845 81 Car ferry "Leonard" expenses 7,156 95 $54,123,433 78 $158,552 54 Less credit 158,552 54 Total $53,964,881 24 E. L. PAKENT. Accountant. A^'mAt kp.potit 33 SESSIONAL PAPEft No. 37 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904, to March 31, 1915. DISTRICT " c.'- Dr. Ck. Legal expenses % 291 I'i Supplies 140,856 12 Camp outfit.. .. 30,649 43 Genei'al expenses .57,427 71 Freight and express 17,626 24 Medical service 3,351 71 Engineering 903,722 57 Insurance 657 81 Transport 330,642 92 Grading 2,829,481 07 ' Clearing 175,889 50 Grubbing 103,991 96 Overhaul 142,983 43 Ties 247,638 92 Track laying and surfacing . 107,416 05 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 2,580 00 Telegraph lines 38,324 45 Ballast and ballasting 187,939 14 Water stations 37,006 67 Rails 458,787 60 Track fastenings 60,817 78 Frogs and switches , 6,845 42 Station buildings and fixtures 135,098 52 Miscellaneous structures 22,717 84 Shops, roundhouses and turntables 88,210 37 Shop machinery and tools 11,286 03 Fuel stations 33,546 29 Yards and terminals 1,104 44 Bridges, trestles and culverts 1,834,549 43 Operation 16,794 75 Time cheques $ 19 57 Contract reserve 139,522 52 Furniture 1,250 63 , $8,029,486 53 ?.139,542 09 Less credit 139,542 09 Total $7,889,944 44 E. L. PAEENT, Accountant. 34 TRA^'SCO^TI^'ENTAL RAILWAY COMMISSIONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904, to March 31, 1915. DISTRICT " D." Dr. cr. Legal expenses $ 87 60 Supplies 186.892 07 Camp outfit ■ 40,303 79 General expenses 197,050 68 Freight and express 26,904 30 Medical service 6,405 74 • Ei.gineermg 1.135,901 42 Insurance ■ 4.967 30 Transport 294,163 01 Grading 7,066,656 97 Clearing 323,374 20 Grubbing 239,487 15 Overhaul 364,889 08 Ties 641,057 21 Track laying and surfacing 181,794 87 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 2,300 75 Tunnels *,985 13 Telegraph lines 75,157 67 Interlocking and signals 2,969 »7 Ballast and ballasting 563.082 64 Water stations 101,561 52 Rails 2.119,952 75 Track fastenings 323,440 58 Frogs and switches 46,012 76 Right-of-way and station grounds 4.811 57 Station buildings and fixtures 257,790 63 Miscellaneous structures ^^'^^? ■^^ Shops, roundhouses and turntables 219,785 Oa Shop machinery and tools 57,191 71 Fuel stations 55,982 26 Yards and terminals 66,499 54 Bridges, trestles and culverts " 3,291,401 51 Revenue during construction $ 706 52 Operation 152,282 36 Time cheques 115 72 Contract reserve V ' c " o 38,488 09 Furniture.. 2,975 02 Re-tieing and replacement 4,789 41 $18,109,161 26 $39,310 33 Less credit 39,310 33 Total $18,069,850 93 E. L. PAEENT, - Accountant. ANNUAL REPORT 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1001, to ^f-T^-h ^1, 1915. DISTRICT "E." Dr. C»i. Supplies $ 97,649 04 Camp outfit 14,092 12 General expenses 71,687 67 Frelffht and express 16,054 07 Medical service 2,629 31 Engineering 662.111 25 Insurance S,355 02 Transport 21R.935 89 Orading 5,657.794 91 Clearing-. 221.555 91 Grubbinfr 154,657 01 Overhaul 126.806 48 Ties 429.824 44 Track laying- and surfacing 129,374 65 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 1,236 00 Tunnels 2.094 00 Telegraph lines 44,529 36 Ballast and ballasting •.. 391, 61S 69 Water stations 155,767 97 Rails 1,108,510 29 Track fastenings 151.882 33 Frogs and switches 19,427 82 Right-of-way and station grounds 34511 Station buildines and fixtures 216,716 47 Miscellaneous structures 56.203 41 Shops, roundhouses and turntables 213,586 66 Shop machinery and tools, 44,895 62 Fuel stations 40,872 30 Yards and terminals 9,070 39 Bridges, trestles and culverts 1,798,322 26 Revenue during construction $ 272 47 Operation 9,613 39 Time cheques 8862 Contract reserve 82,155 19 Furniture 748 62 $12,066,968 46 $82,516 28 Less credit 82,516 28 Total $11,984,452 18 E. L. PAKENT, Accountant. 36 TRANSCOyTINE^'TAL RAILWAY COMMISmONERS 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904, to March 31, 1915. DISTRICT "F." Dr. Cr. Legal expenses - $ 2,170 93 Supplies 324,038 64 Camp outfit 30,689 95 General expenses •. 315,520 80 Freight and express 41,725 97 Medical service 2,827 02 Engineering 1.615.097 ui Insurance 23,115 51 Transport 99.461 49 Grading 20,780,894 82 Clearing 357,459 96 Grubbing 71,350 77 Overhaul 529,490 87 Ties 1,007,364 63 Track laying and surfacing 265,129 63 Fencing right-of-way 41,348 74 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 3,821 94 Tunnels 195,190 97 Telegraph lines 103,007 63 Interlocking and signals 20,892 03 Ballast and ballasting 704,059 44 Water stations 348,272 79 Rails 2,486.596 74 Track fastenings 415,783 87 Frogs and switches ' 88,163 39 Right-of-way and station grounds 1,158,755 40 Station buildings and fixtures 304,816 85 Miscellaneous structures 127,734 30 Shops, roundhouses and turntables 3.457,484 84 Shop machinery and tools . .~ 1,306,369 75 Fuel stations 87,793 73 Yards and terminals 227,977 37 Bridges, trestles and culverts 3,503,137 16 Operation 15,419 06 Time cheques ?_ 204 GO Contract reserve u0,121 37 Furniture 2,946 08 Rent, Winnipeg terminals 216,562 50 Interest, Winnipeg terminals 139,993 64 $40,422,466 82 $50,325 37 Less credit 50,325 37 Total $40,372,141 45 E. L. PARENT, Accountant. ANNUAL REPORT 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 37 Statement of Expenditure from September, 1904. to March 31, 1915. RECAPITULATION. Dr. Cr. Legal expenses $ .5,660 53 Supplies 1,211,620 d2 Camp outfit 176,571 42 General expenses 1,260,597 27 Freight and express 168,31133 Medical seryice 18,451 87 Engineering 7,432,753 31 Special item paid in year 1905 by Finance Department, for surveys made by the Grand Trunk Pacific Rail- way Company, east of Winnipeg 352,191 73 Insurance 42,996 10 Grading 69,701,827 06 Clearing 1,649,036 29 Grubbing 793,982 68 Overhaul 2,555,460 61 Ties 3,964,989 35 Track laying and surfacing 1,400,172 57 Fencing right-of-way 412,296 25 Crossings, cattle-guards and signs 106,185 70 Tunnels 328,091 19 Telegraph lines 481,859 98 Interlocking and signals 75,976 80 Ballast and ballasting .. .. 3,331,327 96 Water stations 1,170,570 10 Rails 11,117,388 08 Track fastenings 1,745,715 87 Frogs and switches 287,947 24 Right-of-way and station grounds 2,919,448 96 Station buildings and fixtures 1,688,314 48 Miscellaneous structures. . ■. 355,818 87 Sliops, loundhouses and turntables 4,779,344 69 Shop machinery and tools 1,670,449 41 Fuel stations 374,442 09 Yards and terminals 2,347,230 07 Joint terminals in Quebec 377,650 36 Floating equipment 596,258 75 Docks and wharves 287,529 49 Bridges, trestles a,nd culverts 21,976,825 13 Revenue during constructioii $10,136 30 Operation 236.609 56 Time cheques 509 01 Furniture 24,732 99 Re-tieing and replacement 311,902 89 Leonard shops 1,270,419 66 St. Malo Line? 39,914 55 Quebec bridge approaches 832,845 81 Car ferry "Leonard" expenses 7,156 95 Rent, Winnipeg terminals 216,562 50 Interest, Winnipeg terminals 139,993 64 $150,245,432 76 $10,645 31 Less credit 10,645 31 $150,234,787 45 Less contract reserve 472,476 82 $149,762,310 63 Headquarters 1,986,944 52 Transport 1,030,901 41 $152,780,156 56 Cost of operation, District "A," for the year 1912-13. 22,589 21 Total $152,802,745 77 E. L. PAKENT, Accountant. 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1915 REPORT DEPARTK NAVAL SERVl FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1915 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT. PRINTED BY J. db L. TACH6, PRINTER TO THE KINTJ'i 1 > EXCEI,LENT MAJESTY 1915 [No. 38—1916] 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1916 To Field Marshal, His Royal Highness Prince Arthur William Patrick Albert, Duke of Connaught and of Strathearn, K.G., K.T., K.P., etc., etc., etc., Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. May it Please your Royal Highness: I have the honour to submit herewith for the information of Your Royal Highness and the Parliament of Canada, the fifth Annual Report of the Department of the Naval Service, being for the year ended March 31, 1915, except the Fisheries Branch, reported in a separate publication. I have the honour to be. Your Royal Highness's most obedient servant, J. D. HAZEN, Minister of the Naval Service. 38- 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1916 CONTENTS Page. Deputy Minister's Summary of Annual Report 7 Financial Statement 54 Vice-Admiral C. E. Kingsmill's Report on Naval Branch 61 Vice-Admiral C. E. Kingsmill's Report, respecting Fisheries Protection Service 63 Dr. W. Bell Dawson's Report on the Survej^ of Tides and Currents .... 69 Mr. W. J. Stewart's Report on the Hydrographic Survey Branch . . . . 78 Vice-Admiral C. E. Kingsmill's Report on the Life Saving Service .110 Mr. C. P. Edwards' Report on the Radiotelegraph Branch 116 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1916 REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1915 Ottawa, September 1, 1915. Hon. J. D. Hazen, Minister of the Naval Service. Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to report on the Department of the Naval Service for the year ending March 31, 1915, under the following headings: — 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Naval Service. Fisheries Protection. Survey of Tides and Currents. Hydrographic Surveys. Canadian Arctic Expedition. Life Saving Service. Radiotelegraphs. 1.— NAVAL SERVICE. The cadets in the college and the midshipmen at sea, in both Canadian and Imperial ships, continue to be well reported upon and to give satisfaction to their superior officers. Eight cadets were entered after the usual annual examination, in May 1914. The four sub-Lieutenants have all been promoted to Lieutenants during the course of the fiscal year, and are serving in ships in the Royal Navy; as are the Engineer-Lieutenants with the exception of one who is in the Royal Canadian Naval College at Halifax. The activities and organization of the Naval Service have, owing to the outbreak of war, been much increased and expanded. The preparations previously made have been carried out. and enlarged to meet the contingencies which have arisen. The "Niohe" and ''Rainbow" were placed in full commission, and placed at the disposal of the Admiralty, as were also the two submarines purchased, shortly before the outbreak of war, the sloop "Shearwater" being used as a parent ship for the latter by the permission of the Admiralty. A considerable 8 UEPAh'TMENT OF THE NAVAL .SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 number of other vessels have also been commissioned and used for various sub- sidiary^ purposes. The dockyards at Esquimalt and Halifax have been used for work in connection with the repair and upkeep both of Canadian and imperial ships, and in obtaining and issuing supplies of stores of all descriptions to imperial vessels as well as meeting our own needs in this respect. The arrangements for the transport of stores and supplies to England have also been handled by this^ department to a large extent. The department has acted as recruiting agent for the Admiralty and has been in close co-operation with the imperial naval authorities in all matters coming within its sphere of activities in relation to the state of hostilities. The R.N.C.V.R. chiefly recruited at Esquimalt have been actively and usefully employed both ashofe and afloat and have shewn, both officers and men, commendable zeal in the performance of their duties. A Naval Intelligence Branch was established on the outbreak of war, which works in co-operation with the Admiralty. Regulations have been passed providing special rates of pay for men enlisted for the period of the war and for the payment of separation allowance to the dependents of those serving in the Royal Canadian Navy. NAVAL DOCKYARDS. The work at the naval dockyards at Halifax and Esquimalt has increased materially during the year. The nature of the work done is purely repairs, the only new work being boats of a small type. In view however of the increased requirements of a naval character, since the outbreak of hostilities it has become absolutely necessarj^ in order to cope with the repair of vessels of the fleet, to consider certain additions to the work- shop accommodation, additions to the shop machinery and also increased berthing accommodation and storage facilities. With this object, plans and specifications were prepared for increasing the berthing accommodation at No. 4 wharf at Halifax. Tenders were called for and the necessary work is now in progress. An additional workshop is being erected for dealing with torpedo work and providing increased facilities for repair to boilers. An additional store has also been erected to accommodate the necessary victualling stores for the vessels in commission. Tenders have also been obtained for a 30-ton steam wharf crane for No. 4 wharf with a view of having available suitable lifting appliance for hoisting out damaged parts of warships, should the necessity arise. At Esquimalt yard it has been found necessary to fit out an additional workshop to provide facilities for repairs to the machinery of the submarine boats, this being largel}" of a special nature. Other additions to the workshop machinery have also been made and a set of sheerlegs has been erected at the Dockj^ard wharf. Berthing accommodation at this yard is very limited, and negotiations are in progress with the Department of Militia and Defence with a view of utilizing the existing submarine mining station as a submarine depot. Halifax is being used at the present time as the principal base for vessels of the North Atlantic fleet and the navaLyard is being utilized to carry out the repairs of these vessels, which include " Niobe," this vessel being employed as one of the patrol vessels of this squadron. Esquimalt dockj^ard is being similarly utilized on the Pacific coast, and the dockyard has carried out repairs to various vessels in the imperial fleet employed in these waters including Rainbow, Newcastle and also work on H.I. J. M.S. Idzuma. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 In addition to the repairs to the vessels of the fighting fleet, the dock- yards are carrying out the large number of small items of repairs needed to the various vessels now employed for auxiliary purposes for patrol and other defen- sive work of the Coasts. Having regard to the facilities available, this work has been carried out satisfactorily. Considerable overtime has been necessary in order to expedite the completion of the repairs. Subsidiary work in the nature of repairs and refits of the various vessels belonging to the different branches of the Naval Service have been undertaken during the year, and repairs of vessels of other departments of the Government have also been effected. Repairs to buildings and plant incidental to the upkeep of the establishment in accordance with conditions of transfer have also been completed. The officers and staff of the dockyards have carried out their duties in a zealous and conscientious manner, which has enabled the urgent work necessary in these yards during the period of the war to be satisfactorily and expeditiously completed. The undermentioned vessels have been under repair during the year: HALIFAX. General repairs. — H.M. Ships Glory, Suffolk, Coronia, Princess Royal' Essex, Leviathan. H.M.C. Ships Niobe, Canada, Tuna and Margaret. Refits and repairs. — To C.G. Ships Acadia, Constance, Petrel, Curlew, Speedy and Alfreeda. Minor repairs under repayment. — To Premier, Sable I and other trawlers, also the steamboats and motor-boats attached to port for service. ESQUIMALT. General repairs. — To H.M. ship Newcastle, also to H.M.C. ships Rainbow, C.C.-l, C.C.-2, Shearwater and Japanese Cruiser Idzuma. Refits and repairs. — To C.G. ships Malaspina, Galiano, Lillooett, Newington and Falcon. Minor repairs. — To other vessels attached to the port for naval service. The report of the Director of the Naval Service on the Naval Branch is appended at page 61. 2.— FISHERIES PROTECTION. The following vessels were employed in the districts named on Fisheries Protection Service from the time of commissioning until the outbreak of war, when those operating on the east and west coasts were ordered to Halifax and Esquimalt, respectively, for war service. EAST COAST. Canada, Curlew, Constance, Petrel, Gulnare. GREAT LAKES. Vigilant. WEST COAST. Malaspina, Restless, Newington, Galiano. 10 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 The fisheries protection vessels on the east coast are employed in patrolling the regions wherein the United States and French fishing fleets operate. As the law prohibits these fishing vessels from fishing within the three-mile limit, the greatest vigilance is required from the fisheries protection vessels. The vessels encountered very little illegal fishing. The fishing season was reported to be below the average. The Vigilant was commissioned on April 17th to enforce the international regulations in Lake Erie. While on her official duties she was also used for the inspection of life saving stations, when convenient. 576 nets belonging to United States fishermen and used contrary to the law were seized during the season. On the west coast, the fisheries protection vessels carried on patrol work until the outbreak of war, when they were sent to Esquimalt for war service. Several seizures of vessels for infractions of the law were made. C.G.S. Malaspina, a new fisheries protection cruiser was put in commission late in 1914. C.G.S. Galiano a new fisheries protection cruiser of 700 tons, built by the Dublin Dockyard Company in Ireland, was added to the service during the season of 1915. The fisheries protection vessels on several occasions rendered assistance to other ships. The report of Vice-Admiral C. E. Kingsmill on the fisheries protection service is appended at page 63. 3.— SURVEY OF TIDES AND CURRENTS. The survej^ of tides and currents of waters of the Dominion of Canada was begun in 1886. The object of the work undertaken is to assist in the navigation of waters where the irregularity of tides and currents renders navigation difficult. The work of this branch of the service consists in the prediction of tides and the scientific investigation of the currents of navigable waters. Tide stations are located at convenient places, where observations are taken. From these obser- vations are predicted the variations of the tides for future years. The work of predicting tides is carried out scientifically by the Tidal and Current Survey staff, the stations being used to obtain the information necessary for the work. When sufficient observations have been taken at a particular station to enable the tides of the future to be accurately calculated without its further use the station is said to be established. By connecting up established stations along the coasts and rivers, the officers of this branch have succeeded in predicting the tides of a considerable portion of the navigable waters of Canada. The result of this work, published in the "Tide Tables," is of great value to mariners, as it enables them to know the exact time of high and low water in those regions where the rise and fall of the tide materially affect navigation. This branch of the service has also investigated the principal currents of Canadian waters. The information obtained from these investigations enables mariners to contend with the difficulties resulting from currents, particularly in the British Columbia narrows, where they are most pronounced. The work of the branch has been carried on throughout the past year in an efficient manner, several new tide stations having been established. On account of the importance of accurate information in connection with the tides of the Bay of Funcly, the tide station of St. John, N.B., which has been in operation since 1894, has been rebuilt. Revised methods for the calculation of slack water have been devised and applied to actual operations in the British Columbia narrows. By means of the information supplied mariners are now able to know exactly the time when these narrows are navigable. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ]\Iuch valuable information has been obtained from co-operation with other surveys. The department supplies instruments by which the members of such surveys are enabled to take observations, and obtain data which are utilized by this branch. Observations in connection with the passes of British Columbia, particu- larly Sansum narrows, Dodd narrows and Porlier pass, have been carried on with most satisfactory results. The reduction of observations of the Gordon expeditions of 1884-5-6 in Hudson bay and strait have also been completed. Regular work has also been carried out in the St. Lawrence river and Gulf and in the Bay of Fundy. Requests for information in connection with tide levels are yearly increasing. This information is found to be most useful to other departments in connection with their leveling operations. Tidal observations and predictions are published in two sets, one for the eastern coast and one for the Pacific coast. The tide tables for the eastern coast are published in two editions, one for Quebec and the St. Lawrence and one for St. John and the Bay of Fund}'. A pocket edition of the Tide Tables is also published. That the information therein contained is very useful to mariners and to the fishermen along the coast, is evident from the fact that 10,000 copies of the Pacific coast edition and 15,000 copies of the Eastern edition are required to supply the demand. The report of Dr. W. Bell Dawson, Superintendent of Tidal and Current Surveys, is appended at page 69. 4.— HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYS. The work of this branch in charge of Mr. W. J. Stewart, C.E., Chief Hydro- grapher, was carried on successfully throughout the year, under the following divisions, viz.: 1, Hudson bay party; 2, Pacific coast party; 3, Lower St. Law- rence river party; 4, Lake Ontario party; 5, Lake Superior party; 6, James bay party; 7, automatic gauges. The branch was considerably handicapped in the latter part of 1914 through the enlistment for overseas service of some of the most useful members of the different parties and also on account of some of the survey ships being required for examination service in connection with the war. The Hudson bay party in charge of Captain F. Anderson on board C.G.S. Acadia left Halifax on the 11th of July. The party experienced great difficulty in making a landing to carrj^ on the work on account of the heav}- ice encoun- tered. They began operations in Hudson strait on the 12th August. Survey work was carried on around the islands in Hudson strait until the 10th Sep- tember. The party then proceeded to Port Nelson. Survey work was carried on along the south shore of Hudson bay as far east as Cape Henrietta iVIaria. On the return voyage from Port Nelson, survey work on the south shore of Mansel island in Hudson strait and also soundings and coast line work were carried out. As a result of the season's work the chart of Hudson bay will be rendered more accurate and plans of Charles inlet harbour. Savage harbour and Acadia cove harbour, will be published. 400 miles were traversed and 300 miles were checked up, 900 miles were sounded and observations for latitude, longitude and azimuth were taken at ten different points during the season. The Pacific coast party in charge of Lt.-Commander P. C. Musgrave in C.G.S. Lillooett and the schooner Naden carried on survey work at Dall Patch, Seaforth channel, Skeena river east of De Horsey island and as far as Tyee; and also the North Skeena river passage, Laredo channel and Surf inlet, Naas river, Granby bay, Dixon entrance and Queen Charlotte islands. During the 12 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SEiniCE 6 GEORGE V, A. .916 season 81 miles of coast line were traversed and 205 square miles of soundings were taken. Lt. J. H. Knight and Mr. Turner, of this survey, enlisted for active service and their absence was keenly felt in carrjdng out the work. The following charts were completed: — Skeena river (Telegraph passage to Raspberry island), Skeena river (North Skeena passage, Dominion cannery to Clara point), Laredo channel (northern portion and approaches to Surf inlet), ort Lewis and approaches. Fisherman cove, Ursula channel, Dixon entrance (soundings), Hecate strait (soundings), Bar of Nass river (soundings). The Lake Ontario party in charge of ]Mr. G. A. Bachand in C.G.S. Bayfield, carried on survey work between Toronto and Niagara river throughout the sea- son. The survey of this portion of Lake Ontario will be completed early in the season of 1915. During the season 48 miles of traversing, 830 miles of soun'dings from boats and 1,000 miles of soundings from the ship, extending over an area of 530 square miles, were completed. The weather conditions were more favourable for the work than for the past season. The Lower St. Lawrence party, in charge of Mr. Charles Savary in C.G.S. Cartier, carried on survey work between Sanday bay on the south shore and Point a Paradis on the north shore until the outbreak of war, when C.G.S. Cartier was utilized for examination service at Quebec. In October the vessel was again placed at the disposal of the party to enable them to obtain the neces- sary triangulation to permit them to carry on the winter's work. A new chart of the south shore as far east as Matane and the north shore as far east as Pointe des Monts will be published shortly:. The Lake Superior party, in charge of Mr. H. D. Parizeau in C.G.S. La Canadienne, carried out survey work between Pic island and Otter head. A plan of Peninsula harbour and Port ^lunro has also been completed and sub- mitted to the engraver. This plan will be pubhshed shortly. A re-survey of Little Current was also carried out. Weather conditions, however, rendered the season's work difficult and limited to a great extent the season's operations. During the season 135 miles of shore line were traversed and 500 miles of soundings from boats and 125 miles from the ship were taken. The James bay party, in charge of ^Ir. Paul Jobin, proceeded to the field of their operations by waj- of Cochrane. An examination of the shore in the vicinity of Mount Sherrick was carried out, and an excellent location for a harbour was found. Charlton and Strutton islands and Strutton harbour were also survej'ed. The triangulation of the previous season was carried as far as the east end of Trodeley island and the exact position of Lisbon shoal was determined. A survey was successfully carried out for the waters extending from ]Moose river to North Bluff beacon. Hazy weather hindered the party during a considerable part of the season. The automatic gauges party, in charge of Mr. C. A. Price, carried out the season's operations in a very successful manner. A list of the automatic gauges in operation is contained in the report of Mr. W. J. Stewart, C.E., Chief Hydro- grapher. A complete list of new charts issued during the year is given in the same report. The report of ]\Ir. W. J. Stewart, C.E., Chief Hj^drographer, is appended at page 78. 5.— CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION. In February, 1913, Mr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson, a prominent Arctic explorer, approached the Canadian Government to obtain assistance in conducting an expedition to the arctic regions for the purpose of exploration and to obtain scientific information. The Government agreed to finance the expedition and it was organized under the leadership of Mr. Stefansson. The Departments of the Naval Service, Geological Survey, Marine and Fisheries, Interior and DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Customs, all being interested in the results to be obtained, co-operated in fitting out and providing the personnel of the expedition. Its general direction was entrusted to the Department of the Naval Service. The Karluk, a wooden auxiliary brigantine, was purchased and placed under command of Captain R. A. Bartlett for the use of the members of the expedi- tion. As, however, the accommodation available in this ship was insufficient for the party and for the extensive supplies and personal effects required, it was found necessarj^ to purchase two additional ships for the expedition. The Alaska and Mary Sachs being the most suitable vessels offered, were accordingly purchased. The work to be undertaken was so varied both in the nature of the inves- tigations and the territory to be explored, that.it was decided to divide the expedition into two parties. The northern party, in C.G.S. Karluk were to proceed toHerschel island and there leave any members and supplies of the southern party thus far transported in the vessel. They were then to proceed north to explore the Beaufort sea and establish themselves in winter quarters in the vicinitj^ of Banks Land or Prince Patrick island. The Karluk was then to proceed south for the winter. If it were found impossible to send the ship south before winter, it was to be sent the following spring. The Karluk was to return for the party in the summer of 1915. The work of the northern party was to extend through a period of three years. The party were to explore the Beaufort sea and they were also to carry on investigations into the animal life of this region and take soundings in the districts investigated. They were also to ascertain if lands hitherto unknown exist and to definitely mark any found. Following is the personnel of the partv which sailed in C.G.S. Karluk from Nome, Alaska, on the 20th July, 1913. MEMBERS OF THE NORTHERN PARTY. Vilhjalmur Stefansson, in command. (Mr. Stefansson was born in Canada in 1879. He led two former expeditions to the arctic regions; the first under the auspices of Toronto and Harvard Universities; the second, under the auspices of the Geological Survey and The American Museum of Natural Science.) James Murray, oceanographer; George Malloch, geologist; B. M. McConnell, meteorologist; Dr. Forbes Mackay, surgeon; Bjarne Mamen, assistant to G. Malloch; Captain R. A. Bartlett, in command of vessel. MEMBERS OF THE SOUTHERN PARTY. D. Jenness, anthropologist; B. M. Wilkins, photographer; H. Beauchat, anthropologist; V. McKinley, magnetician. REPORT ON OPERATIONS OF THE PARTY IN C.G.S. Karluk AND LOSS OF THAT SHIP. The party in C.G.S. Karluk sailed from Nome, Alaska, on the 20th July, 1913. Good progress was made until the 2nd August when the ship was caught in the ice 30 miles S.W. of Barrow and 6 miles from the shore. On the 7th August clear water was gained. The party proceeded on their route to Herschel island until the 12th August, when the Karluk was caught hard in the ice from which it was not afterwards able to clear. The party drifted about with the ice for several weeks without making any progress. On the 20th September, as the floe on which the party were carried had not moved for several weeks, it was decided that the ship was frozen in for the winter. 14 DEPAIf:TMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 To increase the supply of fresh meat, V. Stefansson accompanied by B. M. Mc- Connell, B. M. Wilkins and D. Jenness undertook a hunting trip^to the main- land which was visible in the distance. On their way they were overtaken by a northeast gale which forced them to seek shelter on Thetis island. This gale drove the ice floe in which the Karluk party were frozen far to the westward leaving the ocean in the vicinity of Thetis island free from ice. The hunting party were unable to gain the mainland for some days on this account. As no trace of the Karluk could be seen, the party decided to travel west along the coast. They set out on the 5th October. From information obtained from Eskimos along the route the party learned that the southern division of the expedition were wintering at Collinson point. With assistance received from the natives, whom V. Stefansson knew from previous expeditions, they were able to push forward to Point Barrow, Alaska, from which place Mr. Stefansson sent a full report of his movements to the Department of the Naval Service. On the 8th November the party left Barrow, Mr. Jenness remaining to carry on scientific research at Harris bay. They arrived at Collinson point on the 14th December, where they joined the southern party. C.G.S. KARLUK. For nearly four months after the party headed by V. Stefansson left the Karluk, the vessel and party were carried about in the floe. During the whole period of drifting the prevalent winds were northeasterly, which accounts for the westward motion of the ice in which they were caught. On the 21st August the party were about twenty miles north of Flaxman island (Lat. N. 70° 28', approx. long. W. 145° 30'). From that date until the 5th October they drifted in a westerly direction as far as Point Barrow. From this point they drifted in a northerly direction until the 22nd October, the most northerly point reached being N. Lat. 72° 30'. Throughout November the south east gales caused the drift to be for the most part westerly. The weather in November and December was very cold. The prevailing winds caused heavy falls of snow which made travelling over the ice exceedingly' difficult and dangerous. The same conditions existed up to the time the Karluk was crushed by the ice. Throughout the entire drift the party were busy dredging and taking sound- ings. The dredging operations led to manj^ interesting and instructive dis- coveries. Specimens hitherto unknown were discovered and much information concerning the animal life of the region was brought to light. It is to be regretted that, as all the data and specimens obtained were lost with the sinking of the Karluk the results of the scientific research of this division of the expedition cannot be published. Under the circumstances, however, this is unavoidable. Life on board during the period of drift was uneventful. The time and attention of the men were taken up in building sledges, making fur clothing and preparing iglows on the flow to accommodate the party in the event of the ship having to be abandoned. An abundance of fresh meat was obtained, many seals and a polar bear having been shot. On the 11th Januarj^ 1914, the ship was crushed by the ice. The party, however, were fully prepared to take up their quarters in the iglows which they had previously built. The ice pierced the ship in the boiler room, putting the pumps out of commission. The Karluk sank in 38 fathoms of water (N. Lat. 72° 8', W. Long. 173° 50'). This position is a short distance from Herald island. All supplies necessary for the maintenance of the party had previously been transferred to the ice. In this locality during the winter months the sun does not appear above the horizon and almost total darkness prevails. The proper course, therefore, for the shipwrecked party was to remain in the quarters prepared on the ice until the return of the light. Some of the members however, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 chafed under the inaction and expressed a strong desire to proceed to land. Accordingly, on the 21st January, an advance party, composed of Alex. Ander- son, Charles Barker, John Brady, and A. King, set out from camp to effect a landing on Wrangel island. On the 3rd Februarj^, B. Mamen and two Eskimos, who had acted as supporting party, returned to camp. They stated that the party had arrived to within three miles of the land but were then stopped by open water. It w^as also discovered that the land supposed to be Wrangel island was in reality Herald island. On the 5th February Dr. F. Mackay, James Murray, H. Beauchat and T. S. jMorris left camp for land with fifty daj^s' provisions. It was agreed that this party were to take full responsibility for their own safety and an agreement was signed by them to that effect. Early in Februarj^ E. F. Chafe, with two Eskimos, was sent with supplies which he was instructed to land on Herald island. He was then to return to camp. Chafe and the natives returned to camp on the 16th Februarj^ having been unable to land on the island owing to open water a short distance from the shore. He reported that he was unable to see any signs of life on the island, although he examined the shores carefully with powerful field glasses and spent two days in the vicinity endeavouring to effect a landing. He also reported that he had met the JVIackay party about 20 miles from the island on his return trip. Beauchat's hands were frozen and the party were in poor condition for arctic travel, but they refused all offers of assistance and transportation back to camp. Nothing has since been heard of these parties. The light having improved, the remaining members decided on the 19th February to attempt an advance to land and a party composed of G. Malloch, John Hadley, Robert Williamson, George Breddy, E. F. Chafe, John Munro, F. W. Maurer, and H. Williams set out for Wrangel island over the same trail which had previously led to Herald Island. On the 24th Februar}^ Captain R. A. Bartlett with the remaining members of the division followed this advance party. On the 12th March the whole party landed on Wrangel island, where camping facilities were easily obtained. All supplies were transferred to the Island. On the 18th March Captain Bartlett, accompanied by an Eskimo, started for the Siberian coast, a distance of 160 miles, to obtain assistance for the party on Wrangel island. He carefully followed the shore of the island and kept a close lookout in the hope of locating the missing men, but no evidence of their presence could be found. On his journey over the ice Captain Bartlett encountered strong gales, heavy rafters of ice and snow, with countless leads of open water, which neces- sitated much roundabout travel. The journey to land took 17 days. He arrived in Siberia about 50 miles west of North Cape on the 4th April. On his journey from this point to East Cape he passed through several Eskimo villages, the inhabitants of which treated him most kindly. At East Cape he met Baron Kleist, the Russian Government representative in charge of Eastern Siberia. Baron Kleist was most considerate to Captain Bartlett and invited him to his home at Emma harbour, at which place they arrived on the 16th JNIa}'. From Emma harbour. Captain Bartlett sent out word to the various native settlements, asking them to notify the captain of any whaling or trading vessel which they might see of his whereabouts. On the 21st May, Captain Peterson of the steam whaler Herman called upon him. When Captain Peterson heard that the Korluk party were stranded on Wrangel island he left his whaling and trading business and proceeded with Captain Bartlett toward Nome, Alaska. Unable to land there on account of ice conditions, they made St. Michaels, Alaska, from which point Captain 16 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Bartlett communicated to the department the loss of the Karluk and the where- abouts of the survivors. The department took immediate action for the relief of the party on Wrangel island. The services of four vessels were obtained for relief work. The United States revenue cutter Bear, through the courtesy of the United States govern- ment, was sent to endeavour to reach Wrangel island. The Russian govern- ment sent the Taimyr in charge of Commander Vilkitski, to the rescue of the shipwrecked party. The King and Wing, a trading vessel, and the Corwin, the property of Messrs. H. Liebes & Co. of San Francisco, the latter through the generosity of Jafet Lendeberg of Nome, Alaska, were sent for the same purpose. On the 7th September, 1914, the King and Wing succeeded in rescuing the party from Wrangel island. They were later transferred to the Bear and landed in Victoria, B.C. Medical attendance was provided by the government for those of the party who had suffered from the hardships endured during their sojourn on Wrangel island. The survivors were: — John Munro, R. Williamson, W. McKinley, F. E. Maurer, John Hadley, R. Templeman, H. Williams, and E. F. Chafe. B. Mamen and G. Malloch died from nephritis and George Breddy was accidentally shot while on Wrangel island. .From circumstantial evidence obtained the department has concluded that the first two parties to leave shipwreck camp have perished and has given up all hope of their recovery. That the first party did not land on Herald island is apparent. B. Mamen, who accompanied the party to within three miles of the Island, reported that the party were unable to land on account of open water. The party on Wrangel island also made two trips across the ice to the vicinity of Herald island without finding any trace of the missing men. This party also searched Wrangel island and ascertained that they were not located there. The Russian vessel Taimyr, on its way to Wrangel island, passed close to Herald island and, although a close watch was kept for members of the party, no evi- dences of their presence there were seen. Reports of the condition of Herald island indicate that it is uninhabitable. The shores are very steep, as a result of which no drift wood (indispensable for lengthy sojourns on northern islands) is to be obtained. The conditions of the shores render landing on the island extremely difficult. In view of this evidence it is to be regretted that all hope of their recovery must be abandoned. The diary of Captain R. A. Bartlett and a chart shewing the drift of the Karluk, are appended hereto. REPORT OF OPERATIONS OF SOUTHERN DIVISION. The following members of the southern division of the expedition sailed from Nome in the Alaska and Mary Sachs. Dr. R. M. Anderson in command: — J. J. O'Neill, geologist; Kenneth G. Chipman, topographer; J. R. Cox, topo- grapher; F. Johansen, biologist. The Alaska and Mary Sachs sailed from Nome on the 19th Jul}^ and 20th July respectively. The Mary Sachs party arrived off Collinson point on the 27th July. Owing to ice conditions they were unable to proceed further. The party in the Alaska had proceeded as far as Flaxman island on the 6th September, but were forced to return on account of heavy ice which hindered further progress. They returned to Collinson point, where in company with the members from the Mary Sachs they went into winter quarters. The work of the southern division was to comprise the investigation and areal mapping of the copper-bearing and associated rocks of the mainland between Cape Parry and Kent peninsula, and, for approximately 100 miles inland and on the southern and eastern shores of Victoria island. The party immediately began winter operations. K. G. Chipman and J. R. Cox, topographers, took a large number of astronomical observations, solar DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 and stellar, including a series of lunar occultations at Collinson point. J. J. O'Neill proceeded from Collinson point in February, 1914, to carry on his geological work by a reconnaissance of Herschel Island river, in which work he was ver}'- successful. K. G. Chipman and J. R. Cox left Collinson point on the 16th March and proceeded to Demarkation point. From that place they ran a survey line to Herschel island, thus succeeding in tying in Herschel with the surveys of the international boundary party of 1912, who, on account of weather conditions, had failed to do so. Mr. Cox then made a trip up Herschel Island river and located the necessary positions for the completion of Mr. O'Neill's geological work. Mr. Chipman and Mr. O'Neill proceeded to the west branch of the Mackenzie delta, where they carried on survey work until June. They then proceeded to Herschel island to join the party on board the Alaska. From Herschel island Mr. Cox proceeded to survey the coast as far east as Escape reef. He then surveyed the west channel. of the Mackenzie delta. The above work was carried out in a most efficient manner and very valuable information has been obtained. Mr, Johansen spent the winter at Demarkation point at which place he took tidal observations, at the same time paying attention to his other lines of botany and entomology. D. Jenness, enthologist of the party, who had come ashore with V. Stefan- sson from the Karluk, spent the winter working among the Eskimos at Harris baj^. Cape Halkett and Point Barrow. He later returned to Collinson point to carry on archaeological work there. He carried on similar work on Barker island until he was taken on board the Alaska for the summer operations. V. Stefansson, upon his arrival at Collinson Point from the Karluk, pur- chased the North Star to replace that ship. (Although the fate of the Karluk was at that time unknown, Mr. Stefansson realized that the members of the expedition could not count on having it at their disposal.) He also planned a trip over the ice, to the north, which was to take about three weeks. The supplies on the North Star were ample to supply him with provisions. He left full instructions as to the course to be pursued in the event of his not returning at the time specified. V. Stefansson left Martin point for his trip over the ice on the 22nd March, accompanied by six men. The advance party was composed of V. Stefansson, in command, Storker T. Storkerson and Aurnout Castel. The supporting party, to return after ten daj^s' travel, were James R. Crawford, Fritz Johansen, Geo. H. Wilkins, and B. M. McConnell. For the first two days no serious ob- stacles to the progress of the party were encountered. The ice over which the partj^ were proceeding then began to drift and they were carried far to the east- ward. The two parties separated on the 7th April, 1914. The supporting party returned to Collinson point on April 23rd and gave a full report of the move- ments of Mr. Stefannson and his companions. No report has since been received of the ice party. On the 11th August B. M. Wilkins, in charge of the party in the Alary Sachs, sailed from Herschel island for Banks land. This party purposed to erect beacons and to leave caches of provisions well marked in prominent places along the coast of Banks land likely to be seen by the Stefansson party if they should be in the vicinity. They expected to winter in Banks land whence they were to carry on expeditions in search of the ice party. This partj^, under the zealous leadership of Mr. Wilkins, will neglect no opportunity to bring assist- ance to Mr. Stefansson and his companions. Upon their location, the vessel is to be used as a base for the Northern division. On the 17th August, 1914, Dr. R. M. Anderson, in charge of the part}^ in C.G.S. Alaska, sailed from Herschel island for Dauphin and Union Straits. The North Star, Mr. Cox in command, sailed for the same locality on the 18th 38—2 18 DEPARTMENT OF THE ^NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 August. Both vessels proceeded as far as Chantr.y island where they arrived on the 24th August. The parties entered a small landlocked harbour, not indicated on the charts, which is situated about fifteen miles east of Cockburn point. As the protection afforded is favourable for wintering and also for carry- ing on the operations of the expedition, they decided to establish themselves in winter quarters there. R. M. Anderson, leaving the scientific part}' with the North Star at the new- winter base, returned in the Alaska to Herschel island for supplies and fuel. He arrived at Herschel island on the 11th September. On the 13th September he started on his return voyage. He proceeded as far as Bailej' island where his ship was caught in the ice and frozen in. Leaving Captain Sweene}', Engineer Blue and an Eskimo to take care of the ship. Dr. Anderson set out across the ice to join the party wintering at Chantry island. As the southern division have safely arrived on the ground of the season's operations, the results of operations should be particularly successful. The southern party are located in the centre of the area they were to investigate, and the department expects the next report, which should be received in the fall of 1915, to be most satisfactory. The health of the expedition, as reported by Dr. Anderson on his last trip to Herschel island, 11th September, 1914, is very good. The weather conditions throughout the summer of 1914 were exceptionally mild as a result of which very little ice was encountered during the summer months. 6.— LIFE SAVING SERVICE. The life saving service of Canada was transferred from the Department of Marine to the Department of the Naval Service on 1st May, 1914. The object of this service is to render assistance to ships in distress and to rescue lives from wrecked vessels on the Canadian coast. There are in operation in Canada 42 life-saving stations of which 27 are situated on the Atlantic coast, 11 on the great lakes and 4 on the Pacific coast. The different life saving stations have been efficiently maintained through- out the Dominion of Canada for the past year, the crews being appointed in accordance with the requirements of each particular section in which a life Saving station has been established. In some localities it is found necessary to keep a crew permanently appointed. Other stations are run in charge of a permanent coxswain, who has a volunteer crew for service when required. Motor boats have now replaced the row boats of the past in many of the life- saving stations and they prove to be not only safer for the life saving crews, but also are of much greater assistance to those in danger, on account of their superiority in speed and handling. The inspection of the life saving stations is carried out at regular intervals to ascertain that they are in an efficient condition. The department undertakes to reward bravery in life saving at sea. Life saving in the rivers and on the coast should be brought to the attention of the Royal Canadian Humane Society, Hamilton, Ont., with a view of obtaining reward, as this department does not deal with such cases. Particulars of services rendered by individual stations are given in the report of Vice-Admiral C. E. Kingsmill on the life saving service, which is appended at page 110. 7.— RADIOTELEGRAPHY. The radiotelegraph branch was established in 1906 under the Department of Marine and Fisheries. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Although stations were in operation for some years previous their inspection and control was not carried out in a regular manner. Upon the establishment of this branch, all radiotelegraph matters in the Dominion and the control of all stations whether government-owned or not were vested therein. In 1910 the branch was transferred to the Department of the Naval Service. Under the Radiotelegraph Act, no wireless station is permitted to carry on operations without a license, and no operator is allowed to enter the service without a certificate of proficiency from this department. The department holds examinations at different points throughout the Dominion to ascertain the qualifications of wireless operators. Apphcation for admission to these examinations should be made to the Deputy Minister of the Naval Service. During the past year one hundred and thirty-three candidates were exam ined. Out of this number fifty-three were successful. The department has established a regular system of inspection to insure efficient service in all radiotelegraph stations. The range of the Cape Race station has been increased to 500 miles by the erection of new steel tubular masts. As this station" is located on the east coast of Newfoundland and is the first point of communication by wireless from ships at sea, the improvement thereof has been of great assistance to navigation. On the east coast a complete chain of stations extends from Cape Race and Hahfax to Port Arthur, Ont., a distance of over 2,000 miles. As a result ships are in range of communication by wireless from the time they approach within 500 miles of the east coast of Newfoundland until they arrive at Port Arthur. The official acceptance test of the equipment at Port Nelson station, on the Hudson bay chain has been carried out and the station has been put in oper- ation. The services of this station are very valuable to the Department of Rail- ways and Canals for communicating with their officials carrying on operations in the Hudson Bay district and also to ships entering Hudson bay, which by wireless communication with Port Nelson and Le Pas stations are enabled to keep in constant touch with their home ports. On the Pacific coast, stations forming a complete chain from Victoria to Prince Rupert not only provide means of communication with ships, but are also used to a great extent for commercial correspondence. All the Pacific coast stations are owned and operated by the department. The number of radiotelegraph stations in the Dominion and on board Canadian ships has increased by 78, and is now 247. The following table shows the number of stations in operation and the corresponding number last year: lOl.'^ -14. 1U4-15. Increase. Government commercial stations ' Coast stations 1 42 21 50 8 J7 1 42 24 68 16 95 1 — 3 Licensed ship stations IS D Licensed amateur stations 48 1 169 247 78 On the 31st March, 1915, the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company transferred to this department by agreement, the Sable Island and Camperdown Radiotelegraph stations. 38— 2i 20 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 The total' number of stations now owned by the Dominion Government is as follows: On east coast chain 21 On great lakes chain 8 On west coast chain 10 On Hudson bay chain 2 The range of these stations varies from 100 to 500 miles. In addition to these the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Co. owns and operates under agreement, stations at Pictou, N.S. (range 100 miles), and at North Sydney (range 100 miles), and under license a trans-Atlantic station at Glace bay. The Universal Radio Syndicate operate under license a trans-Atlantic station at Newcastle, N.B. The messages handled by the coast stations as compared with last year shew a decrease. This decrease is directly attributable to the war and to the placing of the coast stations on a war basis. Following is a comparative state- ment of messages handled by coast stations. Service. 1913-14 1914-15 Comparison with 1913-14. Messages. Words. Messages. Words. Increase or Decrease. Messages. Words. £ast coast 145,605 9,601 157.354 2,443,145 219,786 2,206,331 59,846 15,785 98,386 1,196,512 326,505 1,532,526 Decrease . . . Increase. . . . Decrease . . . 85,759 6,184 58,968 1,246,633 Great lakes 106,719 West coast. 673,805 Totals 312,560 4,869,262 174,017 3,055,543 Not dec'ed 1.38,543 1,813,719 The number of messages handled hj the ten west coast stations (operated directly by the department) is greater than that of the thirty east coast and great lakes stations combined, the figures being as follows: West coast Messages, 98,386 East coast and great lakes " 75,631 ASSISTANCE RENDERED TO SHIPS, The value of an efficient radiotelegraph service was demonstrated on many occasions throughout the year, assistance rendered to disabled ships by rneans of this service having resulted in the saving of many lives and ships. Individual cases of assistance are cited in the report of the radiotelegraph branch. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIRS. East coast. — A site for a proposed new station at jNIontreal has been pur- chased in the parish of Cote Saint-Michel and construction work will be under- taken during the coming year. The reception range of the stations on the river and Gulf of St. Lawrence and on the east coast was increased by the installation of modern type receiving apparatus. A modern transmitting apparatus has also been installed in the Quebec station. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Great lakes. — Repairs and improvements to the dwellings and sites in connection with the radiotelegraph stations at Ki^igston, Midland, Port Burwell and Toronto island have been carried out during the year. West coast. — Improvements both to the apparatus and sites of the stations on the west coast have been made. Particulars of work done are given in the report of the radiotelegraph branch. Hudson bay and straits. — A suitable site for a new station has been located on Mansel island in Hudson straits. Construction work will be undertaken during the coming year. Personnel. — The total number of persons employed in connection with the radiotelegraph service is 327. The report of C. P. Edwards, general superintendent of the radiotele^ graph service is appended at page 116. *. GENERAL. Considerable inconvenience has been experienced in the different branches by the enlistment of employees, particularly those entrusted with technical work. I have much pleasure in expressing my satisfaction at the efficient manner in which officers of the department have carried out their duties during the year. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant. G. J. DESBARATS, Deputy Minister. 22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 The Deputy Minister, Department of Naval Service, Ottawa. 18th Nov. 1914. Sir, — I have the honour to forward herewith Account of my diary for the northern expedition, from Nome till mj^ return to Esquimalt. I am, sir, Respectfully, CAPT. BARTLETT. DIARY OF CAPTAIN BARTLETT. Sunday, July 13th, 1913. — 2 a.m. Came off to ship, having spent the previous day sfuperintending the collection of supplies on Sesnon dock. 6 a.m. Lighter came off with gasoline, lumber, skins, etc. Secured some stevedores from shore to work cargo. 8 a.m. Went on shore using life-saving launch. 2.30 p.m. Came on board. 3.30 p.m. Weighed anchor, proceeding to Teller, where we are to blow down boiler, overhaul engines, and fill up with fresh water. At Nome 100 tons of coal taken on board with about sixty tons in sacks on deck, the balance going in the bunkers. A complete steering gear tackle was installed. Sent on shore fireman Wiseman, he leaving of his own accord. Mr. Phillips took care of him. Stefansson and Phillips accompanied us for a short distance, returning to Nome on Defiance. Weather fine and clear, wind moderate. SW. The scientists accompaning us were: — McKinley, Mamen, Mallock, Beau- chat, Jeness, Doctor McKay. A Mr. Corwin was a passenger to Teller. 7 p.m. Sledge island abeam, shape course for Cape York. Fine and clear, moderate W. wind. July 14- — 8 a.m. Close under the land, north side Port Clarence. Shape course to run down coast. Noon. Came to anchor off Reindeer station, an ideal place to water ship. Mr. Brevick is in charge of this station. Shortly after anchoring went on shore and finding that I could come nearer shore, weighed anchor, moving ship within a quarter of a mile of station. Immediately began filling water- tanks, blew down boiler, and overhauling machinery. Used whale-boats to fill water. July 16th. — Fine and clear through daj^ no wind, watering ship, some of the scientists on shore hunting. July 16th. — Finished watering ship, also filling boiler. Sailors and some of the scientists restowing cargo in fore-hold. Also hold under dining-room, and lazarette. Quite a lot of stores had been shifted in Nome, and others taken on board at that place. I thought it a good opportunity to locate and get a line on where things actuall}^ were. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 July i'^Y/i.— Blowing strong wind north; sailors overhauling running gear and bending winter suits of sails. Some of the scientists on shore. July 18th. — Light N.W. wind; as day advanced fresh breeze. All hands employed shifting coal sacks on deck and endeavouring to make room for one to walk. Engineers overhauling machinery. July 19th. — Overhauled deer skins, sealskins and sheep-skins, that were obtained in Nome, and that owing to rush of getting things on board were mixed up with other supplies, the idea being to have a place for everything and easy to get at when required. Secured three reindeer carcasses from deermen at Teller, paying them with supplies from ship. Lost whale-boat in strong wind this morning. Wind strong SW. Big surf on beach. July 20th. — Blowing strong wind south; dropped second anchor veering out sixty fathoms on starboard, and thirty on port anchor. July 31 St. — Weather conditions similar to yesterday. July 22nd.— Calm, with rain-showers. Stefansson telephoned from Nome to Teller asking me for some information loading ship. A man with motor launch delivered message. I returned with him to Teller and had conversation with Stefansson over phone. During the afternoon ship's boat came for me. July 23rd. — Light variable winds. Rainshowers. Several scientists on shore, cutting grass for to use later on in foot wear. Watering ship. Alaska arrived in Teller, heard Mary Sachs left Nome for Teller last night. July 24-th. — 1 a.m. Mary Sachs alongside. Doctor Anderson came on board. 6 a.m. Transferred eleven sledges and various articles to Karluk. Mary Sachs proceeding to Teller. I forgot to mention yesterday Captain of Alaska asked me if I could spare second engineer to help make repairs to Alaska's engine. This morning despatched second engineer on Sachs to Teller for that purpose. July 25th. — Calm, fine and clear. SS. Corwin alongside. Stefansson on board. Transferred 28 dogs from Corwin to Karluk, dogs obtained in Nome, also various other things were transferred. Watered ship to-day. July 26th. — I went on shore with scientist — hunting; two members of party looking for Eskimo skulls. During afternoon raining. Stefansson telephoned from Teller to be ready for sea in four hours. 5 p.m. Second engineer came back from Teller, also note from Stefansson wanting to change Karluk sailor for another man. Later order rescinded. Mary Sachs alongside midnight. July 27th. — Transfer 8 dogs from Mary Sachs, two sledges, one motor- whaleboat, and various other things. 3 a.m. Proceeded to sea. Mary Sachs in company. On Karluk beside officers and crew were Stefansson, Murray, McKay, Mamen, Mallock, Jeness, Beauchat, McKinley, McConnell, and a dog driver; when abreast Tin City a boat seen putting off from shore and making signals attracting our attention, changed ship's course, and was soon alongside boat which had a message from aviator Fowler, asking permission to bring his aeroplane on board liarluk; permission not granted. 2 p.m. Cape Prince of Wales abeam; shape course to round shoal off Cape; wind strong W. Mary Sachs some distance astern. Steam back meeting Mary Sachs. Wilkins was transferred from Mary Sachs to Karluk. Karluk then proceeded on her course. W^ind strong with rising sea, and thick fog. Ship making poor way. Set mainstaysail, putting ship on starboard tack with her head toward Siberian coast. July 28th.— Dense fog, strong W. wind, moderate sea. 2 a.m. Steering gear gave out, soon had it repaired. 24 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERTICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 8 a.m. Set reef mainstaysail and forestaj^sail. Put ship on port tack with her head toward the American shore. Ship making good wav. Wind hauling to N.N.AV. July 29th. — Early morning fresh breeze, north increasing as day wore on. Noon — moderate gale, dense fog, took in second reef mainstaysail. During afternoon, sun breaking through fog bank. Fog thinning overhead, wind moder- ating a little, rough sea. Ship making good weather. Julij 30th. — 4 a.m. Fog lifting, wind strong NNE. Land two points on weatherbow. 11 a.m. Fine and clear, close under Cape Thompson. Steaming north- wards for Point Hope. 10 p.m. Anchored to the eastward of the village. Eskimo on board trading. Shortly before midnight weighed anchor, moved nearer to village. Stefansson trading for furs and skin boats, etc. July 31st. — Early hours in morning Stefansson went on shore, and at this place two native boys came on board to join the expedition. 7.15 a.m. Weighed anchor, steaming to north side Point Hope where some more trading was done. 9. a.m. Proceeded to the eastward, set all sail. Wind fresh SSE. 11.30 a.m. Cape Lisburne abeam. Squally. Shape course to go ten miles outside Blossom shoals. Aug. 1st. — Early hours of morning wind hauled to NE. Made fast all sail. Water getting smooth. Indications of ice on our weather. 6 p.m. Ice two miles on weather bow. For some time the ice blink and the colour of the water, the temperature as well, gave indications of the nearness of ice. 11 p.m. Ship could not lay her course. Ice running toward land. 11.30 p.m. Ice close to land. Turned around steamed back to westward in open water. Aug. 2nd. — During the early hours of morning ice opened, steamed to the eastward among loose ice. 8 a.m. Ice getting closer. Turned round, steamed back to open water again. During the afternoon ice loosened up, made another attempt to get to the eastward, shot polar bear this afternoon. Calm, dull and cloudy. Aug. 3rd.— ^Ymd SSWS. 6 a.m. Further progress to the eastward barred. We are now about four miles off Seahorse island. 11 a.m. Stefansson with two Eskimos, one sledge and dogs went on shore; we are only two miles from land. Doctor and dog-driver accompanied him; midnight — the two Eskimos and dog-driver returned to ship. Stefansson and McKay walking to Cape Smj^the. Wind moderate SW., ship moving in floe eastward. Aug. 4th- — Ship jammed all day, and slowly moving with pack to the east- ward. No pressure of ice to ship. W^atered ship from floe. Aug. 5th. — Wind S.W^. Ship still jammed, but moving with floe to the eastward. 8 p.m. Wind N.W. fresh — lanes of water making parallel to shore. A little before midnight snowing. Aug. 6th. — 2 a.m. Under way. Shortly afterwards carried awaj' tiller. Bent a new one. and proceeded on our way at 4 a.m. Ice loose, ship making fair progress. 10 a.m. One mile from Cape Smythe. Ice tight between ship and shore. Midnight Stefansson, Hadley, Eskimo family (husband, wife and two children) and Katektovick (Eskimo) came on board to become members of expedition. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERyiCE 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The clog-driver wanted his discharge and was sent on shore. Mail was also sent on shore. From here we obtained three skin boats, two kayaks, also a number of skins. Kurillick brought along three of his own dogs. Aug. 7th. — During early hours of the morning, the ship still being beset in ice began to move with the floe to the eastward, and on getting clear of the grounded floes off Point Barrow began moving in a NW. direction. To the eastward of the Point, a good deal of open water visible. The ice that we are in is light and smashed up a good deal. We are about three miles from the edge of the water. Aug. 8th. — Ship jammed all daj'. Open water three miles from us. This afternoon Point Barrow bearing SE. by S. ten miles. Light variable winds. Fine and clear. Watered ship from floe. Aug. 9th. — 7 a.m. Fine and clear, ice opened. Ship under way at 8 a.m. Little difficulty getting to open water. 9 a.m. In open water. Ice close packed on port side, which tended to bring us close to shore, using hand lead continuoush^ As we steamed eastward parallel with shore and at times barely enough water, ice became looser. Lead going continuously, navigation precarious. Aug. 10th. — Steaming in loose, light ice and lanes of water. Ice close to shore. One has to go very near shore, therefore, at times in shallow water, lead going constantly. 10 a.m. Ship grounded, but an hour afterwards floated without any assistance. Ice close to the Thetis islands, here followed the straight edge until at length a point of ice ran close in shore and was grounded. In trying to negotiate it, ship grounded again — backed her off and now tried to cut through the point or tongue of ice. Ice was very light, and broken up, but notwith- standing all this it was a heartbreaking task to get the ship through. As a matter of fact, it was only two hundred yards wide. At length reached open water; then steamed eastward, following edge of pack on port side for some hours — lead going constantly; toward Cross island ice looser, but heavier. Aug. 11th. — Calm, ice loose, ship making good wa5^ 9 a.m. had to make a detour back to SW. and try to negotiate passage to the north of Cross island. 5 p.m. Ice close-packed on our port side. Turn ship in shore. Latter worked ship inside of line reef. Several members of expedition on shore. Inside the reef loose ice, shallow water; strong currents keep ice moving. Aug. 12th. — Wind moderate, NW. varying to SW. Ice opening to the NE. Ship under way 3 p.m. and steaming in loose ice in a NE. direction. We have some of the stem plates loose, and below the water-line two are gone. 8 p.m. Ship stopped; Flaxman Island bore SW. twenty miles. No open water to the eastward. The ice where we are is light, and holes of water all through it, but ship is not equal to forcing her way through it. Whilst we stopped Murray used the dredge. Aug. 13th. — Fast in ice. Calm, light, variable winds. Open water of yesterday closed up. Ship and ice stationary. Aug. 14th. — Light variable winds. 7 p.m. Made an attempt to force our way toward land, but unable to do anything with it. Aug. 13th. — Similar weather conditions as yesterday. Ship stationary. Aug. 16th. — Ship still in same position. Aug 17th. — ^Calm, ship still in same position. Aug. 18th. — Light north wind. Snowing. No ice moving. Aug. 19th. — Ship same position as 3'^esterday. Similar weather. Aug. 20th. — Calm and hazy. Ship in same position. 26 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 A^ig. 21st. — Light east wind. Later moderate NE. Leads of water about one mile from ship, trending toward shore. Water-sky visible to the eastward. Romanzoff and Franklin ^Mountains visible about thirtj" miles. Aug. 22nd. — Moderate north wind — Stefansson decided to send Jeness and Beauchat on shore. Aug. 23rd. — iSIoderate north wind, making preparations for departure Jeness and Beauchat. The dogs which were on deck placed on the ice. Aug. 24lh. — -Variable winds, squally at intervals, ice opening to the eastward. Lanes of water about two miles from ship and running at right angles to the shore. Very little difference in ship's position. Aug. 2oth.- — Light variable winds, no water seen. Aug. 26th. — Light north wind, ship changed position moving a few miles to the westward. Aug. 27th. — Light variable winds, thick snow falling. Toward the after- noon wind moderate east, ship in pack moving westward. Aug. 2Sth. — Wind light west. Fine and clear. Romanzoff and Franklin Mountains visible. Aug. 29th. — Wind light WSW. During afternoon south. 11 a.m. Jeness and Beauchat left ship for land which is about ten miles distant. One sledge and 7 dogs carried provisions. One sledge and 7 dogs carried skin boat. The supporting party consisted of Wilkins, JNIcConnell, and ]\IcKay. Three Eskimos went along with them, when about two miles from ship Stefansson met them and he decided owing to the rough ice that they should come back and, further, that they had in that short distance so damaged the skin boat that it was necessary to return and repair it. Aug. 30th. — Wind south to SW. Foggy at intervals. Ship in ice slowly moving to the west. Aug. 31st. — Variable winds, cloudy towards land. Soundings to-day 19 fathoms, pebbles and mud. Clear at night. Sept. 1st. — Strong NE. wind, fine and clear, ship moving with pack west- ward. The stores which had been left by the shore party removed to the ship. Sept. 2nd. — Strong ENE. gale, no water visible, fine and clear. Ship moving in pack to westward. Sept. 3rd. — ]\Ioderate gale, ENE. wind, open water; distance two miles; hazy, thick snow during afternoon. Sept. Jfth. — Gale still continues, weather cloudy, Eskimo and members of expedition hunting; four seals shot today, also quite a number of ducks. Sept. 5th. — Wind moderating, noon — fresh breezes; dense fog. Eskimo shot four seals, and a few ducks. Se.pt. 6th. — Ship is drifted considerable to the WSW. Can see from aloft the lowland on our port side, about five to seven miles distance. Fine, clear and calm. Foggy during night. Sept. 7th. — Calm and foggy all da}'. Winds light and variable. One seal shot. Sept. 8th. — Light airs, fog and snow. Sept. 9th. — Ship moving with flow to the SW., soundings, 12 fathoms. Thetis island about five miles on port beam. Eskimo shot five seals, but recovered only three, they having sunk. Sept. 10th. — Light and variable winds, ship stationary', one seal shot to-day. Sept. 30. — 9.30 a.m. Fine, sky overcast. Thermometer freezing. The open water being about 1| miles from ship, decided to take a canoe and hunt birds. The single-barrel shot guns were too light. What I mean is that one could not get near enough to shoot with good effect, and the amount of the charge in shot guns is not sufficient to kill at a long distance, especiallj^ ducks, for as we know, these birds are well feathered. However, we managed to get about fiftv birds. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE ' 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 6 p.m. Returned to ship. A beautiful dary, all through. Ship and ice practically stationary. Sept. 12th. — Sky overcast, dull and cloudy. Some of us used ski in walking to the lead, and found the travelling good. Light snow. The light to-day very bad to travel. Wind moderate NNE. Ice moving toward land. Late this evening water closed up. Eskimo shot several seals. Sept. 13th. — 3 a.m. Fine and clear, very frosty, wind fresh NE. Some of us early this morning went hunting, but could find no open water, the ice having raftered with the wind last night. Latitude by observation 70°48'. Put up stove in dinning-room. Sept. 14th. — Dull and cloudy, wind NNE. Ship stationary. Some of us duck shooting. Killed quite a number of birds, had great difficulty in getting them owing to young ice in lead water. Sept. 15th. — 6 a.m. Dull and cloudy, a good deal of condensation to-day. Several members of party hunting. We used ski in our going about. Sept. 16th. — A number of members out hunting. Some of them going a long distance from ship, and return late in the evening. Some were very suc- cessful, while others were not so fortunate. Sept. 17th. — Fine, clear and calm. All hands hunting to-day. 5 p.m. All hands on board. Lighted the lamp for the first time in dining- room. Ship stationary. Sept. 18th.— Calm. Verv spring-like. Several seal shot, latitude 70°46'40", Long. 150° 20' West. Sept. 19th.— Fine and clear, strong NE. wind, Lat. 70°47'14"— Long. 150°12' W. Thermometer 8. Ship stationary. Sept. 20th. — Begin strong E. wind. Sky overcast. Noon — sunshine. 1.30 p.m. Stefansson with two Eskimos McConnell, Wilkins, Jeness, and twelve dogs, two sledges, with the following supplies left for the land: — 2 Burberry tents. 1 stove and piping. 2 axes. 1 dozen candles. 4 gal. alcohol. 1 alcohol stove. 1 box dog biscuit. 6 tins tabloid tea. 10 lb. sugar. Matches. 3 sleeping bags. Sheepskins for sleeping robes. 2 floor canvas for tents. 4 slabs of bacon. 10 lb. lard. 120 lb. fish. 20 lb. rice. 1 box tin beef. 5 lb. salt. 1 case LTnderwood man pemmican. 15 lb. chocolate. 1 box biscuits. Mannlicker rifle and shot gun. Ammunition (not quite sure amount) 1 camp cooking set- 6 seal floats. 28 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL ,May, ship leaving on that day for Union where she coaled and then proceeded north to Bull harbour to report to the Director of Naval Service. From Bull narbour she proceeded to Prince Rupert and resumed patrol duty in the northern district between Milbank sound and the Dundas islands, at which duty she continued until the 29th July when she received orders to return to Esquimalt, and arrived there on the' 3rd August. Restless then proceeded on war duty. C.G.S. "newington.' Fisheries officer P. J. Ledwell, was in doc Ward hands until the 28th April, when she proceeded to Triangle island with coal for the wireless station there, at the same time conveying two fisheries inspection launches to Alberni and Clayoquot, after which she cruised on the west coast of Vancouver island, watching the American fishermen. On the 17th May the commanding officer interviewed the fisheries inspector at Alert bay, then cruised again, finally arriving at Union baj^ on the 6th June, where boiler was washed out and minor repairs made. Ship again proceeded cruising on her station on the 9th June and continued for the remainder of- the month, returning to Victoria on the 30th and leaving again on the 6th July. Cruising on the west coast of Van- couver island was resumed during July, but on the outbreak of war Newington was told off for other duties. Since the sinking of the German Asiatic squadron, which did away, to a great extent, with the danger of an attack on the west coast of British Columbia, the fisheries protection ships on that coast have, in turn, gone about their regular duties, Galiano and Malispana also visiting the several wireless stations with stores, etc. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Vice-Adviiral, Director of Naval Service. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 69 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 REPORT OF THE SURVEY OF TIDES AND CURRENTS. Ottawa, March 31, 1915. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the following report regarding the Survey of Tides and Currents during the twelve months ending March 31, 1915. There are several directions in which progress has been made, in addition to the regular work of maintaining the tidal stations and publishing tide tables. In British Columbia, revised methods have been devised for the calculation of slack water in the more important narrows; and these methods have also been applied in the reduction of the new observations which have been obtained. This places the whole question of slack water, which is so important to navi- gation, upon an improved basis. Similar progress has been made in Hudson bay and the strait leading to it. The best results which can be secured, have now been deduced from the observations taken in Hudson strait during the Gordon expeditions. Recent observations at Nelson and in James bay have also enabled satisfactory tide tables to be prepared, accompanied with further data. In eastern Canada one of the most complex regions in the Gulf of St. Lawrence has been investigated with good result. The valuable tide levels, deduced from the investigations of this survey, are now much in demand as a basis for extended levels which are being carried out by several departments. The foresight in providing for accurate tide levels from the beginning of this survey, twenty years ago, is thus bearing fruit. TIDAL OBSERVATIONS. The principal tide stations have been maintained in continuous operation throughout the year, and one of them has been rebuilt. The tide column at St. John, N.B., which was placed in 1894, has demanded considerable repair in recent years; and on account of the large amount of work now in progress in St. John harbour, it was decided to rebuild it entirely. To do so, it was necessary to place a vertical steel cylinder filled with concrete as a foundation, extending from the bottom to low water, a height of 25 feet. Supported by this cylinder is an upper length of 31 feet, which extends from low water to the wharf level. This upper cylinder, built of heavy plate to withstand the water pressure, contains the tide pipes and encloses a space around them in which heating is provided in winter to prevent them from freezing. The cylinder is also lined with a wood sheathing to keep out the cold. The total height of the two cylinders is 56 feet; and upon them the tide-house is set, which contains the registering instrument and the floating scale, by which the tide levels are accurately maintained. This construction work Avas carried out under the supervision of Mr. H. W. Jones, who met with a number of rather troublesome difficulties from sunken timbers in placing the foundation. The expense of this re-construction is fully justified in view of the need for tide levels for the extensive works which are in progress in St. John harbour, without speaking of the main object of obtaining tidal data for the calculation of the 70 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 tide tables. The tides throughout the whole extent of the Bay of Fundy, where the rise is so great, can be referred with the best advantage to St. John, as a port of reference; so that these tide tables are the basis for this region. The tidal record dealt with during the year was from the three leading tidal stations in British Columbia. Seven years in all have been tabulated, and sub- mitted to harmonic analysis. This analysis will improve the basis for the calculation of the tide tables. This is an important step, as the tables of slack water are deduced in turn from the time of high water and low water in the tide tables. In Eastern Canada, tidal stations were maintained during the summer at Bathurst, Point Sapin at the entrance to Miramichi bay, Richibucto and Shediac bay. At these harbours a large outlay has been incurred for dredging, or for breakwaters that have been built, which amply justifies the trouble and expense of obtaining tidal information for them. The observations at Bathurst will afford tidal data for that harbour, which is rapidly developing, because of the deepening of the entrance which is in progress. The region between Miramichi bay and Cape Tormentine is a very complex one, because of tidal interference. As a solution has now been found for these complexities, it may be of interest to record the result briefl}'^, because of the light that it will throw on tidal questions. The tide which enters the Gulf of St. Lawrence through Cabot strait, develops a marked diurnal inequality in its progress along Northumberland strait. By the time it reaches Charlottetown, the two tides of the day are more different in range than average springs and neaps. This inequality follows the declination of the moon, and only disappears when the moon is on the equator. Beyond Cape Tormentine in the region of Shediac bay, the inequality reaches its maximum development; a result which may in part be due to the interference of the tide which comes around the west end of Prince Edward island, and meets it there. The outcome is that the tide has a pronounced range once only in the day. At Richibucto it is the rise which is pronounced, and the other tides remain near the low-water level. In Shediac bay the fall is pronounced, with little variation from the high-water level at the other tides. At these two places, less than forty miles apart, the time of the tide is entirely out of relation; and the problem was to find any reference station with which the difference in time would be constant. The similarity of the tide in Shediac bay to the Strait of Georgia was strangely evident, as the tide there varies little from the high- water level except once in the day, when there is a decided fall to low water. When trial was made, it was discovered that the difference in time between Shediac bay and Sand Heads in the Strait of Georgia was more constant than with any tidal station in Eastern Canada. This corroborates the view that it is possible to correlate the tides at distant pi ices, provided that they are of the same type, even if the range is very different. It is thus the features of the tide and not its range, which have the most weight. In this case, the tide in these two localities may be described as a declination-tide of a pronounced type. For practical purposes, it is the tide that has the greater rise or greater fall for which it is more needful to have data. The tide at Richibucto can be referred to St. Paul island, which serves as a reference station for the region extending northward and including Miramichi bay. The tide in Shediac bay can be referred to Charlottetown, with fairly good result. We have thus an indication of the proper dividing line between the western limit of Northumberland strait and the open Gulf of St. Lawrence, as regards tidal characteristics. Assistance was given in obtaining the tidal information required for the Ferry service to P.E.I., which is under construction between Cape Tormentine and Carleton point opposite. The tide levels at Cape Tormentine, which have resulted from earlier observations, were connected with new bench marks through co-operation with Mr. A. E. Fripp. These leve s will thus be preserved DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 71 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 for reference, which will be a valuable advantage for the woik. A tide gauge was also placed at Carleton point, to obtain the relation of the tide to Pictou which is the reference station for this part of the strait. Simultaneous observations were obtained during the autumn months at these two places and they will be continued next season. The tidal data thus secured will complete the necessary information for this project; as the currents in the narrows at Cape Tormentine have already been investigated and the results published. The time of the maxi- mum strength of the currents in each direction, which has thus been determined, will be of value in the operation of the Ferry service. CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER SURVEYS. In addition to the tidal observations obtained by this Survey, some informa- tion of value has been secured through co-operation with others. Six registering gauges have been supplied to other Surveys "with complete outfits, and instruc- tions for operating them. These have been furnished to the Hydrographic Survey for use on the lower St. Lawrence, in British Columbia, and in James bay; to the Department of Railways and Canals for Port Nelson; and to the Public Works Department, for use in the St. John river. The information thus obtained is indirectly useful for the purposes of this Survey, and in some cases observations are secured from new localities. The registering instruments thus supplied are an important economy to these Surveys, in saving time and the need of emplojnng men to take readings on fixed scales, which would otherwise be required. INVESTIGATION OF THE CURRENTS. Further observations of the time of slack water in the passes of British Columbia have been obtained during last season. The passes investigated were Sansum narrows and Dodd narrows on the costal route along the east side pi Vancouver island from Nanaimo to Victoria. Further observations were also taken in Porlier pass, and a tide gauge was established at Caulfeilds, near Point Atkinson, to obtain the tide of the Strait of Georgia for comparison. Later in the season observations of slack water were made in Seechelt rapids, at the entrance to an extended inlet which is becoming a lumber region of con- sequence Observations at Porlier pass were taken by the lightkeeper, as the lighthouse stands at the narrows where the turn of the current is well seen. It was only necessary to provide him with a chronometer for accurate time. At Sansum narrows and Dodd narrows there are no habitations in the vicinity from which the turn of the current can be observed. Positions were selected where fresh water could be obtained, and temporary shacks were erected for the accomoda- tion of the observers. At Dodd narrows, the shelter was of more substantial construction to serve during the ensuing winter. At Seechelt rapids similar arrangements were made, as the shores in the vicinity of the rapids are unin- habited. It was difficult to land material and supplies in this vicinity because of the violence of the current and the short duration of slack. This emphasizes all the more, the need of some method of knowing the time of slack water in getting out lumber from the inlet. The essential for these observations is accurate time; and there was no means of obtaining it at any of these localities except by the use of chronometers. Mr. S. C. Hayden supervised this work as well as the erection of the tide gauge at Caulfeilds, and he took the oppor- tunity, during the season, of inspecting the permanent tidal stations where this was necessary. In regard to the passes of the Pacific coast, a very important advance has been made during the year in the method of calculation of slack water, for 72 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Seymour narrows, and also for several passes which open off the Strait of Georgia. The early investigations in Seymour narrows showed that the time of slack water had no constant relation to the tide in the locality, but that it stood related to the tide of the open Pacific. The reason of this appears to be that the flow of water in the narrows is influenced by the tide which comes around both ends of Vancouver island. The best reference station for the tide on the open coast, is Port Simpson. The tide of the Pacific may be characterized as a declination-tide in which the leading characteristic is an alternation in range with the upper and lower transits of the moon, which gives rise to diurnal inequality. It was eventually ascertained that high water slack 'could be found by means of a constant difference with Port Simpson, and low water slack by a difference with the next following low water there. The low water difference was not constant, however, but showed a marked alternation with the large and half tides. The variation amounted on an average to nearly thirty minutes. With allowance for this variation, values were obtained which have given satisfactory results for the calculation of slack water tables for Seymour narrows. The calculations were correct so long as the tides were pronounced in their rise and fall ; but it was found that shortly after the moon crossed the equator, when the diurnal inequality disappeared and the tides for a time were nearly equal, that the values gave irregular results. It is true that the current is not so strong at this period as when the tides of more pronounced range occur, but an endeavour was made to overcome the difficulty. It would be quite technical to describe the investigation which was required to secure better results, and one of the chief difficulties resulted from the observa- tions giving slack water in the day time onl}', so that one series of tides was wanting. There were however, observations during nine months in three different years as a basis, which afforded a large number of observations; and tidal record for Port Simpson was available throughout these years for com- parison. The investigation showed a reason for the main difficulty which had been encountered; as it was found that the point in the series of values where the variation in the difference fell to zero, was at an interval of eight tides from the moon's crossing of the equator. The reason for the discordant results given by the former method for the tides immediately after the crossing of the equator was thus explained. It was also ascertainexi that the best result could be secured by following the upper and lower transits of the moon, instead of the large and half tides. The variation between these shows increasing diver- gence from the eighth tide above mentioned, until it attains a maximum variation which exceeds one hour. A series of values was finally arrived at, to cover the change in the difference, as thus ascertained. This method for the calculation of low water slack will be used for future years; and it is not likely that it can further be improved upon, because of the long series of observations on which it is now based. In dealing with the northern passes in the region of Sej^mour narrows, it was found that the time of slack water in them could be obtained by the use of a difference from Sej'^mour narrows. With this indication, an endeavour was made to obtain a similar result for the southern passes off the Strait of Georgia. This has resulted in a new method of dealing with them; for it is found that the variations between slack water and the time of the tide are concordant in similarly situated passes. The difference in time of slack water between two corresponding passes may thus prove to be nearly constant, as the variations with the time of the tide are the same, and therefore disappear. This method has been applied to the new observations in Dodd narrows, Sansum narrows and Seechelt rapids; as it is found advantageous to deduce the time of slack water in these from Porlier pass, Active pass and First narrows respectively. For these three passes full tables of slack water are published; DEPARTMEyT OF THE XATAL SERriCE 73 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 and the differences for the new passes are apphed to these in the same manner that ordinary tidal differences are applied to the tide tables. The values required will be given in the tide tables for next year ; and meanwhile a Notice to Mariners has been issued with advance information for the purpose. The data for the other passes in this region have been revised to accord with this method. The observations at Porlier pass and Dodd narrows will be continued until next season. The object of this is two-fold; to obtain the best possible values for Dodd narrows and to improve the basis of calculation for Porlier pass. This will be done by means of the comparison with the tide near Point Atkinson already mentioned; as the tide there is found to be practically identical with the original tide station at Sand Heads, which has been discontinued; as the lighthouse is replaced by a lightship. HUDSON BAY AND STRAIT. In Hudson strait the reduction of the extended observations obtained during the Gordon expeditions of 1884, 1885 and 1886 have been carried to completion. The general method which was followed, was to obtain a relation between Ashe inlet at the middle of the strait and some good reference station for which tide tables are calculated. At Ashe inlet also, the longest series, of observations was obtained, extending over parts of three years. The total length available was seven months of day and night observations and eleven months in the day time only. These were compared with St. John, N.B., by means of tide tables for those years which were recalculated for the purpose. An excellent difference of time with St. John was thus established, which will enable the time of the tide at Ashe inlet to be known*. The time of the tide is of primary importance for practical purposes, to afford a basis of comparison with the strong tidal streams in this strait. With this basis for the middle of the strait at the narrow part where the width is 70 miles, the remaining localities w^ere brought into relation with Ashe inlet. These are Port Burwell, Stupart bay, DeBoucherville and Port Lapernere. The observations available made it possible to obtain simultaneous comparisons with Ashe inlet during three to seven months for all of these localities except Laperriere, which it was necessary to compare in the first place with DeBoucher- ville. It was found, as a result, that the time of the tide is from half an hour earlier to an hour and a half later, as compared with Ashe inlet. The precise results will be given in the tide tables for next year. The investigation com- pletes the tidal data throughout the extent of Hudson strait, which comprises a length of 540 miles. Tide tables for Nelson for the coming season have been calculated by the method explained in the last report which has been found very satisfactory when checked with observations taken there. With these tables data ar6 given for Churchill and also for Moose Factory in James bay. The range of the tide at Moose Factory in relation to Nelson has been worked out at the request of the Timiskaming and Northern Ontario railway to throw light on the design of tlifi proposed terminal works there. It is hoped to obtiin further observations at Nelson through the Railways and Canals Department, to which registering gauges have been supplied for the purpose. Some observations have also been secured in James Bay, in co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey. Tidal data will thus be available for other locali- ties in James bay when they become necessary. An accurate value for mean sea level at Nelson was desired by the ToDographical Surveys Branch of the Interior Department, as a check upon t}\e end of their extended line of levels from W'nnipeg to Hudson bay. For this pur- pose three months of observations were selected, during which there was no 74 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 wind disturbance of consequence; and the record is continuous day and night without any break. The three months are exact lunar periods to balance the springs and neaps, and they are in two different years. The results agreed closely with each other, and the level obtained is referred to the bench mark which defines the low-water datum of the chart. INFORMATION SUPPLIED AND TIDE LEVELS. The work done under this heading is on the increase from year to year; and the information asked for, has been largely of the nature of tide levels and other data required as a basis for levelling operations, which are now being carried out in several regions by different departments. To supply this informa- tion it often entails a considerable amount of special work to obtain results in the form desired. The character of the information may serve to illustrate the value of the results of this survey to other departments, in addition to its primary service to navigation. The only satisfactory basis for extended levelling, is the mean level of the sea, and this is used for a general reference datum in all civilized countries. It is evident that this can only be determined by means of tidal observations. From the outset of this survey, twenty years ago, bench marks were established for reference at all the principal tidal stations where observations were obtained continuously day and night throughout the year. As all the tide gauges are on timber structures, with one exception, it was necessary to check the levels at the station with the bench mark at least once a year. During the winter the height of the tide could only be observed by means of a floating scale, in the protection of the gauge house. This careful levelling during many years is now bearing fruit in providing a basis for precise levels throughout the country, where they connect with the sea-coast on the Atlantic or Pacific. The value of mean sea level at any of the tidal stations is found in the first place for a period of one continuous year at a time. It is based upon the height of the tide for every hour, day and night, taken from the records obtained with the registering tide gauge; and the value for each year is thus the average of 8,760 indivichial measurements. When any interruption occurs, a fresh beginning is made. The values obtained from three or more such years may be considered as highly accurate. The series of levels at the tidal stations serves also to define the low water datum of the charts, and the zero of the tide tables. The value of mean sea level at Halifax as determined froiji observations during nine years, has been adopted by the Public Works Department as a basis for their extended levels. The other end of the primary line connects with mean sea level at Father Point, determined from observations during ten years. There is thus a line of levels from Nova Scotia to the St. Lawrence, across three provinces, accurately checked at both ends by the mean level of the sea. From this line, the levels extend along the St. Lawrence to Quebec and Montreal, and westward. At the request of the Dominion Observatory, mean sea levels at Halifax and Yarmouth were supplied for the two ends of a line qf precise levels between those cities, through southwest Nova Scotia. The value of mean sea level at Yarmouth was worked out from one complete year of observations, which were reduced for the purpose with relation to a bench mark established in Yarmouth by this Survey. In British Columbia a committee on standard datum has under considera- tion the adoption of a general plan of reference for levels in the province It is evident that mean sea level is the best basis for such a datum. It is also clear that for various points along the coast or at the heads ot inlets, which may become railway terminals, the determination of mean sea level will furnish a more DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 75 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 accurate elevation than could be determined by means of land lines from one point on the coast to another, through so mountainous a country. At the request of the chairman of this committee, the value of mean sea level was supplied for Vancouver from seven complete years of tidal observations; for New Westminster from six years; and for Victoria from five years. There are no levels north of San Francisco which have so high an accuracy. The levels from Victoria can be extended throughout Vancouver island and they may be eventually connected with tidal stations which have been in operation for a series of years on the west coast and at the northern end of the island. The value of mean sea level at Victoria has already been utilized by the Geological Survey for their contoured map of the southern end of Vancouver island. Mean sea level at Vancouver was also furnished to the Dominion Observatory at their request, for precise levels in that region. The tide levels in Vancouver were originally referred to a Canadian Pacific Railway bench mark on the station building; by which the low water datum of the chart, as well as the railway levels, were defined. Before the station building was demolished, reference marks were established on masonry buildings, by this Survey, to preserve these invaluable levels. A new bench mark was also placed by the C.P.R. engineers at the suggestion of this Survey. The accurate value of mean sea level, as deter- mined from seven complete j^ears of observations at Vancouver, has thus been preserved. At the request of the Topographical Surveys Branch of the Interior Depart- ment, mean sea levels at Vancouver and Prince Rupert were furnished, with which they propose to connect their interior levels on reaching the coast. At Prince Rupert, much difficulty has been experienced in maintaining the tide levels with accuracy; as bench marks were frequently destroyed on account of changes due to new construction. Some periods of tidal observations there have been lost on this account or because of other interruptions; but since 1906 four complete years of record have been secured for the determination of mean sea level. From the beginning, the tide levels have been kept in relation with the original harbour datum; and the datum for the chart more recently estab- lished, is the same as the zero level in the tide tables. The maintenance of these levels is a satisfactory achievement in the circumstances. The tide levels at Vancouver have proved of service to the Burrard Peninsula Joint Sewerage Board. For their purpose, the levels were reduced to the C.P.R. datum and the ^^ancouver city datum. Information regarding all the bench marks established by this Survey on the mainland around the Gulf of St. La^\Tence, has been supplied to the Public Works Department for the revised edition of their geodetic levels now in prepa- ration. This includes a series along the north shore of the Gulf, the lower St. Lawrence and the maritime provinces. The low water datum and other tide levels are given with reference to these wherever they have been determined; and also the valuable tide levels at the head of the Bay of Fundy, from the days of the Bale Verte Canal, which have been preserved by this Survey. Good observations were obtained there as far back as 1870, and later by the engineers of the Chignecto Marine Railway. A bench mark was established in 1901 to preserve these levels, which now enables them to be connected with the new bench marks of the Geodetic Survey. The levels thus established are invaluable with reference to the flooding of the dyked marshes in this region, as the levels reached by exceptionally high tides during recent years have been determined with reference to these permanent marks. During the tidal observations of last season, along the coast of New Bruns- wick, the tide levels were kept in relation with any earlier observations ^yhich had been secured; and the Public Works datum for low water was utilized 76 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 wherever it was possible to do so. This will make the tidal observations more serviceable for construction purposes in the various harbours where they have been obtained. PUBLICATIONS. The tidal information for Canada is published in two sets of tide tables; one for the eastern coasts for which 8,000 are now provided, and the other for the Pacific coast amounting to 10,000. For Eastern Canada two abridged editions are issued of pocket size, one for Quebec and the St. Lawrence, and the other for St. John, N.B., and the Bay of Functy. These abridged editions are much appreciated as they are used by all classes, from pilots to fishermen. The total edition of these now amounts to 15,000. In British Columbia there is a large demand for local tide tables for Van- couver and the Fraser river, and the region extending thence to Victoria. To meet this, it was decided to issue a pocket edition containing the tide tables and the time of slack water in two of the passes. These were First narrows, at the entrance to Vancouver harbour, and Active pass. The edition of 6,000 which was issued for the present year has been increased to 9,000 for the coming year. This pocket edition is much appreciated by the pilots and fishermen, and is often found to be verj^ convenient for motor launches. The tide tables are supplied without charge to all the steamship companies, and they are largely circulated through the agencies of the Marine Department, shipping masters and customs officers. They are also sent free on request to all applicants. It results that a large proportion of the tide tables are mailed individualh' from our mailing lists or in reply to requests received. It is inter- esting to find that many manufacturing establishments and other industries on the coast have constant use for them in addition to the shipping interests. The tide tables for British Columbia are highly valued by the lumbering industry, as it is essential to know the time of slack water in the passes leading to lumbering districts, in connection with the towing of rafts and booms of logs. The tide tables for the more important harbours in Eastern Canada and on the Pacific coast, eight in all, are now republished b}^ the British Admiralty, and with these they now give tidal differences for a large number of our seaports. Tidal information for the St. Lawrence is also furnished to the Department of Marine and Fisheries for their publication on the St. La^Tence Ship Channel for the use of pilots. The information thus furnished has now been modified in order to give, in the space available, fuller information from Lake St. Peter to the Traverse. For the estuary of the St. LawTence below there, the complete tables issued by this Survey are referrred to. It is hoped that this modification will be more helpful to those requiring local information in the region above and below Quebec. Some of our tide tables are included in two leading almanacs in Canada; and in these various ways the information attains a very wide circulation, and should reach all who require it. STAFF. The staff of this Survey, for the office and field work, comprises only four in addition to the superintendent; together "udth the outside tidal observers, who number six in Eastern Canada and five on the Pacific coast, at the perma- nent stations. In addition to this, several others are usually employed locally in the summer season in the observation of tides and currents; and there are engineers on other Surveys who give their co-operation. On the permanent staff, Mr. S. C. Hayden has supervised the observations of the currents in the passes of British Columbia and has inspected the tidal stations on that coast. DEPARTMENT Or THE NATAL SERVICE 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Mr. H. W. Jones has carried out the construction work at St. John already referred to, and has supervised the erection of several summer stations on the New Brunswick coast, and in Northumberland strait. The other assistants are Mr. R. B. Lee, and Miss N. R. Carter, stenographer. In addition to the outside work in the summer season, this staff carries on in the winter, the reduc- tion of the observations and the calculation of tide tables, as well as the ordinary office work and correspondence. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, W. BELL DAWSON, Superintendent of Tidal Surveys. 78 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY. • Ottawa, July 6, 1915. Deputy Minister, Department of Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit my report upon the work of the Hydro- graphic Survey for the fiscal j^ear 1914-1915. During the year no additional equipment was added to that of the survey but what we had has been kept in first-class condition. Owing to the outbreak of hostilities in Europe, it was found necessary for the examination service connected with the department, to take over the steamer Cartier, of the St. Lawrence River Survey, early m August, and. on this account the amount of work done was curtailed. Further loss was sus- tained by several officers entering the service of the Admiralty, the War Office and the Canadian overseas contingents. The following parties were in the field during the season: 1st. Hudson bay party, working between Port Nelson and James bay, as well as making surveys of some harbours in Hudson Straits. 2nd. Pacific coast party working along the coast and islands of British Columbia 3rd Lower St. LaT\Tence river party, working in the Lower St. Lawrence about Matane. 4th. Lake Ontario party, working in the west end of the Lake, between Toronto and Niagara river. 5th. Lake Superior party, working between Jackfish bay and Otter head. 6th. James bay party, working in the southeast corner of the bay. 7th. Party looking after the automatic gauges in the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence river. HUDSON BAY PARTY. As in previous years, this party was in charge of Captain F. Anderson, using the steamer Acadia. As his experiences and his report upon the conditions pertaining in that part of the world are of considerable interest to the country in general, his report is given in detail (Appendix I), both to show the amount of work done and also to convey some idea of the hardships to be encountered both in surveying that remote' region and in navigating Hudson straits. The steamer left Halifax on the 11th of July, and Belle Isle was cleared on the 15th when ice was encountered for the first time, but by shaping a course well off the land, the icefields were cleared until the 19th. When about 90 miles southeast of Cape Chidley, heavy winter and Arctic ice was encountered, and this condition continued until about 31st July, when the ice opened up. As it was intended to do some surveying around the entrance to Hudson straits, it was not possible to get ashore until 12th August, when a landing was effected on the Lower Savage island, and survey work on various islands in the straits continued until the 10th September, when the vessel left for Port Nelson. Work was taken up along the south shore of Hudson bay, as far east as Cape Henrietta Maria. On 8th October, the party left Port Nelson for Hudson strait, arriving off Mansel island on the 11th in very cold weather. A survey DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 79 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 was made of its southeastern shore, and on the 14th, whilst passing from the north end of the island to Diggs island, ice was encountered, and the steamer was forced to heave to in closely -packed heavy Fox channel ice, where she was held all next day, getting cleared about 7 p.m. on the 15th. Considerable survejdng in the way of coast-line and sounding was done in the next few days in the strait, and on 2nd November the steamer cleared the strait for home, arriving at Halifax on the morning of the 10th. It will be seen upon the perusal of the report that ice was first encountered on 19th July, when it was so bad that the Acadia suffered some damage to her rudder, and the vessel was still bothered by ice as late as 12th August, when the party was able to make its first landing. On the way out, she was com- pletety surrounded on the 14th of October. Admitting that it is possible that she might have avoided the ice in both instances, the report shows that it was a danger that any vessel entering the bay might have encountered, and vessels reaching the vicinity of these ice- fields, are quite unable to keep clear because the ice does not remain stationary but moves quite rapidly with the very strong tidal currents experienced in the strait. Further, to show the seriousness of this ice condition, I might state that, as a result of her contact with the ice, the Acadia sustained damage to the extent of $25,000. As a result of the season's work, some improvements will be made to the chart of Hudson bay, and plans were made of the following harbours, which are being engraved for future use: Charles inlet. Savage harbour. Acadia cove. During the season, this party traversed from the ship, launch, gigs and on foot, 400 miles and checked up some 300 miles more They sounded from the ship and gigs, 900 miles, and made observations for latitude, longitude and azimuth at 10 points. ^ PACIFIC COAST SURVEY. This oarty was in command of Lieutenant-Commander P, C. Musgrave, R. N., and he had as assistants Lieutenant John Knight, R. N., retired, Messrs. L. R. Davies, J. A. Turner and O. Parker. This party worked from the steamer Lillooet and the schooner Naden, both of which were commissioned at Esquimalt on 15th April, the latter in charge of Lieutenant Knight. After coaling at Nanaimo, the first work undertaken was the location of the wharves and the wireless station at Alert bay, afterward proceeding to the examination of Dall Patch, Seaforth channel. The Skeena river was reached on the 29th of April, and Mr. Knight, with the schooner Naden, detached to make a survey of that portion of the river, eastward of De Horsey island, as far as Tyee on the Grand Trunk Pacific. This was completed on the 11th July, when the party was moved to Laredo channel for work there and in the approaches to Surf inlet. This work was completed on 19th September. On the outbreak of war Lieut. Knight left the Naden and proceeded to Esquimalt to join the Rainbow, and is still in that service. Mr. Turner, being a graduate of the Royal Military College, also felt it his duty to volunteer for service in Europe, and joined the first Canadian expeditionary force, thus seriously reducing the staff. Upon Mr. Knight's retirement, or from about the middle of August, Mr. Davies was put in charge of the schooner. 80 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Upon the completion of the work at Laredo channel, the schooner was moved back to Inverness, at the mouth of Skeena river, to complete the survey work of the north Skeena passage to connect the survey work of 1907 with that per- formed by Mr. Knight in 1914. . The main party, after leaving the Naden at Claxton, proceeded north to Naas river, where the positions of all the canneries were located and the Bar sounded out. An unsuccessful search for the rock on which the Vadso was reported to have been wrecked was made. Granby bay was reached on 7th May, and a survey made between that date and the 13th. Between the latter date and the 29th October, the main party was engaged in work in Dixon entrance and around Queen Charlotte islands. The party reached Esquimalt on 2nd November and the ships were immediately paid off. The w^ork of drawing the fair sheets for the engravers was immediately taken in hand in the offices in the dockyard. During the season 81 miles of coast line were traversed, and 205 square miles of sounding done. Out of a total of 169 working days, 66 were lost through bad w^eather, 33 of them being rain. The following charts and plans were completed this season: — Skeena river. Telegraph passage to Raspberry island, on a scale of 3" to the mile; Skeena river, north Skeena passage, Dominion cannery to Clara Point, on a scale of 3" to the mile; Laredo channel, northern portion, and approaches to Surf inlet, on a scale of 1" to the mile; Port Louis and approaches, on a scale of 4" to the mile; Fisherman cove, Ursula channel, on a scale of 6" to the mile; Soundings at entrance of Dixon entrance, on a scale of 1" to the mile; Soundings in northern portion of Hecate strait, on a scale of 1" to the mile; Soundings on Bar of Naas river, etc. No extraordinarj^ expenses were incurred in connection with the maintenance of the equipment of this survey. The vessels received the usual overhauling necessary to keep them in first class condition. LAKE ONTARIO PARTY. This party, with the steamer Bayfield, in charge of Mr. G. A. Bachand, having for assistants Messrs. J. U. Beauchemin, E. B. McColl and W. K. Willis, left their headquarters at Prescott on 30th April and proceeded to the west end of Lake Ontario where work was carried out between Toronto and the mouth of Niagara river. Although this area was taken in hand, it was not possible to complete it entirely, but it will be early in the season of 1915. A survey on a scale of 6'' to the mile w^as made of the Niagara bar, showing that the silt from the river has created quite a new condition over that existing at the time of the last survey by the United States corps of engineers. A plan of this has been prepared and submitted to the engravers for publication. Surveys were also made of the approaches to the Burlington canal, Bronte Harbour and Port Credit. No new shoals were discovered during the season. The work performed consisted of 48 miles of traversing, 830 miles of sound- ing from boats, and 1,000 miles sounding from the deck of the ship, extending over an area of 530 square miles. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 81 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The ship returned to the headquarters at Prescott on 30th October. She sustained no damage during the season and no extensive work was carried out on her, except that her hull was very carefully cleaned by sand blasting inside and paint remover outside, so that at the present time it is in fair shape. On the whole, this party was more fortunate than in the season of 1913. The weather was a great improvement, there being less rain and less thick weather, which may possibly be accounted for by the fact that she was further from the Toronto smoke. LOWER ST. LAWRENCE RIVER PARTY. This party, with the steamer Cartier, was in charge of Mr. Charles Savary, having for his assistants Messrs. A. J. Pinet, Edward Ghysens, M. A. McKinnon and H. T. Bate. The latter, however, left to join the Niohe upon the outbreak of hostilities in Europe. The party left Quebec on 9 th May and worked between Sandy bay, on the south shore, and Pointe a Paradis, on the north shore, but a comparatively small amount of work was done, amounting to 25 miles of traversing, 300 miles of sounding from boats, and 350 miles from the deck of the ship. Upon the outbreak of hostilities the ship was sent for examination service at Quebec, where she arrived on 10th August, but it was loaned to us again for a short period between the 7th and the end of October to get some necessary triangulation in order that the party might be kept busy during the winter. The work in this district has now been completed along the south shore as far east as Matane, and along the north shore as far as Pointe des Monts. The chart of the former work will be given to the printer this summer, and, it is hoped, a new chart issued at the opening of navigation of 1916. The steamer has also received the usual overhauling, but she is in very excellent condition. LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY. This party, with the steamer La Canadienne, and in command of Mr. H. D. Parizeau, left Owen Sound on 6th May, having for assistants Messrs. H. H. Lawson, F. R. Mortimer and H. L. Leadman, but the former took sick from pneumonia almost immediately after reaching Lake Superior and was invalided during the balance of the season. Shortly after his return to duty in the autumn, he joined the second overseas contingent and has left for Europe. His place was taken temporarily by Mr. McKinnon, of Mr. Savary's staff. Work on Lake Superior was carried on between Pic island and Otter head, on a scale of 1J4" to the nautical mile, with plans of Peninsula harbour and Port Munro on a scale of 6" to the mile. This plan has been submitted to the engraver for publication. An attempt was made to connect the triangulation of this portion of the lake with that of the United States corps of engineers at station Tip-top, but so far w^eather conditions have hindered Mr. Parizeau getting the long sights necessary. On 17th September it was deemed advisable to move the steamer and party into more sheltered water, and they reached Little Current on the 19th, where some re-surveying was found to be necessary. On 1st October the party reached Byng inlet, and immediately started the preparation of a large scale plan of that harbour and approaches. Owing to bad weather, however, it was impossible to complete this, although the party remained there until the 8th November. It is hoped to have this completed early in 1915. 38—6 82 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 During the season the party traversed 135 miles of shore line, did 500 miles of sounding from boats, and 125 miles from the deck of the ship. I regret to say that during the season, the party experienced a great deal of thick weather through fog and forest fires on Lake Superior. The party reached Owen Sound on 8th of November, and the vessel was immediately^ laid up. La Canadienne, although a very old boat, had no heavy expenditures made upon her. She is in fairly good condition, but owing to her small power and poor speed has to be carefully watched in heavy weather. JAMES BAY PARTY. This party, in charge of Mr. Paul Jobin and assisted by Messrs R. J. Fraser, R. T. Bowes and eight men, left Cochrane on 24th Maj'' and arrived at Moose Factory on the 29th. The next month was spent in fitting out the launch and the chartered schooner An7iie E. Geede, which proved to be of no use except as a houseboat. An examination was made of the shore in the vicinity of Mount Sherrick with a view to finding a suitable locality for a harbour, and I am glad to say it offers quite an excellent location. Surveys were made of the Charlton and Strutton group of islands and of Strutton harbour. The triangulation of the previous season was carried as far as the east end of Trodeley island, and a better determination was made of the position of Lisbon shoal. On the 18th September, the party returned to Moose river and continued the survey of that water as far north as the North Bluff beacon. On ISth October the party left Moose Factory and arrived at Cochrane on the 21st. The break up, in both the Rupert and the Moose rivers, was quiet. On the 6th of June ice could still be seen off the mouth of the Moose river, but generally speaking the season was open; the SS. Adventure came into Strutton on the 19th of August, having seen no ice after leaving Port Harrison on the 14th of August. No temperature record was kept because the only thermometer we had was accidentally broken, but the summer was appreciably warmer than the preceding two ; there was little bad weather, but the draught and the prevailing south winds were responsible for a great deal of hazy and smoky weather which interfered greatly with sounding and triangulation. AUTOMATIC GAUGE PARTY. These gauges are looked after by Mr. C. A. Price, who had for assistants during the year Messrs C. Smith, W. J. Miller and A. R. Lee, but upon the opening of hostilities in Europe, Mr. Miller joined the first overseas contingent and left the office early in August. The investigation into the levels of the St. LawTence river being still in hand, guages were maintained at the following places for the season of naviga- tion: Foot of Lachine canal. Longue Pointe. Vercheres. Varennes. Lanoraie. Sorel. DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAVAL i^ERVICE 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Lighthouse in Lake St. Peter. Three Rivers. Batisean. Pointe Platon. Neuville. St. Nicholas. St. Romuald. On the Great Lakes, the usual gauges were maintained at Kingston, Port Dalhousie, Port Colborne, Fighting island (Detroit river), He aux Peches (Detroit river), Goderich, Soo canal (both above and below the lock), and Port Arthur. With the exception of the gauges at Collingwood, Goderich and Port Dal- housie, the lake gauges are maintained during the whole year and give complete yearly records. During the season of 1915, it was intended to increase the number of gauges by placing one in Lake St. Louis and a new one at Michipicoten in Lake Superior in accordance with the request of the International Joint Commission to furnish data for the proper handling of the new sluice gates at Sault Ste. Marie. Attached are the following appendices, giving records obtained from the gauges : — in. Table of water levels of the Great Lakes, 1914. IV. Description of bench-marks established by automatic gauges and eleva- tions thereof determined by water surface transfer and by precise levelling (instrumental) . V. Table showing yearly water surface transfer and elevations of bench- marks. VI. Daily mean elevations of St. Lawrence river at Montreal. Longue Pointe. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. Varennes. Vercheres. Lanoraie. Sorel. Lake St. Peter. List of New Charts. The following new charts were issued during the year: No. 52, Lake St. Francis, Coteau Landing to Lancaster. 406, Cape Tatnam to Port Nelson. 105, Jackfish bay. The following new editions were issued: No. 10, Foot of Lake St. Peter. No. 1, Montreal to Longue Pointe. No. 14, Batisean to Cap Levrard. No. 7A, Berthierville to Lake St. Peter. No. 302, Digby island to Kennedy island (Chatham sound). No. 301, Prince Rupert harbour. No. 12, Becancour to Champlain. No. 3, He a I'Aigle to He Marie. No. 4, He Marie to foot of He Bouchard. No. 5, He Bouchard to He St. Ours. No. 11, Three Rivers to Becancour. No. 15, Cap Levrard to Ste. Emmelie. 38— 6i 84 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1316 During the season the new edition of the St. Lawrence Pilot below Quebec was issued to the public, and the "Georgian Bay and North Channel Pilot" was combined with the "Sailing Directions of the Canadian shores of Lake Huron" by Captain Boulton, R.N., retired, and issued to the public at the close of the year. These two Avorks are quite valuable and the demand for them is very great. In closing this report I have to thank the various members of the staff for the valuable service they have rendered during the past year, and all are using their best endeavour to follow the interest of the work they have in hand. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, WM. J. STEWART, Hydrographer. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 85 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 APPENDIX I. Ottawa, 6th April, 1915. The Chief Hydrographer, Department of Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I beg to submit the following report on the survey work carried out during the past season in Hudson bay and strait, with an account of the passage to and from the bay, paying particular attention to the ice conditions. The steamer A cadia was again employed for this expedition. Although many of her steel plates had been considerably dented in the ice leaving Hudson bay during the autumn of 1913, extensive repairs were not required, leaking rivets and minor matters only receiving attention. Before proceeding north, a preliminary trip was taken to Lockeport, od- the southeast coast of Nova Scotia and about one hundred miles southwest from Halifax, to search for an uncharted rock, reported in the entrance to the harbour. Halifax was cleared at 6 p.m. on the 6th July, arriving off Lockeport at 7 next morning. The weather being foggy, with considerable wind and sea from the southeast, shelter was taken in the entrance to Shelburne harbour. On the following morning, the fog having lifted, the ship moved to Lockeport and anchored off Laurier rock gas buoj'. A shoal with 23^ fathoms least water over it was discovered about 75 yards west of the gas buoy, with deep water about it. Nothing further was found in the immediate vicinity, and as consider- able sea was running, a more careful examination was impossible. Shortly after clearing the entrance to the harbour, the ship struck an unknown rock in mid-channel about 134 miles northeast off Gull lighthouse. This shaol was found to have only 11 feet of water over it, and it is remarkable that it had not given trouble earlier, as ships entering and leaving must have passed close by it. Halifax was again reached at 8 a.m. on Thursday, the 9th, and final arrange- ments completed before departing for the north. The ship's company consisted of the following: — Captain F. Anderson In command. Captain W. A. Robson Sailing Master and Pilot. Lieut. C. B. Shaw, R.N Surveyor. Mr. L. C. Prittie..., Mr. J. L. Foreman " Mr. C. B. R. MacDonald " Mr. J. E. MacDonald 1st Officer. Mr. Alfred Langlois . . '. 2nd " Mr. J. S. Dickson, M.D Physician and Surgeon. Mr. J. C. Kelly Chief Engineer. Mr. Clifford Crease 2nd Mr. Jas. Pace 3rd " Mr. C. W. Browne Wireless Operator. with Quartermasters, Seamen, Firemen and Stewards, a total of 51 persons on board. 86 DEPARTMEXT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Halifax harbour was cleared on the morning of the 11th of July and course laid to the eastward along the coast of Nova Scotia, arriving at North Sydney next morning. Time signals were received at the Western Union cable station from St. John at 2 p.m. for rating the chronometers. Easterly ^\nnd accompanied by heavy fog and rain prevailed. On the follow- ing morning, time was again obtained, and being the last port of call, all mail was landed and the harbour cleared at 3 p.m. With the wind fresh from the north, a speed of l^j knots was maintained against the head sea, and Belle Isle was reached at 6 p.m. on Wednesday, the 15th. On the trip up no ice had been seen, l3ut after passing Belle Isle, many fields were met with. Course was shaped to pass through the thinnest, to carry us well off shore, and all ice was cleared about mid-night. Wireless reports were sent to Ottawa before losing connection with Belle Isle, and this proved to be our last connection with the shore, because to clear the ice pack it was necessary to hold well off shore, beyond the range of the low poAvered stations on the Labrador coast. After clearing the ice about Belle Isle, the course followed was from 75 to 100 miles off shore and little or no ice was seen until we hauled in for Cape Chidley, on Sunday the 19th. At 3 a.m. light winter ice was entered and passed through without difficulty until 7 a.m., when about 90 miles southeast from Cape Chidley and 60 miles off shore, heavj' winter and Arctic ice was entered, making progress slow and hazardous. Later in the day, the rudder received damage by coming in contact with a large pan while " backing up" and the ship was hove to for repairs. It was found that the rudder stock had been twisted, necessitating the removal of the quadrant and cutting a new key slot. This operation took the remainder of the day and the night. The ice fields appeared verj- extensive, no open water being visible from the mast-head. The steamer Bonaventure, chartered by the Department of Railways and Canals for carrjdng supplies to the Hudson Bay terminus at Port Nelson, was picked up b}' wireless and reported that she was icebound about 25 miles southeast of the Button islands, that no open water was visible, and conditions had been much the same since the 9th, when she first appeared upon the scene. On the following morning, Monday, 20th, a move was attempted, but with little success, as it was not safe to try and force a passage in such heavy ice and so closely packed. We made fast to a large pan and filled up the fresh wat^r tanks from pools on the ice. During this operation, tests of the water had to be frequently made as it was found that, though perfectly fresh on the surface, it might be quite salt a little below. The steamer Bonaventure reported that thej' were doing likewise, also that the crew were playing football on the ice pack. From this date until the 30th of the month, the ship was more or less hemmed in by the ice pack, which apparently extended to the land. Though able to make an occasional move of a few miles, there was little gained as the southerly Arctic current would carry the ship back again. The general position was about 40 miles off shore and 60 miles S.E. of Cape Chidley. During a gale from the south-east, considerable swell entered the ice pack and made a very uncomfortable berth with huge pans of ice bumping and scraping against the sides of the ship. However, we finally succeeded in securing the ship to a large pan in such a \v&y as to afford protection to the propellor and rudder. Although no serious mishap took place, minor damages were received. A leak developed in the forepeak tank, necessitating pumping out frequently, and the shell plates were much dented, especially at the turn of the bow, breaking connection inside and causing leaks, but we were luckj' enough to get them stopped up. Daily communication was kept up with the steamer Bonaventure in case of accident and for ice reports. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 87 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The weather on the whole was fine, though very foggy, occasional rain and constant easterly wind tending to hold the ice pack together until 31st of July," when a moderate gale came down from the northwest, opening up the ice pack and improving conditions. Had it been our intention to pass directly through the strait and enter Hudson baj^, it could have been accomplished without any more difficulty or damage than from remaining in this locality, but considerable work had been done and the great difficulty was to secure a landing or a harbour. About this time the steamer Minto and schooner Burleigh were reported. On 1st August the ship was swung for compass error, care being taken to dodge the ice. Next day an attempt was made to make the Button islands, but we Avere obliged to heave to about 20 miles off. The steamer Adventure, carrying supplies for the Revillon Freres fur trading posts, appeared on the scene and was held fast for some hours but managed to push through on the change of tide. Later in the day we approached the Buttons but found the passage to the anchorage completely blocked by ice. When about two miles to the northeast of the islands, the ship was caught in heavj^ flood tide rips and completely hemmed in by heavy pans continually opening and closing and whirling about. We again sought safety by securing to a large pan, affording protection to the propellor and rudder. It was clearly seen that the Button islands should receive a wide berth in the presence of ice. On the following day, the steamers Bonaventure and Sheha reported about 120 miles off, accompanied by the tug Yates with two steam barges in tow. They were advised to hold towards the north shore and Resolution' island. On Friday, 7th August, we had a moderate gale from the southeast, accom- panied by rain, and although Resolution island was reached, weather conditions prevented our hunting for a harbour. As appearances indicated easterly weather for some days, an attempt was made to enter Port Burwell, but this had to be abandoned, as the ice off the southside was found much heavier,' more formidable and packed more closelj^, especially on the flood tide. The weather was disagreeable in the extreme, rainy and foggy for the most part with much heavy ice about, and the ship was carried back and forth with each tide. Another attempt was made to land on Resolution island on Wednesday the 12th August, but the coast was found completely ice bound and any harbour inaccessible. On the following morning a landing was effected on the southeast part of Lower Savage island to take observations. Later, having discovered a small harbour in the northeastern part of the island, the ship came to in the evening. This was the first time we had cast anchor since leaving Sydney, and needless to say it was a great relief after so many days drifting about. Savage island harbour, situated in the northeast part of the island affords good shelter from all winds. Limited anchorage is available over an area of about half-a-mile long and one-quarter of a mile across with a depth of 22 fathoms over mud bottom. Observations were taken for latitude and longitude and azimuth on an island in the south part of the harbour, which was sketched and sounded out. The whole island was later sketched from the launch and soundings taken. A narrow boat channel cutting the island in two connects the harbour with the south side. Lower Savage island is quite different from that shown on Canadian Chart No. 405. It lies with its southeast point N 57° E about 16 miles from the position shown. It is almost an equilateral triangle in shape with sides of about 8 miles; quite bare-like the surrounding country and from 200 to 800 feet in height. It is separated from the southeast part of Baffin Land b}^ a strait about S}/2 miles in width and of some 125 fathoms deep. 88 DEPARTMEyr OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 The flood and ebb tides sweep through at about 4 or 5 knots^ causing heavy tide rips. The southeast part of Baffin Land about East Bluff is about 10 miles to the northeastward of that shown on the chart. Very little snow or ice was found on the rocks in this locality. Near midnight, on the 16th, the steamer Sheha, picked up by wireless half way across Hudson bay, over 600 miles away, reported no ice about. On the morning of the 17th, we left Savage harbour at 5 a.m. bound for Hatton headland at the southeast part of Resolution island. We passed through much drift ice without difficulty as it was honeycombed and soft. A small harbour was discovered just north of the west point of Hatton headland, where the ship came to anchor at 3 p.m. This harbour called "Acadia anchorage" is formed b}^ a number of islands, giving good shelter from all winds in 20 fathoms of water over an area of about one-tenth of a square mile. Shore observations were taken in the northeast corner of the harbour for latitude and longitude and azimuth. The harbour and vicinity were sketched and soundings taken. A suitable site for a wireless station is available on a hill in the northeast part of the harbour and about | mile back from the shore line with convenient gullies leading to the base of the hill. On Wednesday, the 19th, the first news of the European war was received by wireless from the steamer Sharon, having just arrived from Halifax. Hatton headland was found to be S. 64° E. about 8 miles from the position shown on the charts. Strong tidal currents of from 4 to 5 knots an hour and hea\'y tide rips were found in this locality. The C.G.S. Minto reported the safe arrival at Port Burwell of the schooner Ejffie M. Morrissay with coal for us. This was welcome news, because owing to the ice conditions grave fears had been entertained for her safet3^ It was learned later that this little auxiliary schooner had had a very hard trip up along the Labrador coast, and a very narrow escape from disaster while rounding Cape Chidley. The strong tidal currents swept her through the passages behind the islands at the point at great speed, but although very near the rocks at times she escaped serious injury. On Friday, the 21st, with easterlj^ wind and rain, the anchorage was cleared at 9 a.m. for the Button islands about 40 miles distant. The course laid off proved good, and the islands were picked up when about a couple of miles ahead and Port Burwell reached at 7.30 p.m. During the passage we encountered man^' fields of ice, but being neither heavy nor closely packed, they gave little trouble. It was particularh' noticeable that a fog bank hung about the entrance to the strait between Button islands and Hatton headland, but did not extend any distance inside this line and it was comparatively clear about Port Burwell. This condition lasted for some days, the fog bank being clearly seen about the islands from the highland. In Port Burwell harbour were found the C.G.S. Minto, Effie M. Morrissay, auxiliary schooner George B. Cluett of the Carnegie Institute of Terrestrial Magnetism of Washington, and a Hudsons Bay Company schooner from Fort Chino, Lngava bay. The following day, with rain and generally disagreeable, was occupied coaling from the Morrissay. On Sunday, Mr. Peters, officer in charge, and staff of the George B. Cluett, dined on board the Acadia. A message was received from Ottawa via Port Nelson and steamer Bonaventure, passing out bound for Halifax, and reports were sent by her. On Mondaj', the 24th, much the same weather, coaling was proceeded Math and finished in the evening. Examination made about the harbour and vicinity DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 89 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 for a suitable coaling station, revealed nothing very satisfactory, but sufficient information has been obtained of the best place in sight, near the observation spot, to prepare plans if required. We cleared Port Burwell at 5 a.m. on the following morning, the 25th, the weather showing little improvement, for Charles island, maintaining a speed of 8.5 knots on a consumption of 10 tons of coal in 24 hours. On Thursday morning the ship was brought to anchor in a small inlet formed by a narrow island off the south side of Charles island, in 15 fathoms of water over sand bottom. Good shelter can be found here from most winds, except an easterly gale, when considerable swell would likely enter. The anchorage space, in from 10 to 18 fathoms of water, extends over an area of about a mile east and west, and 13^ to 3 cables in width. Observations were taken for latitude and longitude and azimuth. Charles island and Cape Weggs were sketched from the launch, soundings taken and the former connected up to the latter by triangulation. The water was found to be very deep off the Cape, but good anchorage and shelter from southeast winds, in from 10 to 15 fathoms over sand bottom, can be had just west of it. The east end of Charles island was found to be correct in latitude, but lies eight miles further to the westward, and the west end is N. 60 W. distant, 14 miles from the position shown on the chart. The island is 22 miles long west by north and east by south and 5 miles across at the widest part towards the east end. It is devoid of vegetation and no natives live there. The eastern part of the island is high and bold on the north and east sides, rising to a height of from 200 to 600 feet above high water, with deep water close by. To the westward it terminates in a low fiat boulder point a couple of feet above high water and fringed with a boulder bank for one-quarter of a mile. Ten fathoms will be found about three-quarters of a mile off. We left Charles island on Tuesday evening, September 1, arriving off the north end of Mansel island at 3 p.m. on the following afternoon. Fair anchor- age was found about 7 cables off the north end of the island in 7 fathoms of water over sand bottom and about 7 cables west of a boulder spit, making off the north point about a mile in a northwesterly direction. Shore operations were at once started for latitude, longitude, azimuth and traversing the north end of the island, but a full gale came down from the north on the 4th, preventing further work in such an exposed locality, and we were forced to let go and run for shelter. As it was intended to visit Cary's Swan Nest point (Coate's island) , the ship was headed in that direction, where we arrived at 7.30 p.m. A comfortable berth was found in five fathoms of water over limestone gravel bottom about six miles northwest from Cary's Swan Nest point and three miles off shore. The shore line was traversed for five miles to the northeastward and 10 miles to the northwestward of the point and soundings taken. Shore observations were taken for latitude, longitude and azimuth, at a point N. 30 W. about five miles from the extreme .of the point on a limestone gravel ridge about 20 feet above high water. The observation spot is about 50 feet back from the edge of the bank, which is steep to a high water mark. Cary's Swan Nest point was found in much the same position as shown on Canadian Chart No. 405. The point is composed of limestone gravel ridges not over 50 feet above high water and having m;iny small fresh water lakes. The west shore is swampy above high water mark and fringed by a boulder bank, drying at low water for a distance of half a mile until the most southerly part of the point is reached where the boulder bank extends out a couple of miles in a general S.S.W. direction where less than 6 feet of water will be found with the 3-fathom bank half a mile further off, but beyond this the water is good. The eastern shore is much cleaner, the boulder bank extending out only a short ■distance. 90 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Plenty of game of all sorts was seen there, i.e. polar bears, deer, Arctic fox, eider duck, swans, also numerous wild flowers. The weather having moderated, a move was made on Sunday evening, the 6th, arriving again off the north end of Mansel island on the following morning and shore work was at once proceeded with. At 11 p.m. Lieut. C. B. Shaw, of the survey staff, at his request was transferred to the Railways and Canals steamer Sheba bound for Halifax, that he might offer his services to the Admiralty. During the next few days the north end of Mansel island was traversed on shore and the west side from the launch, the ship carrying a line of soundings off shore. Observations were taken for latitude, longitude and azimuth at the north point on a limestone gravel ridge about 40 feet above high water and 300 feet inland. Similar observations were also taken at a point on the west side about 25 miles north of the south point of the island. On the return trip later in the season the east shore was traversed from the ship. Mansel island is about pear shaped, 54 miles long north and south and 28 miles across at the widest part, which is about one-third the length from the north end. It is formed of limestone gravel ridges which are from 10 to 40 feet in height on the west side and about 100 feet high on the east side. There are no trees of any kind aj^d the game to be found consists chiefly of polar bears. The most northerly point was found to be in much the same position as shown on Canadian Chart No. 405, but the shore does not turn to the southward as abruptly as shown. From the north point the shore trends in a W. 10° S. direction for 10 miles thence S. 31° W. for 15 miles. A boulder reef extends about one mile in a northwester^ direction from the north point but a short distance outside this reef the water is good. Shoal water extends for 13^ miles off the south end of the island and north of this point for about 15 miles on the west side a shoal bank makes out about 5 miles. The remainder of the island can be approached to within 13-^ miles with safety. Departure was taken from the south end for Port Nelson on Tuesday evening 10th September, arriving off Nelson shoal on Sunday morning the 13th, and a few hours later we came to anchor in the channel at Port Nelson, a couple of miles outside the Hudson bay terminus. During the trip across the bay, the weather was very disagreeable, fresh easterly winds and heavy seas for the most part, gradually moderating as the west shore was approached. Though foggy and not l^eing able to see more than a couple of miles, by the constant use of the submarine sentry no difficulty was experienced in approaching and picking up Nelson shoal, and then by follow- ing along the shore bank the entrance to the river was finally reached. The air was found to be much clearer in the river than outside. While at Port Nelson, time signals sent out from Arlington, Virginia, were obtained at the ^\^^eless station for rating the chronometers. Oiler Herbert Hillier, who had been reported very ill, was operated on by the ship's surgeon, assisted by Dr. Marcellus from the Hudson bay terminus. The operation was as successful as could be expected considering the condition of the patient and little hope was entertained for his recovery. Port Nelson was cleared at 6.30 a.m. on Thursday the 17th and the ship came to anchor off the Haves river at 9 a.m. A visit was paid to York Factory to' collect some instruments we had been forced to leave behind last autumn by extremely bad weather and ice conditions. The officer-in-charge of the Hudson's Bay Com- pany reported a very severe winter, in fact the worst for years. The ice left Nelson river about the middle of June. On the following morning, steam was taken at 5 a.m. and Cape Tatnam reached at 9.30, and from this point of departure the coast was traversed DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 91 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 from the ship, where possible, to Cape Henrietta Maria, a distance of some 300 miles, where we arrived on the 26th. During the trip the weather was on the whole fair and permitted landing at Fort Severn and Winisk for shore observations. At the above point the shore was found to be some 50 miles out in longitude but about correct in latitude as shown on Canadian Chart No. 405. Observations were taken at Cape Henrietta Maria for latitude, longitude and azimuth. The point was traversed and soundings taken. It was found to be about correct in latitude but 10 miles to the westward in longitude from the position shown on the chart. On the east side the water was found to be good, giving a depth of from 6 to 8 fathoms of water one mile off shore. Shoal water extends off the north point in a N.N.W. direction some 10 miles and a considerable distance to the westward. This locality was found to be much the same formation as Coates and Mansel islands, limestone gravel ridges about 10 ft. high. I regret to report the death of Herbert Hillier at 9.20 a.m. on Tuesday, the 29th September. As already stated, little hope was entertained for his recovery at the time of the operation, and everything possible was done to relieve him. He was buried with due ceremony on Cape Henrietta Maria on the following daj^ Complete reports have already been forwarded con- cerning this occurrence. We departed from Cape Henrietta Maria at noon on Saturday, 3rd October, with northeast wind accompanied by snow squalls. A line of soundings was carried to Cape Tatnam, and as the season was getting very late,, sounding was carried on all night by arranging lights on deck and the crew working in three watches that no time would be lost. Cape Tatnam was reached at noon on the 5th and Port Nelson at 7.30 p.m. Time signals were again obtained from Arlington, Virginia, at the wireless station to check the chronometers. Coal was received from the Department of Railways and Canals coaling barge Ben Mare. Final reports being despatched to Ottawa, Port Nelson was cleared on the morning of the 8th October, during a moderate gale from the northwest accom- panied by snow and the thermometer at 16° F. ' Sounding was carried on with difficulty owing to the heavy sea running and finall}^ had to be dropped as there was danger of having men washed over- board when backing up to take a cast. We arrived off the south end of Mansel island on Sunday, the 11th, and came to anchor 13^ miles due east of the south point in 15 fathoms of water over gravel bottom. The island was well covered with snow and the continual heavy snow storms gave an appearance of winter, the thermometer standing at 16° F. On the morning of the 13th, a move was made and the east side traversed from the ship and soundings taken. Great difficulty was found in accomplishing the above on account of the frequent heavy snow storms, but the north end was finally reached on Wednesday, the 14th, and we squared away for Diggs islands. About 3.30 p.m. scattered ice fields were passed through, and by 11 p.m. we Vv^ere forced to heave to in the closely-packed extremely heavy Fox channel ice. In the morning, the ice having opened on the change of the tide, a move was made and all ice cleared by 7 p.m. about 10 miles past Eric cove, and Charles island was reached at noon on the 16th. Although the Acadia managed to get through this ice without injury, it was quite sufficient to cause serious trouble to any ordinary freight steamer. On the following day, a fierce gale from the E.N.E. prevailed, accompanied by snow squalls with thermometer at 16° F., preventing any work. 92 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 We cleared Charles inlet on the 18th, carrying a line of soundings from the east point of Charles island, Cape Moses Gates, to Bluff point, Baffin land, inside Lower Savage island, where we arrived on the 19th. On the following day we sketched the adjacent shore and came to for the night in Savage harbour. Next day a line of soundings was carried to Resolution island, and the southwest point of the island sketched from the ship. Acadia cove was reached on the 22nd. On the following morning, a line of soundings was carried to the Button islands, where we came to anchor at 5.30 p.m. On Tuesday, the 25th, the Sheba and Bellaventure passed out bound for Halifax and messages were sent to be mailed from the first port of call. On Wednesday, the 28th, a move was made, coming to anchor in the evening at Port Burwell, after attempting to accomplish some work between snow squalls. The period from October 22nd to November 2nd was employed connecting the Button islands with Cape Chidley by triangulation and also awaiting an opportunity to sketch the latter. This was not an easy task at the time of year, owing to the inclement weather, moderate to heavy gales, accompanied by snow, prevailing — with the thermometer registering 16° F. to 26 °F. Cape Chidley was finally cleared for the season, on Monday, 2nd November, and we arrived at North Sydney on the morning of the 7th. During the trip down we had fresh northerly winds and snow squalls and a few icebergs were seen. Time signals from St. John were obtained at the Western Union cable station. Sydney was cleared on Sunday morning, 6th November, but owing to heavy winds encountered outside from the W.S.W. shelter was taken at Louisbourg until the next morning. Halifax was reached on the morning of the 10th. The crew was paid to date, and those willing to serve were retained on board. The Survey staff returned to Ottawa to plot the season's work, except Mr. C. B. R. MacDonald, who having obtained permission, left the Survey staff at Halifax and accepted a commission in the British arm3\ I beg to thank the Survey staff and also the sailing master and first officer of the ship for their close attention to duty during the past season. I have the honour to remain, sir, • Your obedient servant, F. ANDERSON, Officer-in-Charge of Hudson Bay Survey. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 93 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 APPENDIX II. Ice Conditions in Hudson Bay and Strait, Season of 1914. The Arctic current setting south along the east shore of Baffin land carries great masses of Arctic field ice and icebergs across the eastern entrance to Hudson strait and along the Labrador coast. This generally occurs between last week of November to the first week in January, blocking the entrance to the strait to a greater or less extent until the following July. A certain amount is forced through Gabriel strait and carried to the westward by the current setting west along the north shore. Icebergs have been seen about Nottingham island and Cape Wolstenholm, but as a rule they do not enter Hudson bay. If not grounded, these are carried out again by the current setting east along the south shore of the strait. When the Acadia arrived off Cape Chidley, on the 19th of July, open water was visible from aloft, and the Str. Bonaventure, some miles to the northward, reported similar conditions. The ice, for the most part, appeared to be winter ice, probably from Hudson and Ungava bays. Although occasional bergs and arctic ice were seen, the main pack of arctic ice had passed to the southward. "Winter ice" means ice one year old, but "Arctic" or "polar" ice may be two or many years old, and consequently much heavier and harder. The constant easterly winds held the field ice packed, making further progress impossible until 31st July, when the wind veered to the westward and finally blew a full gale from the N.N. West, opening up the pack. Conditions were not so severe after this date, but until the latter part of August, great fields were continually passing out, part of which returned with the flood tide, partially obstructing the passage. It was specially noticed that the greater portion of this heavy pack ice drifted towards the south side of the entrance about Cape Chidley and the Button islands, rather than to Resolution island, and, with the strong tidal currents, making it a dangerous locality for anj^ steamer attempting a passage. During the ebb tide the ice pack may become well opened, affording good leads, but on the change of tide it would close up with great pressure in places. A couple of years ago, a powerful Newfoundland steel sealing steamer was caught and received a very bad nip. During July, 1913, a small auxiliary schooner, being caught in this locality, received such pressure that oil tanks in her hold were burst. The crew abandoned the ship and took refuge on the ice, but on the change of tide, when the pressure slackened, the ice opened up again, and as the ship appeared still sea-worthy, owing to her staunch construction, the crew returned on board and managed to clear the ice pack before the next tide. On the other hand, towards the north side of the entrance, about Resolution island, although the tidal currents were found just as strong, the ice appeared lighter and much honeycombed,, probably some that had been carrried out on the south side by one tide and returned by the next. Entering with much ice, about the best passage has generally been found close to Hatton headland and along the north shore. Careful note should be taken of the direction of the wind. A fresh south wind would drive the ice to the northward when a mid-channel course would be the better one to take. As already mentioned, navigation would have been greatly impeded b}^ ice until the end of August for vessels entering the strait from the east, and 94 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 from early in October entering from the west, because Fox channel ice began to appear at the west entrance about the latter date, greatly interfering Avith vessels. The Acadia leaving Hudson bay on October 15th found the pas.sage between Diggs and Nottingham islands about closed, and was forced to pass the night in the ice pack. On the following morning, the change of tide opened the pack sufficiently to allow passage, and all ice was cleared about ten miles past Eric cove. Cape Chidley was cleared for the season on the 2nd of November with no ice in sight. During the past season, after the middle of September, snow storms were the order of the day, and this taken in conjunction with the ice condition detailed above, rendered the period during which ordinary tramp steamers could have navigated the strait with safety very limited. Owing to the great masses of ice to be encountered and the difficulty of finding the best lead, hydroplanes operated in connection with the wireless stations might be used with good results, to inform captains concerning the disposition of the ice and where they may find open leads. These would be particularly useful in the autumn at the passage between Diggs and Nottingham islands. It is submitted that they might be more useful than the' seagoing tugs hitherto suggested. The information would be obtained much more quickly with no clanger of being caught in the ice. On the other hand there would be the danger of an accident occurring and the crew of the machine being cast away on an ice flow. In the autumn frequent snow storms and heavy winds might hamper the operation of these machines, and in the spring fogs caused by the sun on ice fields would certainly be a drawback. ICE CONDITIONS IN JAMES BAY. The prevailing northerly winds in Hudson bay during the early summer drive all the field ice to the south end of the bay very effectually closing up the entrance to James bay until the latter part of August or first of September. This ice consists chiefly of winter ice, although icebergs and Fox channel ice have been found. During the season of 1912 the powerful steel sealing steamer Beothic reported having encountered heavy Fox channel ice and many bergs in this locality about the middle of August, and a period of 8 days was spent in forcing a passage. Strong northerly currents were also reported when abreast Cape Henrietta Maria, making considerable motion in the ice fields that greatly increased the danger. It is quite unusual to find strong currents in this locality, but they were probably caused by a constant northerly wind forcing the water into James bay. An ordinary tramp steamer would stand a poor chance of escaping injury under similar circumstances, and it would not be well to attempt this region until the latter part of August or early in September. The closing of James bay, for the season, may be taken about the middle of November, as weather conditions are much similar to Hudson bay. Attached to this report are the following: Meteorological observations taken on board the Acadia. I am, sir, your obedient servant, F. ANDERSON, Officer in charge Hudson Bay Survey. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 tic S2 > -a g s 0) &: c ^^ '^ a 3 o o >> > c3 ft c "d a o _CJ 3 o a, o CO (M •i- P2 Eg 3 c c c 1^2 oy2 ..2 o • c o -a o 0) in le — "^ o — ^ — Sen ^^■^ = g N ° ? S !3 • - £ ^ O— c3 ^ c3 • Li -«2 a^ 03 c3. ft c -^ o 0)— ' X r- - 3 gg |2 _5 c _ ^-2 g bjc ti si |3 6 c 3 . o.S ft 03 t.-j <:ij ^ ^ 3 w w ^ o o t-i^t- ._ ^J ci CO oo OOO CO -^ CO 00 05 t>. t^ 00 00 00 o o CO (M o o '-' N oo "5 CO (>5 CO -H CO CO CO ? oo CO CO 050 CO >o 00 -^ -^ (M oq CO CO CO CO (M C.-I lO >0 CO CO CD CO CO CD CO o CD CD CO CD CD CO H -T3-T3 < 8 >!>> re a: 00 -2 — o -* CO lo -H CO 02 lO (M ■<*< -rfi o o •o o o •o (M ?5 ^ ►^ "^^ "^ b lOCO — -^ CO lO "fi «5 Ui UI ?T7 V UO T 7 f 0 o 00 —1 CO CD 00 C5 05 05 Oi 05 oo o o o a> o o o ^ z^ o o 3 _o ^^ ^^ „ c.o ^ CO CO CO Ol CO CO CO CO •* Tfl 'S" Tf CO T^ rf s t^ c ^ 03 05 t^ ^ C^l CO O CD O o o oo — C^l Ol CO ^ IM ■* iM s .^ "* -f •* CO CO CO CO C^l CO M CO oo CO CO CO CO CO OO « M § ^ CO ^ o — 00 32 CO CO CO CD CO GC O -fi lO o 00 Tt< 00 — cS Si lO >o to lO CO CO CO CO ^ CO l^ CO IC tf •5t< ■* Tt< 1.0 s iCTf >0 00 iO c^ ^ oo- CO o -* o CO M IM c3 i6 oc t^ t^ t^ t^ T^ CO Cft Oi o IM ^^ O 00 o> o o 00 o C5 05 05 Oi o o o 0 05 0 o o o o o o o S CO M OJ (M •M 'M 'M (M C-) (M CO CO oo CO IM (M oo CO a o o -o C O CD O CD CD o ^ CC-f o l>] o 2° IM ■^ o o Ed c o 00 CO C5 •o ■* lo o 00 00 M c OSOQO o s s o C5 C5 C5 Ci C5 05 Ci O C» C5 o o o o o o o o o o o o X CO C^ CC 00' 00 o o oo t^ 03 O O: Oi C5 o ^ o o oo o o o o o O C5 CO CO c^ C^) C-l (M C-] c-q (M ^■^ CO CO CO CO IM CO CO CO c j5 i 5 M CO M< "O CO t^ 00 02 o M CO ■* iO CD I-~ 00 o o — M -^ — — (-H rt^rt^e^j M bi 96 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 T3 M 0) 13 fi 2 a; to c :g T3 5"^ 01 d o CO t^ 03 ^ o 2 3 T3 o o 1-1 CO 4^ O CO O 08 ts O OJ CO 4^ =8 2 ^ 0) M C3 > 03 m t3 Hi >H 03 lU ♦s 03 o m CO f a "^ .So o ■ 03 o pin ttj a o «■ a u c.S c3 CO 0) . a3 c3 >H d a cc P _- OJ t, C +J 0 aj.SWtrt 0 t7 UO ^ CO CO 1= s T CO > > > 0) ,9 °.9 ^ "3 "OS'S CO c3 CO c3 03 ooo^ ;h tH (H 3 3 3 2 < 8 w KK .S.2.S ^ fflCQffl >i OO § CO 05 O -# OO C IM cq M MO T3-0-0 -t^ "£ "G ■£ 2 H^ "S "^ .— ' o o 77 1 T 1 ^ 57 o o o o O O OT fafafaci J i o c3 o3 CO «<'^ hJ CO CD CD CO CD CO CD W S CD lO TjH 00 CD 00 CD »C t^T*< Tt* . '3 O O o ^ Tj< CD >o CO CO »o »ot^ O CO IM CM ff* CO ■* COCO CO CO CO CO 00 r^. S ^^ CM CO t^ CM 00 "O 00 OO O OS C3S00 OS O O OS o c: CO CO « CO CO CO CO CO CO iM CO IM CO CO o) CO CM IM cq s H .<*< CO 00 o IM CO CM-^ 00 ^ OS CD t^ O t^ CO e3 ■<*' ■'I* "^l ^ •^ CO ■* CO CO CO •* -*i Tt< UJ"*! >o CO COCO -M t^ c-i 00 ^ t^ Tf TtH ao--< c «3 O •o 00 OO CD t>- CO CO CO t^ <3j O 05 OS 00 00 00 00 CD O (Zi fyi i^i OS OS OS OS O OS C3S OS IM IM C^l « (^q IM C^ IM OJ C^5 IM IM oq M CSI o O -"tl CM cO'ti OO 00 O O CO CD OS CO O C CO IC ^ 1^ CO CO t^ •O IM LCO t^ 00 OS O5 00 00 00 OO CD O s 05 OS OS O OS O OSOO i M cq (M (M iM CM CI IM IM IM CM IM IM M IM C<1 IM CJ -^ IM O 00 f< ■* OO 00 CO o o CO o c^) t^ t^ t^ o O t^ r^ t^ lO t- 00 O OS 05 Oi c5 05 O O Oi OS OS CS OS OS OS OS CJS C3S OS S (M cq O) CO CO (M CM iM IM cq IM CO IM IM C^ ( S :5 . CO Tti >o CD l> 00 OS O TrJ IM CO •* lO CO 1-- oc o CS c o- Cs •* c C5 . ^ bD 3 ^ <1 DEPARTMENT OF THE 'NAVAL SERVICE 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 — cS^ rt >-Go^O ^ . S J"0000 -^— — lOO i.~0:^:OOTf?0 Orji^fMO— i OO— iCOOC-5 •—■ COOlOTflTtiC-)— I ^^^ OOCO-^ -*IC^1"*ICOOI-*I»0 t-^rOMCOO-* COtJ<(M(MCOCO CIO 0C'-*Tto L-jo"-"; oiooioiooo 000000 loooooo 00 000000 •l-^ OOOO 0500 OC^l^^OOt^t^Tf COCOO^Ht^o t^QOO^H^cO *OC^ 05— . o a> « . c c ° 5 12 C S3 S t. '^ ^~t 'm ■ r* "~r "Z* o — ! o c^ ) 3 w cr ^ jr ^ I & S ^ S c c ^ c t: t. -n X 4J' O S K a; ^ " c ^ ^ & rt S o O C O c; c •-■ c c c — — X •/: X o O t-2^ c r .tx g .. o o iri rt -^ ■ O'O s-gg a o . 33 Ji X S-. > O . ^ "S ^ M., clc M., sno p.ivr. e. P.M g|^ ^^^ . ri ,N • M C 7) i'n C3 -2^ K -A to -- ci M n i N £ ^ j3 0.2 " O g 3 3 55 »j > jC ! . Xi* 5: o o > S 3 C c S o o ^ • Cl,' '^' J£.^ J2-2 ^ X^OxOXr^O< ^^-' O X X o 00 CO CO ; IN 00 •* o> , 05 oooot- ^^ CO t^ JIJ "if ic 00 ■* '^ ^H — H t^ S IM lO CO CO CO CO C<1 p I I I I III fHI>.00O— I — i-H0 "5 TitO'-.-:-o'-'5coooooe-o O C50 o ^ 1^ i^ ^ ^ > ^ :^ ^ ^ -=^ ; X X z ^^xx ooo o o O O lO r-i-4< 00 o o L- in o Lo lis Ci CC O rf CO O IC — — C^) C^l C1 CI !M C^ 00 j*<-^ > C5 C2 C5 Oi I IM C^ C^l M O^ Ci Oi ^ C:> 03 05 05 O 00 00 05 05 05 C5 C5 C5 C5 C^l M M C^5 C^l C^l IM - 00 C5 O >— I M ■^icot^ooosO"— I"— I C^- :: - ; O DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERYICE 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 > £ g O O^ > - > mO - O 03 ^ C C ^ ft,'" a^ - ^ S ^ ? c-i "»■ -f '^H CI ^5 12; 02^; »c c o o cc o tc C^l 00 CD C^l t^ O5 0C t^ t— O C» C5 Ci IM IM IM M -# O O iM O 03 Oi Cs o 0 0 05 05 c 02 O •P o > H O < P3 o ■^ oo r^ ^^ c^ t— o CO o , ^ ■^ CD o> M CO •o o ^^ o ■C5 s o Oi ^ ^ o o ■* CO C^J CO in ■S 03 t3 Tf. CO -* t3 ^ r*" o o 00 t^ >(}< t- 'SI t- t^ t^ T)o lO ^ lO rt lO lO ir> CM -H CM CO ■* CD lO y—t CD "^ o CM t^ e<3 t- a> o o O CO 00 '"' ^ > o 01 oi ^ ^ o o --t' CO ^ •ra lO J" <^ o 00 oo 00 t-^ t^ t^ Tt< •<*< :^ fa o o lO •rj lO "3 lO U5 CM CM t^ 00 t^ CT> •o CD "~o O O t^ CO 00 (M C^l O CT> o lO ^ ^ o OJ ^ M O © ■^ CO C^J in in o r"" o o OO 00 oo t^ t-- t^ -* . -H o fa CO CD »o ira lo «o lO lO CM * C-1 o ■^ c» M t- C5 05 ~O0 CM CO i2 QO o M *r-> •* t< 00 CM C^l O OS o. o j •o lO o T»< lO CO OJ bi; o C-1 (M c^ o 6 lO Ti< CM to CO 13 e- o O C/O =o 00 t^ 1>- t- '3' ^ --^ ^ CD CO lO lO lO «3 lO lO S-i Oi CO IM o oa >o CO ~CO CO T— ( OS CO o> IM «o CD IM CO t- 1:^ in _>. (LP (M (M o o ■O Ti< CM CO CD 3 0) o o 00 00 oo I^ t- t~- S* S i-s ■^ CO CO •o •o >o «o lO tO CM CM F^ 0-2 CD •* 05 i? "C! »o 00 t^ Tf t~- 00 ^ ■* (M CO OJ 00 t^ O c o C^l o o lO 'tl C>1 CD CO 3 (U o o oc 00 CO r- r>. 1-- ?* S* ^ fa CO CD •o »o >o •o >o •o CM Ol 03 •^ Tj" o O) CM ~SS 00 o t^ >< S3 OJ CO t^ oo o ■^2 o ^ T* "3 CM CD "S CO >' o S g or 00 O 00 S t-; t-- t~ •^ CO m S fa o «o o c^ >o « »c _ >o CM —1 CM Ol CD t^ 1 '^f o> ^ (M -* 00 o CO ;-c o •*! CO CM CD a S,' o or t^ t- t-- ■^ < fa CO »o in lO lO CM t--. c/i CO >-H CO ~o CM 05 o >> en »o >, CM CO in 03 i O K CO '^l in r* O C-l 03 CO lO IJ o 00 t^ t>- M' fa fa CD to o »o in C^l (M 00 o CM ~co o 1-H ^ CD o Ol ■* in C O c^ CO CO CM in 03 a; o CO t^ t^ t~- rf Co «c lO CM o a; M 03 ft (U a> m 73 _a -a ;- ^ cr t: c o; c c (= 3 u 03 < .a c a > c c. c c c fcl c 0 -z a O y. 3 :3 c fa C C C 1? c 1 J < 1 c C ' ^ c C. w c 0) M o tn S o C ^ _o 0" _o > 03 ,^ 'E c -J (^ 01 O c r: r c . ; 0 C3 s fa , >i e - "• T a o fa c 1- 03 '5 (■ c . ! 3 a fa a -if O ■X _c 1.! i I K 1 DEPARTMElSiT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 101 APPENDIX IV. Descriptions of Bench-marks established by Automatic Water Gauges with Elevations determined by Water Surface Transfers, and precise Levelling. Location. Description. Elev. in 'eet by Water Surface Transfer. Precise Levels, Instru- mental. Port Arthur. Ontario. Lake Superior. Port Arthur Bench-mark is the top of a steel rivet set vertically into foundation stone, first course above ground, situated at S.W. corner of C.P. Ry. freight office on Arthur street. W. S. transfer 1907-14 (inc.) 616- 154 587-858 591-585 588-579 584-688 586-998 252-721 256-572 254-210 250-442 Collingwood, Ontario. Georgian Bay. Collingwood Bench-mark No. 6685 is the top of a steel rivet .set vertically into the top of the plinth course N.E. corner of Collingwood Ship Building Co's pump-house. W. S. tran.sfev 1906-11 and 14. . 587-40 French River. French River Bench-mark No. 26 is the top of iron ring-bolt set in solid rock about 250 feet S.W. of Ontario Lumber Co's wharf. W. S. transfer 1906 and 1907 590 - O'^S Goderich. Lake Huron. Goderich Bench-mark is the top of a steel rivet set verticallj^ into cement foundation S.E. corner of chimney of Goderich water works, S. side harbour. W. S. transfer 1910-14 (inc.) Lake Erie. Port Colborne Bench-mark is the top of a steel rivet set vertically into coping N. side of W. abutment of swing-bridge over S. entrance walls to guard lock of Welland canal. W. S. transfer 1911-14 (inc.) Port Colborne. Ontario. 584 ■ 657 Port Stanley, Ontario. Port Stanley Bench-m.ark is the top of a steel rivet set vertically into top course of stone abutment on N. side and at E. end of steel bridge over Kettle creek. W.S. transfer 1908-11 (inc.) Lake Ontario. Kingston Bench-mark is the top of a steel rivet set vertically into top of plinth course, S.W. corner of pump-house at King- Kingston, Ontario. 252-892 Brighton, Ontario. Brighton Bench-mark is the top of a steel rivet set vertically into a bastard marble rock about 1,000 feet N.W. of wharf and about 400 feet from shore; letters B.M. cut in rock. W. S. tran.sfer 1908 and 109 Toronto, Ontario. Port Dalhousie, Ontario. Toronto Bench-mark No. 6465 is the top of a steel rivet set ver- tically into top of coping stone on S.E. corner of large arched portal of Garrison creek sewer, about 800 feet N. of W. end Queen's wharf. W. S. transfer 1906-09 (inc.) Port Dalhousie Bench-mark is the top of a 2-inch nut on 1-inch iron bolt set vertically in concrete wharf, about 1 foot from inner face and close to automatic gauge house on S. side of approach to Welland canal. W. S. transfer 1910-14 (inc.) 254- 150 250-803 102 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERYICE 6 GEORGE V, A. !916 .2 Q-i f-i ^ (S W o Z pq ■ ooost^coMsseocc 'S* ■ Tl<— ilN-^ — 050CC iC ^ • .-(^-H,-(r-<--Wrt ■^ =!«-<■ a3 2- - — «s c ■00050000CS CO f-i -*-' o '"'*?;'—' Ph ■ o o o o o o -.c o CO s: -H O • S3 CO . o CO IC • c -^.« o f-H 1— 1 fe 03 0> ■ CO "5 b CJC<1 • o (Min • lis 1- o SOlO • u. u »3 o a 5tt OJ o • z < OlO • > 1 o to —c CO e<3 (M (M ■ ■ t^ 1 1 Q »c 00 00 CO lO T»< • ■ <- ■• .5 >> o 00 t^ 00 30 00 00 • • o a w ^.t: 0) t>- 1>- 1^ t^ r* t^ • • t^ i5^ lO •is "5 »0 »0 it5 • -"5 S "^ c S 00 1 .5-00 !- 1 ec — 1 (M CO 1(5 •* ■ -M oo ooiot^t^co • oo LT 'p - u o o> 00 00 00 00 00 ■ • oo ^' i: =3 o t^ r^ t^ t^ t^ r^ • ■ t^ ^« 00 oo 00 00 00 00 • -00 IC lO »0 lO iC lO • »c ci- ■ OiiO o >oc 3 ■ (M CO O 00-« l< z -So o ■ lo u5 o m c • 00 00 00 00 0 0 b cd ■ 00 03 00 000 us 00 5 ■Js Sl ■ »0 »C lO »o u W /v^ b • , 1 ; ^ — M t^ • ■ 00 >i "-H f iM — ' • • • 05 lis ■r; ■ c > :r: C5 — • • 05 c c o ■ ■ t> - CO CO r^ • • CO ^ :i -^ r? =3 ■ • a 3 00 oo 00 • • 00 x"' O"' 2 U3 lO lO • • lO _o '■ ■ lo •* ooo ■* 0 M O 05 Tf tgS "g • • >0 Tli Tt< -^ CO •* ,?-5 • : O O O O 6 6 p^ . . ic lO lO lO lO us ^~ w '"^ • ■ (M C^l o • • • • u> J ^ " • • < 11 N (>] E^ • lO »0 lO ^ »o us us 55 iM S"" • e^ *; 1 05C-. 32 05 02 c: S5C5 2 1 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 103 APBENDIX VI. Daily Mean Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence at Montreal, Que. Year 1914. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6.13 above Steckel's datum. Days. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 2.3. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 24 00 24 04 2411 24-28 26-26 24-44 24-49 24-18 23-99 23-95 23-77 23-62 23-38 23-22 23-09 22-97 22-81 22-74 22-55 22-39 22-22 22-23 22-37 22-31 22-12 22 04 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 21- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- 20- -72 20- -69 20- -60 20^ -41 20 • -36 20 • ■38 20 • -45 19- -38* 20 • -47 19^ •38 19^ •22 19^ -16 •20- •13 19^ 01 19^ •87 19^ •78 19^ 69 19^ 71 19^ 68 VQ- -.53 19- 53 19^ 54 19^ 55 19^ 55 19^ 49 19^ 60 19^ 66 19^ 66 19^ 64 19- 47 19^ 27 19^ Mean. 23 29 21^52 20 95 1987 19-49 18-86 18-88 Denote.s that mean is of less than 24 hourly readings. 104 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. i916 APPENDIX VII. Daily Mean Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence at Longue Pointe, Que, 1914. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6. 13 above Steckel's datum. Days. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 1 Feet Feet. 20 71 Feet. 20 47 Feet. 18 88 Feet. 18 45 Feet. 17 82 Feet. 17 -.52 9 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 64 49 53 56 38 24 54 61 45 41 41 36 16 98 09 88 71 65 73 60 70 80 92 07 17 16 22 29 62 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 .19 43 31 13 07 08 14 07 19 11 95 89 84 72 56 46 35 37 34 20 19 22 25 27 23 34 38 38 38 24 03 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 IS 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 82 93* 88 82 74 71 79 73 72 71 73 57 47 45 42 40 37 46 48 45 54 58 69 68 60 51 42 43 53* 46 18 II 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 17 17 48 54 55 53 56 71 89 82 69 56 39 24 14 10 05 02 08 12 03 07 17 20 27 27 15 06 08 92 86 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 77 66 66 76 97 73 58 70 70 57 66 76 59 38 49 64 76 37 33 16 27 13 92 69 61 68 43 48 64 65 17 17 17 17 18 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 17 63 3 fi?, 4 84 5 84 6 22-80* 22-85 22-95 23-11 23-12 23-28 23-35 23 05 22-84 22-75 22-53 22-39 22-12 21-94 21-78 21-66 21-49 21-45 21-26 21-09 20-90 20-92 21-04 21-00 20-81 20-72 06 91 8 69 9 66 10 66 11 51* 12 41* 13 5? 14 37 15 5? 16 65* 17 98 18 25 19 28 20 82 21 43 22 02 23 89* 24 25 17 17 17 17 54* 26 56 27 ? 76 28 ". 76 29 30 . • • 31 Mean 22-05 20 20 19-66 18-61 18 30 17-76 17 81 'Denotes that mean is of less than 24 hourly readings. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 105 APPENDIX VIII. Daily Mean Elevation of Lower St. Lawrence at Varennes, Que., Year 191'J. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6.13 above Steckel's datum. Days. Maj-. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 1. 2. •3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Feet. 21-69* 21-81 22-02 22-06* 22-20 22-25 21-95 21-70 21-59 21-33* 21-18 20-86 20-65 20-49* 20-38 20-20* 20-17 20-00 19-81 19-59 19-55* 19-70 19-69 19-46* 19-35* Feet. Feet 19- 19- 19- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 18- 17- 17' 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 18- 17- 17- -19 17- -13 17^ -00 17^ -81 17^ -73 17- -74 ]7- -78 17- -72 17^ -86 17^ •81 17- •63 17- -56 17- -49 17- -36 17- -18 16- -06 16- •92 16- •95 16- •92 16- •75 16^ •73 16^ •76 17^ •82 17^ 85 17^ •82 17^ 94 17^ 99 17^ 99 16- 02 17^ 89 17^ 64 17^ Feet. 47 39 47 45 41 33 30 37 32 30 27 28 13 01 95 90 87 84 95 99 99 08 14 24 24 16 08 98 02 12 00 Feet Feet. 16^59' 16 65 Feet 16 70 Mean. 20^79 18^86 18^29 17^16 16^87 16-79 * Denotes that mean is of less than 24 hourly readings. 106 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 APPENDIX IX. Daily Mean Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence at Vercheres, Que., Year 1914. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6.13 above Steckel's datum. Days. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Feet. Feet. 20-52* 20-63 20-69 20-80* 20-84 20-58 20-22* 20-11 19-85 19-66 19-32 19-08 18-89 18-77 18-63 18-61 18-43 18-24 18-01* 18-02 18-13 18-13 17-94* 17-82* Feet. 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 17- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- •64 15- -55 15- -42 15- -22 15- -13 15- -13 15^ •17 15- -13 15- -27 15- -24 15 • -07 15^ -98 15^ -90 15- -74 15- -57 15- -44 15- -29 15- -33 15- •27 15 • -10 15^ -07 15- -13 15- -21 15- -26 15- -27 15- -40 15- -44 15- -45 15- -48 15- -.36 15- •10 15- Feet. 92 82 89 Feet. Feet. Feet. Mean. 19-25 17-30 16-70 15-63 15-34 14-84 14-90 Sign denotes that mean is of less than 24 hourly readings. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 107 APPENDIX X. Daily Mean Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence at Lanoraie, Que., Year 1914. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6.13 above Steckel's datum. Days. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 1 Feet. 18-47 Feet. ' 16-04 Feet. 15-88 Feet. 14-13 Feet. 13-62 Feet. 13-01 Feet. 12-94 2 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 18 18 18 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 34 25 19 36 51 60 78 07 20 32 28 02 72 49 18 94 58 30 11 01 91 91 74 56 37 35 45 45 29 13 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 94 82 86 93 88 72 07 31 07 95 94 81 51 30 25 08 87 77 72 72 81 01 21 37 47 47 64 81 09 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 78 60 42 32 31 34 36 50 50 34 22 11 94 73 59 42 40 30 18 14 23 37 45 53 66 69 71 76 63 35 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 99 04 06 07 06 07 10 06 04 99 95 83 69 60 46 37 40 52 60 70 87 99 06 06 99 91 78 83 87 73 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 69 82 83 82 91 09 26 21 07 92 73 53 30 16 11 13 27 46 49 59 69 73 79 78 62 44 29 14 01 13 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 14 14 13 14 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 13 03 99 04 18 32 21 01 12 15 10 92 92 80 63 67 03 33 20 27 99 00 88 50 21 01 93 66 64 88 00 12-96 3 13-29 4 13-39 5 13-48 6 ;.... 13-57 7 .... 13-45 8 13-32 9 13-06 10 12-98 11 12-90 12 12-66* 13 12-87 14 12-77 15 12-97 16 13-18 17 13-48 18 19 20 21 22 .' 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Mean 17-77 15 55 14-90 13-87 13 62 13-18 13-13 * Denotes that mean is of less than 24 hourly readings. 108 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 APPENDIX XL Daily Mean Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence at Sorel, Que., Year 1914. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6.13 above Steckel's datum. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14- 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30 31. Days. Mean. April. Foot . 17-96' 17-87 18-01 18-02 17-96 May. Feet . 17-25 June. Feet . 1509 July. Feet . IS- IS- 15- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 15- 15- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 13- 14-47 Aug. 44 IS- 34 IS- 16 IS- 98 IS- 88 13- 87 13- 90 13- 92 13- 06 13- 05 IS- 91 IS- 79 IS- 67 IS- 51 13- 30 13- 16 13- 00 12- 98 13- 88 13- 76 13- 72 13- 82 13- 96 13- 04 13- 12 13- 25 13- 28 13- 30 13 36 IS 23 13 •95 13 Feet. 73 59 64 67 13-48 Sept. Feet. 13-24 Oct. Feet. 12-82 Nov . Feet. 56 60 93* 12* 09* 87 71 63 54 32* 43 42* 62 83* 13 12-72 * Sign denotes that mean is of less than 24 hourly readings. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 109 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 APPENDIX XII. Daily Mean Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence at Light No. 2 Lake St. Peter, Que., Year 1914. Elevations refer to mean sea-level which is 6.13 above Steckel's datum. Days. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 1 Feet. Feet. 14-63 14-49 14-44 14-46 14-49 14 -.57 14-44 14-69 14-98 14-82 14-65 14-62 14-47 14-15 13-91 13-77 13-68 13-46 13-34 13-31 13-37 13-42 . 13-67 13-88 14-04 14-11 14-09 14-17 14-35 14-60 Feet . 14 -.50 Feet. 12-54 12-37 12-36 12-44 12-48 12-51 12 -.54 12-55 12-52 12-47 12-40 12-29 1215 12-02 11-89 11-70 11 -.55 11-64 11-78 11-90 12-08 12-34 12-49 12-57 12-55 12-47 12-37 12-23 12-18 12-21 12-10 Feet. 11-96 Feet. 11-33 11-38 11 -.38 11-46 11-63 11-68 11-71 11-47 11-57 11-65 11-68 11-38 11-28 11-17 10-99 11-07 11-57 12-00 12-80 13-08 12-88 12-77 12-69 12-21 11-90 11-02 11-47* 11-26 11-20 11-51 11-72 Feet. 11-65 •> 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 32 15 00 89 87 89 94 03 05 95 79 62 43 19 03 86 75 64 56 50 64 83 93 02 16 20 18 20 10 SO 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 09 32 32 29 37 61 78 68 54 33 11 85 56 37 33 40 59 86 02 14 26 31 34 32 09 85 58 47 28 11- 12- 12- 12- 12- 12- 12- 11- 11- 11- 11- 11- 1}: 12- 12- 12- 67 94 4 ?,'>. 39 C 49' 7. . ... ■^5 8 r)5 9 75 10 r.8 11 57 12 V 1."? 17-83* 17-49 17-16 16-83 16-53 16-21 15-88 15-66 15 -.55 15-47 15-48 15 -.38 15-19 15-06 15-01 15-05 15-06 14-94 14-78 45 14 55 15 64 16 97* 17 40* 18 58 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 ■28 ... . 29 30 31 15-82 14-17 13 39 12-25 1'> 03 11-73 11- U Denotes that mean is less than 24 hourly readings. 110 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 LIFE SAVING SERVICE. I Ottawa, May 1, 1915. The Deputy Minister, Department of Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to report as follows regarding the Life Saving Service for the year ending 31st March, 1915. With the advent of the gasoline boat and the gradual disappearance of sailing vessels, the work of most of these stations has considerably decreased, as the motor boats are not so easily capsized and among the fishing communities they are so numerous that the occupants are able to render assistance to one another in case of engines breaking down, etc. NOVA SCOTIA. Bay View. — The permanent crew employed at this station have rendered assistance in various ways to many fishing boats during the year, as well as to two schooners. Canso. — Volunteer crew. The schooner J. L. Coreall ran ashore on the 20th November and was completely wrecked; crew of six were rescued by life-boat. On January 8, 1915, the steamer Kilkeel, loaded with coal, was wrecked on a rock just off Canso, and the life-boat was successful in saving the crew. Cheticamp. — Permanent crew. The disabled motor and fishing boats towed into harbour or otherwise assisted by the crew during the year were very numerous. Members of the crew also acted as pilots on various occasions as required. Clark's Harbour. — Volunteer crew. The Clarence H. Venner was wrecked off Cape Sable on 18th July, 1914, but on arrival of the life-boat it was found that she had already been abandoned by the crew. Duncan's Cove. — Volunteer crew. On 8th June two fishermen were rescued from a fishing smack Merry Widow, which ran ashore on Duncan's Reef. Scatarie. — Volunteer crew. This crew has been of assistance to three vessels within the year just ended. On the 27th May the schooner Alice M. was be- calmed and obliged to anchor on the margin of the breakers, and as there was a heavy swell at the time, it was necessary for the life-boat to go out and bring them to a safe anchorage. On the 18th July the schooner Harold C. Beecher was completely wrecked off Tin Cove, and on the 20th July the Cuban s. s. Cienfuegos off South Point. The life-boat rendered all assistance possible on both these occasions and no lives were lost. Seal Island. — Subsidized volunteer crew. The schooner Alice Gertrude was wrecked on the rocks at Crowell Cove on 25th May. The lifeboat crew went out to her but were unable to do anything with her, though they worked for some time. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 111 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 On 8th August the Nellie C. Davis, a schooner from Portland, Maine, ran ashore on the south end of Seal island in a dense fog. The crew went ashore in their own boats before the life-boat reached her. The life-saving crew, however, succeeded in saving considerable gear, stores, etc. Westport, Brier Island. — Volunteer crew. Only one wreck was reported from this vicinity during the fiscal year. This was the schooner Grace Darling, which became a total wreck on Dartmouth Ledge. Crew saved. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. Cascumpeque. — Volunteer crew. On 15th November, 1914, this crew were able to be of assistance to the schooner Loring B. Haskell for a second time. The vessel grounded on the bar in entering the harbour and sprang a leak. The life- boat crew went out, boarded the vessel and gave every assistance in pumping, etc., and when the tide rose helped to bring. her safely into the harbour. NEW BRUNSWICK. Little Wood Island. — Permanent crew. During the year they have rendered assistance to various disabled fishing and motor boats. On 29th January the life- boat went to Gannet rock and conveyed the light keeper's wife, who was very ill, to Seal island. On 10th April they went to the assistance of a schooner which ran ashore on Ledge Tern, took the crew and captain's wife off and looked after them for two days. They also succeeded in floating the vessel. Richibucto. — Permanent crew. Various fishing boats with broken down engines or otherwise disabled were towed into harbour by this crew. They also assisted in refloating two schooners which went ashore off Richibucto. QUEBEC. Entry Island. — No crew; the coxswain calls for volunteers in the case of a wreck occurring. On the 11th April, 1915, a volunteer crew went out to look for two men who had gone out among the drift ice, and, after considerable search, found them in an exhausted condition. On the 20th May, a volunteer crew went to the assistance of the schooner Marion Emma, which had run ashore on the southwest of Entry island. After bringing the crew ashore, they returned to the vessel and succeeded in floating her and bringing her into Amherst harbour. ONTARIO. Goderich. — Volunteer crew. This crew, on the 11th March, 1915, with great difficulty, rescued five fishermen whose boat was caught in an ice jam in lake Huron. Long Point. — Permanent crew. On the 27th June, 1914, a gasoline launch, Coquinta, ran ashore in a heavy northeast storm, and on the 1st July a sailing yacht, Eldro, also ran ashore. The life-boat crew gave assistance in floating both these vessels. Point Pelee. — Permanent crew. The steamer Bulgaria, loaded with coal, was sunk off Point Pelee on the 13th October last and eighteen lives were saved by the life-saving crew. 112 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Port Hope. — Volunteer crew. On the 11th March, 1915, the life-boat went out to Gull light and brought back two boys who had drifted there in a canoe. Toronto. — Permanent crew. This station is a very well equipped one and the calls upon it are numerous as there are such large numbers of pleasure boats, etc., in the vicinity. During the past season of navigation one hundred and fifty- four calls were answered, first aid treatment and other assistance being given where necessary. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Banfield. — Permanent crew. On the 24th June 1914, crew went to the assistance of the fishing schooner Jessie, which had been disabled off Cape Beale. She was towed into anchorage and arrangement made for a tug to go to her assistance. The sloop Emu went ashore at the entrance to the Pachena River on the 2nd November, and after three days' work the Life Saving crew succeeded in floating her. Clayoquot. — Permanent crew during winter. On the 13th August crew went to the assistance of the gasoline launch Annie, which was caught in a storm, and succeeded in bringing her in safely after a long search. The crew has also been of assistance to various disabled fishing boats. Ucluelot. — Permanent crew. The fife boat at this station has been of considerable service to fishing boats, etc. In June 1914 she assisted the Banfield crew in their efforts to save the schooner Jessie and in September assisted the Clayoquet crew in their search for a motor boat. On 6th November 1914, she went out to Fisheries Launch No. 1, which was drifting off the mouth of the harbour, her machinery having gone wrong, and managed to pick her up as she was drifting onto a dangerous rock. ^ I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Vice Admiral', Director of the Naval Service. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 113 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Statement of Expenditure. Rewards, Saving Life, 1914, 1915. $ cts. S cts. 2,078 65 863 30 Nova Scotia — Baker's Cove 327 75 7,166 88 371 06 503 75 4,266 65 407 08 735 78 1,007 56 716 04 271 00 398 01 289 20 6 26 493 67 1,251 69 605 00 289 75 Blanche . Canso . , Cheticamp . Clark's Harbour Devil's Island Duncan's Cove Herring Cove Pictou ■ Port Mouton . . Sable Island . St. Paul's Island Scatari ■ Seal Island West Port s Whitehead 19,107 13 Alberton 440 17 419 96 466 00 378 58 611 25 Cascumpec Charlottetown Priest Pond . . . Souris 2,315 96 New Brunswick — Cape Tormentine 285 00 300 23 7,714 72 3,887 81 Escuminac Richibucto 12,187 76 Quebec — Entry Island 25 00 25 00 Ontario — Cobourg 423 25 416 62 382 25 559 51 287 00 6,839 86 4,878 51 390 26 444 27 476 87 19,273 5S Collingwood Consecon Goderich Kincardine Long Point Point Pelee Port Hope Port Stanley Southampton Toronto 34,376 96 British Columbia — Banfield Creek 11,612 06 6,515 26 60 00 12,650 43 1,830 25 Clayoquot Cloose Ucluelet West Coast Trail 32,668 00 ( 103,622 78 38—8 114 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 No. Stations. Estab- lished. Coxswain. Crew. Description of Boat. Xew Brunswick. Little Wood Island . Richibucto Point Escuminac Cape Tormentine. . . Nova Scotia. Bak r's Cove Blanche Clark Harbour Canso Devil's Island Duncan Cove Herring Cove Pietou Island Port Mouton Scattarie Seal Island St. Paul Island Whitehead Sable Island Cheticamp. Bay View (Digby County.) P. E. Island. Priest Pond Charlottetown Souris Alberton Cascumpeque British Columbia. Banfield Ucluelet Clayoquot Ontario. Great Lakes. Cobourg 1910 1907 1908 1912 1886 1889 1900 1885 1886 1885 1889 1889 1885 1880 1885 1890 1885 1911 1911 1909 1907 1907 1907 (19091 (1907/ 1908 1908 1882 Harry Harvey. L. A. Hains E. F. Flieger... I.Allen R. L. Baker Edgar Swaine W. D. Attwood.... J. J. Berrigan B. H. Hennebery.. J. W. Holland Edw. V. Dempsey. Duncan McCallum. Walter Cooke Jas. Nearing Smyth G. Penney.. Supt. Humane Estab- lishment. John Phalen Douglas Henneberry and Jas. Ritcey.- L. J. Aucoin. . . J. W. Hayden. Chas. Campbell. E.White Pius Cheverie. . . Gordon Bennett. Joshua Hutt Geo. Murray W. L. Thompson. J. McLeod D. Rooney. 12 12 Beebe-McLellan twin screw, motor boat. Race Point surf-boat, 24 feet long. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing. Dobbin's pattern self-righting, 28 feet long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing, 25 ft. long, low ends. Dobbin's pattern surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLelland surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan boat on East side. Beebe-McLellan boat on West side. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing, 25 ft. long, low ends. Dobbin's pattern surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft. long. Two Dobbin's pattern, self- righting and bailing, and one Beebe-McLellan, self-bailing. Beebe-McLellan twin screw, motor boat. 36 ft. self-bailing, self-righting power boat. Board of Trade rocket appa- ratus. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing. Board of Trade rocket appa- ratus. Self-righting, self-bailing, 36 ft. power boat. Doherty's Improved Beebe- McLellan, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern, self-righting and bailing. DEPARTMETsT OF THE :S^AVAL SERTICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 115 No. Stations. Estab- lished. Coxswain. Crew. Description of Boat. 80 Ontario. Great Lakes. Collingw'ood 1885 1886 1903 1902 1900 1889 1885 1883 1898 1907 G. F. Watts 7 "7 7 9 7 7 7 14 7 7 Beebe-McLellan self-bailing surf-boat. Surf-boat. 31 Goderich Male. McDonald Thos. McGaw 3? Kincardine Beebe-McLellan self-bailing surf-boat. Surf -boat. 33 Long Point Jas. Smith 34 Point Pelee L. Wilkinson . . . 35 Port Hope , Port Stanley John McMahon Dobbin's pattern, self-righting and bailing. 36 J. R. Rose 37 Toronto Island W. F. Chapman bailing, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern, self-righting and bailing. 38 Consecon R. Bedford 30 Southampton Hector McLeod Beebe-McLellan surf-boat self- bailing. 38—8^ 116 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 ANNUAL REPORT OF RADIOTELEGRAPH BRANCH. 1914-15. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to present herewith the Annual Report of the Radiotelegraph Branch for the fiscal j^ear ending ]\Iarch 31, 1915. There has been an increase of 78 in the number of radiotelegraph stations established in Canada and on Canadian ships during the year, as follows : — Government Ship Stations 3 Licensed Ship Stations 18 Licensed Commercial Stations 8 Licensed Amateur Stations. : 48 Licensed Experimental Station 1 The total number of stations now in operation is as follows : — 1913-14. 1914-15. Increase. Government Commercial Stations. Coast Stations Government Ship Stations Licensed Ship Stations Licensed Commercial Stations Licensed Amateur Stations Licensed Experimental Station 1 42 21 50 8 47 169 1 42 24 68 16 95 1 247 48 1 78 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 117 The following list shows the location of the land and coast stations in Canada their range, call signals, owners and by whom they are operated: — Coast Stations for Communication with Ships. EAST COAST. Name. Where Situated. Owned by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Cair Signal. Belle Isle, Nfld Pt. Amour, Nfld Pt. Riche, Nfld Harrington, P.Q Heath Pt., P.CJ Cape Rav, Nfld Cape Race, Nfld Grindstone Island, P.Q FamePt., P.Q Clarke City, P.Q Father Pt., P.Q Grosse Isle, P.Q Quebec, P.Q Three Rivers, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Cape Sable, N.S Partridge Isld., St. John, N.B Cape Bear, P.E.I Camperdown, N.S Sable Island, N.S Halifax, N.S Pictou, N.S North Sydney, C.'B Belle Isle Straits Gulf of St. Lawrence. . . . Gulf of St. Lawrence (Anticosti Isld.) Cabot Straits North Atlantic Gulf of St. Lawrence (Magdalen Isld.) Gulf of St. Lawrence River St. Lawrence North Atlantic Entrance St. John Harbour, N.B. Northumberland Strait Entrance to Halifax Har- bour.. North Atlantic Halifax Dockyard Northumberland Strait. North Sydney, C.B.. Doniinion Government. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co of Canada Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co of Canada. Department of the Naval Service. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co of Canada. 250 150 250 150 250 .350 400 200 250 250 2.50 100 150 150 200 250 250 150 250 300 100 100 100 VCM VCL VCH VCJ VCI VCR VCE VCN VCG VCK VCF VCD VCC VCB VGA VCU VCV VCP vcs VCT VAA VCQ VCO GREAT LAKES. Port Arthur, Ont Sault Ste. Marie, Ont Tobermory, Ont Midland, Ont Point Edward, Ont. . Port Burwell, Ont.... Toronto, Ont Kingston, Ont Port Arthur, Ont Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.. Erftrance Georgian Bay Georgian Bay Lake Huron Lake Erie Toronto Island, Ont Barriefield Common. . . Dominion Government. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co of Canada 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 VBA VBB VBD VBC VBE VBF VBG VBH 118 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL HERYICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Coast Stations for Communication with Ships — Concluded. WEST COAST. Name. Where Situated. Owned by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Call Signal. Gonzales Hill, B.C. (Victoria). Pt. Grey, B.C. (Vancouver)... Cape Laze, B.C Pachena Pt., B.C Victoria, B.C. Dominion Government EstevanPt., B.C... Triangle Isld., BIl. Ikeda Head, B.C... Dead Tree Pt., B.C. Digby Lsland, B.C Rupert. Alert Bay, B.C Prince Entrance Vancouver Harbour. Strait Georgia, near Comox, B.C. West Coast Vancouver Isld. South of Hecate Str.. South of Moresby Island, Q.C.I. South of Graham Isld., Q.C.I. Digby Lsld., Entrance Prince Rupert Har. Cormorant Isld., B.C. Department of the Xaval Service. 2.50 150 .3.50 500 .500 4.50 250 200 250 350 VAK VAB VAC VAD VAE VAG VAX VAH VAJ VAF HUDSON BAY. Port Nelson. Hudson Bay. Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 7.50 VBN LAND STATIONS. Le Pas, Man. For communication with Port Nelson only. Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 7.50 VBM DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 119 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Licensed Commercial Stations. Name. Where Situated. • Owned by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Call Signal. Public Commercial. Glace Bay, C.B.... Near Glace Bay, C.B.. . Cape Breton Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Can., Ltd. Universal Radio Synd. Can. Explo- sives Co. Ocean Falls Powell River Co. Alberta Oil Co. ^ Baskins Ltd. . M. S. Berkeley Owners Owners 3,000 Reception 2,500 30 150 30 50 50 50 , 50 50 300 200 300 200 200 GB Louisburg, C.B only. CL Newcastle, N.B New Brunswick Private Commercial. Bowen Island, B.C Bowen Island, B.C. Strait of Georgia. Ocean Falls, B.C Powell River, B.C Glengarry Sub. Calgary. Sec. 11, Township 23... . " 31 " 5.... " 23 " 20.... Calgary, Alta CB Ocean Falls, B.C CD Powell River, B.C CH Glengarry, Alta.. . . . CJ Section 11, Township 23 " 31, " 5 " 23 " 20 Calgary, Alta CK CM CN CO Edmonton, .Aita Calgarv, Alta Edmonton, Alta Calgarv, Alta CR CP Fort MacKay, Alta Fort MacKay, Alta Fort Chipe^\-j-an, Alta. . Fort Vermilion, Alta.. . . cs Fort Chipewj-an, Alta Fort Vermilion, Alta CT CU Licensed Experimental Station. Name. Where Situated. Owned bj'. Call Signal. Marconi Test Room Rodney St., Montreal.. . Marconi Wireless Telegraph Co. of Canada, Ltd. XWA 120 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Licensed Amateur Stations. Name. Address. Call Signal. Anderson, A. O Rogers, W. P Jarest, J. D Stethem, Hubert Trepanier, A. N Phelps, F. W Sylvestre, L. Adolphe. Jeune, H. H Murphy, Nicholas Heroux, Charles E Brooks, Stanley. Johns, Clarence Cuthbert, D Hewitt, R. F McClennan, B. A Bethune, S. T Frinault, L Morris, J. V. L Kirby, K. C Bryant, L D Thompson, T. C .» Boxer, Arthur Allen, Creagh Barnsley, Jack Tuckett, C. P Gray, Wm. M Reading, Harry Thomas, A. M Norris, G. B Renouf, Robt Thomas, G. D Strabel, Carl Gosnell, G. D Baltzer, C. E Giroux, A. \V Logan, C. P Marshall, E Owens, W. E Robitaille, H. G McCall, J. D Gilmour, H Natalie, Father Rogers, K. S Telmosse, J. G Ecole Poly technique. . . Meerbegen, Gabriel Lennox, Ernest Navaret, Brother Scott, J. B Gibson, J E Colville, MissM S Folger, H. P Barnes, G. H Hebert, D. D Fowler, W. D Hobday, F Griffiths. C Langby, A. R Beique, H. Alexandre. Vaughan, H. P Elliott, S O'Hanley, C. J Elder, H. M Oowell, Geo. D Lacerte, J. Aug Peirce, W. A Caley, J. J Rousseau, T. D Fortin, Ulric Trorey, L. G. S Buckingham, P.Q Hamilton, Ont Levis, P.Q St. Johns, P.Q. Chutes Shawinigan, P.Q. Chatham, Ont Montreal, P.Q Victoria, B.C Three Rivers, P.Q Trois Rivieres, P.Q Hamilton, Ont Victoria, B.C Bamfield, B.C Guelph, Ont Wheatley, Ont Montreal, P.Q Caraquet, N.B Shawinigan Falls, P.Q. . . Victoria, B.C Mission City, B.C Montreal, P.Q Westmount, P.Q Victoria, B.C Victoria, B.C Guelph, Ont Chatham, Ont Halifax, N.S Toronto, Ont Oshawa, Ont Victoria, B.C Toronto, Ont Victoria, B. C Victoria, B.C Preston, Ont Montreal, P.Q St. John, N.B Vancouver, B.C Montreal, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Three Rivers, P.Q Charlottetown, P.E.I. . . . Shawinigan Falls, P.Q. . Montreal, P.Q Shawinigan Falls, P.Q. . Vancouver, B.C Hull, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Prince Rupert, B.C Bowmanville, Ont Kingston, Ont Meighs Corners, P.Q Trois Rivieres, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Hamilton, Ont Victoria, B.C Victoria, B. C Shawinigan Falls, P.Q. . Montreal, P.Q Victoria, B.C Yarmouth, N.S Westmount, Montreal.. . Sydney, N.S Yamachiche, P.Q Victoria, B.C North Bay, Ont Levis, P.Q Levis, P.Q Vancouver, B.C XC N XCO XC P , XCQ Reception onlv^ X B U XCE X AW XBZ Reception only. XC R XC B Reception only. XCS XCT XC U Reception only.. Reception only.. XB L XC V XBE X c w Reception only. XB K XCI XC X XC J XC M Reception only. XB R XC L XC Y XBM XCZ XB W XB S XBI XC K XBP XB D X DA XB N X A R Reception only.. XBT XCF XDB XB Y XBX XD C X D D XC D XAS XDE XAM X DF X D G Reception only. XC G XCC XBQ XAK XD H XC A Reception only. X A Y X DI X D J X D K X D L DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 121 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Licensed Amateur Stations — Concluded. Name. Address. Call Signal. Elliott, F. L . . . Toronto, Ont. X D M Dou^all, S. D Montreal, P.Q X D N Coward, K. ^ .' Kingston, Ont. . Reception only. X D O Sheepwash, W. J Victoria, B.C Saint Jacques, Romeo Montreal, P.Q X D P Morrish, William Gravenhurst, Ont X DQ X D R Parent, Fred Matane, P.Q , Mitchell, W. K Brantford, Ont X D S VonGunten, A. H Chatham, Ont Reception only. X D T Jones, Percy Cape Breton . . Nason, H. R X D U McKay, Wm. M Ingersoll, Ont Reception only. X D V Whyte, A. K Rogers, W. P Hamilton, Ont X C 0 Zufelt, Lvnn C • Beachville, Ont Kingston, Ont Reception only. X D W Giles, J. C Cuming, Richard Toronto, Ont X D X Duff, C. K Hamilton, Ont X D Y Darling, Clvde .... . . Westmount, Montreal, P.Q Stouffville, Ont X f ' H Ratcliff, J. H Reception only. X B J Restall, B. A. B Victoria, B.C. .. .... Anderson, F. A Crowther, G. D Portage la Prairie, Man Cobourg, Ont X DZ X E A. St. Hubert Station, P.Q Amherst, N.S Reception only. X E B Sawlor, R. H 122 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Licensed Ship Stations. The following list shows the vessels of Canadian register which are equipped with radiotelegraph apparatus, their call signal and by whom they are owned and operated: — Name of Ship. Port of Registry. Name of Owner.s. Name of Company operating the Station. Call Signal. S.S. Assiniboia. Alberta — Athabaska. Manitoba. . Keewatin. . Boston Hamonic. . Huronic. . . Province. . . Empire Salvor Prince Albert. Prince John. . . riorence Princess Beatrice. . Princess Charlotte. Princess May Princess Royal. . . . Tees.... I... Camosun. Princess Adelaide. . " Princess Mary. . . " Princess Alice. . . . " Princess Ena " Princess Sophia . . " Saronic " Lord Strathcona. " A. W. Perry " Royal Edward . . " Royal George. . . S.Y. Aquilo S.S. St. Ignace Chelohsin. Morwenna . Prince Arthur. Prince George. Evangeline. . . . Halifax. . . ^ Robert Dollar Everett G. Griggs. . . Douglas H. Thomas. S.Y. Solgar S.S. Princess Maquinna. .. C^r Ferry "Ontario No. 1' S.S. Naronic Seal. Deliverance Bessie Dollar Venture Yarmouth Princess Patricia. Montreal, P.Q. Yarmouth, N.S... Collingwood, Ont. Port Arthur, Ont. Victoria, B.C Prince Rupert, B.C Toronto, Ont.. Victoria, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C... Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C.. Sarnia, Ont.. . Quebec, P.Q.. Halifax, N.S. Toronto, Ont. Vancouver, B.C. . Port Arthur, Ont. Vancouver, B.C. . Montreal, P.Q... Yarmouth, N.S. Can. Pacific Railway Northern Nav. t'o.. . . Great Lakes Towing & Wrecking Com- pany Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Can B.C. Salvage Co Grand Trunk Pac. Ry T. Eaton Can. Pacific Railway. Union Steamship Co. Can. Pacific Railway. Northern Nav. Co Quebec Salvage Co Plant Line Canadian NothernS.S B. J. Rogers Great Lakes Towing and Wrecking Co Union Steamship Co. , The N.Y. Nfld. Hali- fax Shipping Co Boston and Yarmouth S.S. Co. Windsor, N.S Can. Atlantic & Plant Steamship Co Halifax, N.S. . Victoria, B.C. Sydney, C.B. Toronto, Ont Victoria, B.C Montreal, P.Q. . . . Port Arthur, Ont. Windsor, N.S Liverpool, N.S Victoria, B.C Vancouver, B.C Yarmouth, N.S Victoria, B.C Dollar S.S. Lines. . Everett G. Griggs Co. Dom. Coal Co : G. P. Grant... Can. Pacific Railway Ont. Car Ferry Co.. . Northern Nav. Co. . . Halifax Trading and Sealing Co. Southern Salvage Co. . Dollar S.S. Lines. . Union S.S. Co C.P.R Owners. Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Canada Owners Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Canada Owners Marconi Wireless Tel, Co. of Canada Owenrs Marconi Wireless Tel, Co. of Canada Owners Marconi Wireless Tel. Co. of Canada. Radio Elec. Co Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Canada Owners M. W. T. Co Owners M. W. T. Co Owners VGI VFQ VGG VGH VGC' VFS VGD VGE VFR VFP VFV VFL VFM VFT VFc; VFE VFH VFG VFK VFZ VFA VFB VFD VFJ VFI VGF VFX VFW VGB VGA VFU VGL VGN VFN VGJ VGK VGO VGP VGM VGQ VGR VGS VGT VGU VGW VGV VFF VFO VGX VGY VGZ DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERYICE 123 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Licensed Ship Stations — Concluded. Xame of Ship. Port of Registry. Name of Owners. Name of Company operating the Station. Call Signal. S.S. Dalhousie Citv Toronto, Ont Victoria, B.C N. St. C. & T. N. Co. C. S.S. Lines M. W. T. Co. . . VEA ' Corona Radio E. Co. VEB ' Kingston VEC ' Toronto ' Hazel Dollar " VED Dollar S.S. Lines C. S.S. Lines VEE ' Syracuse. Picton, Ont Montreal, P.Q Toronto, Ont VEF ' Rapids King ' Chippewa N. St. C. & T.' n'. Co'. C. S.S. Lines. . M. W. T. Co VEG VEH ' Garden City Halifax, N.S..... . ! . ! ! Radio E. Co.. . VEX VEJ ' Macassar Hamilton, Ont Toronto, Ont • .... Atlantic Fruit Co C.P.R VEK VEL ' Majestic Collingwood, Ont Hamilton, Ont Quebec, P.Q VEM VEN ' Cascapedia M. \V. T. Co VEO ' Desola Montreal, P.Q Victoria, B.C VEP ' Princess Margaret VEQ 124 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 Government Steamers Equipped with Radiotelegraph Installations. Name. Range. Call Signal. HMCS Niobe 400 miles 250 " 150 " 200 " 20'0 " 200 " vda VDB C G S Canada •• . VDC VDT VDU VDV Operated by the Department of Marine and Fisheries. Name. Call Signal. C. G. S. Minto " Stanley " Lady. Laurier " Aberdeen " Druid. " Montcalm " Lady Grey " Quadra " Estevan " Dollard " Newington " Lurcher Lightship " Simcoe " Aranmore VDD VDE VDF VDG VDH VDJ VDL VDM VDN VDO VDP VDR VDS VDQ Operated b}' the Department of Railways and Canals. Name. Range. Call Signal. C G S. Durley Chine 200 miles. 200 " ' VDQ " Sheba VDZ Operated by the Post OfHce Department. Name. Range. Call Signal. C G S Lady Evelyn 100 miles. VDX DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 125 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Operated by the Customs Department. Name. Range. Call Signal. C. G. S. Margaret 200 miles. VDW OPERATION OF THE COAST STATION SERVICES. On August 4, 1914, all the radiotelegraph stations in the Dominion were placed on a war basis. The amount of business handled by the East Coast system (operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada, Limited, under contract), shows a decrease from last year's business, amounting to 85,759 messages containing 1,246,633 words. The Great Lakes system (also operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada, Limited, under contract), shows an increase of 6,184 messages containing 106,719 words. The West Coast S3^stem (operated directly by this Department) shows a decrease of 58,968 messages containing 673,805 words. For comparative statement of business handled by the Coast Station systems during the last five years, see Table 1. An agreement was entered into with the Department of Railways and Canals whereby this Department assumed responsibility for the operation of the Le Pas and Port Nelson stations on November 10, 1914; the cost of the same being borne by that Department. The arrangement is proving satisfactory to all parties concerned. The communication has proved of great value to the Department of Railways and Canals in connection with their construction work at Port Nelson. During the season of navigation Port Nelson also operates as a coast station, a small set of 3^ K.W. power, using a 600 metre wavelength, being specially installed for this purpose; this set has a range of approximately 200 nautical miles. A constant watch is maintained on this set except during the periods when communication is in progress with Le Pas, and communication is established with all vessels fitted with radiotelegraph apparatus plying to and from Port Nelson. Table 7 shows the amount of business handled by the Stations. 126 DEPAETMEXr OF THE ^AVAL SERTICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 ^ o in 05 1 re o ■/. o t^ 00 t^ -T3 O o" ;o ^5' 00 O CO 00 S5 C5 Tf 00 CO m »c 00 CD •* a ^ t^ 3S in H a lO o" 00 oo" 9 73 00 >o CO o "^ z o 2 § o 6 to M d 73 c5 g © < !S , 03 e3 c3 e3 o3 a. 9 ^ '^ o © © -t^ © t, O u u. u u © h c o © o fl © o ^1 O ^ Q Q 1—1 Q Q CJ S o CO M ■* S IC IC in ^ w CO C<) in o C5 C-] ;o in re »c o »^ 1 ^^ '"' CO o iS" CO t^ M ■* OO 00 00 t^ 00 o CJ IC oc" ■*" "5 C5 t^ 03 o s O CO ^M (M ■^ OO CO CD T. t^ CO (M -3 cc o co" cn O •* o CO •<1< (M (M 00 't 1 CJ (m" •* z3 lO _i ■* o C5 33 o lO o o CO CO in lO C5 tc c^" •* in a; CO o § ^^ (M o Oi (M (M m 73 ■<»< ■* C5 t^ -■^ TjT M oc" in CC o o IC r^ t- »o (M IM N '^ ■^ • ca n O Tf" r~ 73 •* "5 C5 00 G 00 t^ -J< o bO 53 N o im" 73 Ul r^ ^- ^H ^ r 73 u s s « o 32 . c ) : I c ^ a 1 -t- tf 1 c J ? a > t 4 C 1 t } L ; ^ 1 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 127 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 REVENUE. On account of the war and the placing of the Coast Stations on a war basis the total revenue accruing to the Department from tolls on messages handled by the different stations shows a net decrease of $4,600.32. The total revenue collected during the year amounts to $11,738.35, against $16,338.67 in 1913-14; The West Coast service shows a decrease of $4,663.26; the Great Lakes an increase of $58.37, and the East Coast an increase of $4.57. Table No. 2. — Comparative Statement of Revenue received by the Coast Stations Services during the past Six Years. 1909-10.' 1910-11. 1911-12. 1912-13. 1913-14. 1914-15. East Coast i $ etc. Nil. Nil. Nil. $ cts. Nil. Nil. 3,108 63 $ cts. 229 57 Nil. 4,484 77 $ cts. 475 00 17 08 9,928 40 $ cts. 318 42 27 55 15,992 70 $ cts. 322 99 Great Lakes West Coast 85 92 11,329 44 Totals Nil. 3,108 63 4,714 34 10,420 48 16,338 67 11,738 35 128 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 a o o c3 O O o "o sS Pin Pi o cc Pi O ^ >^ si 3 m o w H ,/ M >- OCOCN O 0>lfli0 Tj< s ^OSOtOiOOSOOOOCJO—c •f a "OOO-HOI-H— I051^CO TtlcC-^OOCOCM'Tf'Ot^ oq > ^a2rtOo>Ort-O00OC^00C75 o (M 0 a; a3 "oocDOc^tDiot^iraco'O o OS o 03C0OOrtCDC0-*IO^C0 o CO § 03 co' o CO t^ • 00 •* • CO t^ 00 ■ ^H O CO CO t^ o C5 M O •* >— ' 'P O -* CO cS C CO C3 CO UO Ci »o CO o M rt CO 1—1 m lO c^) 00 CO (M CO — 1 a; 1 CO C35 o CO tf 6 S — (MC^CO000OT-iCOt--C0 •csi 9? * so «3g lO' — r CO -H ,-h' Tjl'' M (M" (M" T-T CO —lOI^O^^Oi^iOcOOO o coiooocg—i^ooi^t^co OS to lOOCO ^— lt^C500l^ »o 1-Q o y O rCco r-T ^jh" 00 CO t-i . .-^ o U5 CO 1^« ^ CJ OOiOMOOiOtr^cOiO CD OQ o 00 — 1 lo c:) lo I-- o c -^ CS o tH t^ rt O -^ OS c^ TJH M O ■fUl 03 >c 00 §s tc . ^ 1 s OiCOOOiCO(MCOCOiOCi (M CO ooot^oiO'*0 CO 03 t^ LO t^ w Ocooo ^-*COl^CO crs 0) Oi lO C-l CO c^ »^ »— * CD go M ► » c3 CO ■ '2 S «l a S iOOOOO-^C-5-*Ot— IC^ cicoiMcoosr^Ocococo CO 72 uo ^— ICOCMCOOOCO'-lOSOS t^ d 1= o O CO t^ M t~ 00 "-1 00 o 'm-C m OS (N ^00 3 « C K*- vate Bi bet we Static C^ICO— 1— lO-+l^03C0O o CO O to OCOCSl^l>.-;i(t^CiCOO (M CO ^ o O lO ■* C<1 S-S.so, ^ O O Sh -f^ ■ r OP- c Q- c o; > a ft a c T a 3^ c a 1 ^ a . MC ''^ o: Qc PC < -< o Sl3 : Cf C g — .to S ° CO « ci to tJ S a ^ s t^ u ^ ^ J2J2 O c SC •+J o C m > 3 3 O £ C S U i-, o o o o DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 129 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 T5 C5 o el „ 03 u ^ Ll-H oi o h-1 >. -»j rt 03 rt Ph a c; ^ a a o 03 ^ UJ hO i-i O) o Oj ^ H -M C/.i r« -M (V ^ cu faC CD •l-H ^ fl -t-J o >. Xi 03 a; S n3 m ^ ■iJ c-( >. c« ^ T5 -M r/1 03 3 <-t-i o o Xi -M rl a 03 a; § a 03 c3 Q a o m «*-! 1 1 1 1 i 0 a5 o r-l-*(MTHlOO00^ ooco 0 over ent p eveni l>. in (M ,-H iO — 1 r-l »n 619 f- .-1 .-1 CO 00 ^si« 1 1 C000050000 t^ *» c CO oooooooo 0 Cost 0 Mainte ance. o ooooooot^ c^ OOOO^OOIM ■* lo lo i.-; m ic lo lo •* C3 e© cococ^cccocccoco C30-<*"'-hC5-*I'00 CM CO CDCOOI^ClM-^O ■* ■^ 10001CCOC300100-* CO O TjToo in C50 1> csi" -* Csl CO rt C5 ^ tO^OOOC<1001MO (M CO T-HococO'-icO'-iM r»H 03 o CO c-i «n CO ■* T-t CO s c3 ■^'' OOt^CCI'-HOOJt^O •<1< —lOOOslOmOOO'-i 0 -a eO'-<«O'*iO5O>00t:^ "-<_ O co'coOcooincOTi< 0" Co r c3 o S OC>0 — O"-^ — OiCO (M moooojco-* t^ »5§ ':J4"fO M l-"^"! --H CO C J- .^ x >.g' -^ icr^O5Ci0^-t^»— t"^ (>q rj comoOTt(M ■* C-J iC M --H ■^ .cOOi 5 3 C s ™J S 00 ■ t^ 00 i-( 00 «o «5 IM CO co' 05 »0 "5 ON m CO o -d r-l rt rt us o vateBusi between Stations. ^ ,_, rt CJO C^--t-' o c— M o3 '^ 1^ s :SoS c 'cS 12; 52 IF-! II 0 ff > e !^ 'i ,^ c fl. ^^ •- •n iO t^ (M 00 O O 03 LO CO -* 00 w S S 2 O " I. tH « P c-fi 0000 HHHH 38—9 130 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL (SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 t: a a :o Ph^ o "^ rt o C3CJ t^^ 3 P. O c3 ^-^ ^ n^ W) ij^ +i O) cH ■^ EC 02 ?> rt-ii o eS P. ^ o ry^TS t» r^ ^ ?^, W fl <+- H^ ° ^ -^^ ft rt o gQ O _cc 02 >, 1;? fe Q lO o3 O d O :? m <; H ^sirt Sg) c & c o ^ o to >.ir S ex PH p $ o «);^.s- CO OOOOt^OCO'^OOOOOOOOOt^O loooirao^^'^'coio'coooo'oo r^ i^ C'j t-- »c o o i>- fcC !>• I'- »c AC ic ic t^ lO cc co" ^ (M co' ■*' "-T cc im' CO c»; CI C-co »o •* eC .-1 ) ^~ ■^ -^ t— .— I CO CO .'-H00-^ T^-^t^C^)OicOI>.CO (M r~ -H f- t-- *(N IOCS'— 'OOCOCOO'-OCO >)03C0C0—C iC lO — "" -^ ^ O O t^ ^H CO — ' -^' CO -- Tf -^ — o t^ •<*'-* CO t^ t--OOiOC;0:-*coc50C5 — 0-. oo 00 IM •-' (M -"f W <— oo5o^cr.ojcceo— iOoocooco-ioc'^-^cooi-'i ■O t>-QOiOO-*CO^» — ^COCOCOiOCOOOl — ^o — (M CD C^'-HOt^ OCCDCO COOCOOOtO'COOOOOO-1 r-T M CO .— 1 o tf t^ o" (m' x' "-^ '*' c^' » co" -j: 05 1— I .-< --1 CO lO >.e _; c C1(M CO o CO O (M 35 ^.S c o go ^- C3 d ^ C3 O O O O c3 S"^ c3 I- cS o O 1) - 3J=£^ :i DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERYtCE 131 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 >-:'i^ d — . m > a^ !/■ 3 o _o i> «« « j^- o o o °l a3 O o o o 1 CJ ui «« o S «» *^. ^ •o i-i ^ CO 1 OO OO 1 o i^ ^ ^ S bit 55| ^ CO o bO *' CS CSl fS ■/j '"' v_i .— « CO CO CO CO ■73 M OS tH o 00 ■* CO -, to It ^ '^ (M t^ C5 ^1 W ■* UO en ■* Csl o d s , O o o o 05 in 72 -6 o M »o 00 c. 0 'o "3 "« g 2 3 0 o bi o o z s 1 t^ o o r^ -< o ■^ CS - -o CJ — < o __• Cos S ^.a °2s as- o o o o 38—10 132 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERTICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 o 05 bC 'T3 O Pk 53 T! U fl , 03 e c« 03 >-> «^ 1 T ^ ^ Ph 5 a w c3 PQ-r3 o o o e^ M E o> O -c ■o o b o •2 « ^ IS eS Q t^ t^ (0 CO co ^ rt •^ cT »^ IS CO ■* "O f^ CO o 1 o" ^ ^ §1 > ^ *^ e^ 00 o" 00 IH g t^ CO CO -1 c^ CO o eo « ;s , e g a ®'J3 (M CO us CO lO 00 ai <3> o V M CO CO bfi S 00 GQ eS m" ^« o s -4^ CO S5 -eg n o Ok -a ■* ■^ Sa o o CO 8 to vern ips. ^ U5 lO o OJ3 §002 00 o 35 s ct 3 S ID P3 O © h s •«i CO r- a> «3 CO a> the open air at 60°, or in one instance 70° F. At the end of three days, all were dead. excepting one. In another lot of ten, taken from the trays and exposed to the open air for fourteen days, it was found that all survived. A number of other interesting experiments are detailed in the report, and Dr. Cox suggests that possibly a percentage of adult clams normally die each year after the breeding season. He suggests avoid- ance of rough handling, securing of proper ventilation, and uniformity of temper;. - ture. The deterioration and death of clams are in his opinion not due to disease, but to unfavourable conditions ; and the paper closes with some practical suggestions for shippers, and with the statement of four biological problems which still await investi- gation respecting the quahaug industry. VII. — HERRING DISEASE (PROF. P. COX). A very important investigation carried on by Professor Cox forms the siibjoct of report No. VII, namely, the " Disease of the Herring in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in 1914." There was an epidemic amongst the herring, which resulted in great mor- tality from the middle of June to about the middle of July. 10 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 In 1913 a similar epidemic was observed; vast numbers of dead and dying fish being noticed in June by the fishermen, before the annual run of spawning herring had left the coast. Fishermen recalled a similar condition sixteen years ago. The herring affected appeared to be the oceanic form, which visits Northumberland strait in July for spawning purposes. The season was colder than usual, and the littoral schools of herring were scarce. The diseased fish showed lateral sores in the tail region, and a cavity was hollowed out beneath the " lateral line," and open in places on the surface. Examination proved the presence of a Neosporidium, one of the Myxosporidia, which spread by means of spores called " sporonts." Each sporont i^ enveloped in a dense wall which dissolves in the stomach of the fish, after it has been swallowed, and an " araoebula " emerges, which finds its way into the blood, and finally to the various tissues and they thus become infected. The sporont appears to develop into a multinucleate Plasmodium, which breaks up into " meronts," by a process of bud-ding, rather than by fission. The sporonts abound where the tissue is in a state of disintegration, the planonts in the blood, liver, etc., and the meronts in the least afi'eeted regions. Doubtless the sporont is the means, conclude- Dr. Cox, of contam- ination amongst the herryig schools. VIII. LIFE OF THE HAKE, A SCALE STUDY (mR. E. HORNE CRAIGIE). Mr. Home Craigie, Toronto, reports on the life-history of the hake as, determined by the scales. These scales differ from those of the cod, and bear some resemblance to those of the salmon, the centre of the scale being usually a ring with a small anterior break, or else it is a short spiral. It is probable that the lines of periodic growth a're annual, but that is undetermined. !Most specimens seem to be three years old, and the curves appearing in the " graphs " constructed during the researches, show fairly uni- form growth, greatest in the first year and decreasing in later years. Hake appear to spawn mainly in the fourth year and onwards, the spawning period being always one of decrease in the rate of growth. Females are longer than the males, and are far more numerous ; unless the latter associate in separate schools. Of 942 specimens e:r:amined only 214 were males. IX. GROWTH OF THE HADDOCK — -A SCALE STUDY (mISS D. DUFF). Miss Dorothy Duff, McGill University, summarizes her study on " The Growth of the Haddock," in a report which presents many points of interest. The haddock, as in other allied fish, spawns when it reaches its fourth, or possibly, its fifth year. The rings on the scale, which indicate rapid growth under summer conditions, are wide, but in winter narrower and more compressed. Each band of summer and winter growth represents one year, and by counting the winter rings, the age can be esti- mated. Growth of the scale is proportional to the growth of the body. Interesting results were obtained when determining the weight of certain organs at different stages of growth. The liver, for example, was 21 per cent of the total weight in some instances, but in others, less than 1 per cent, and again in others 4 per cent. The size of the egg was studied, and it bears no proportion to the size of the ovary, large eggs often occurring in a very small ovary. The eggs in a 4-year-old fish were ^25 inch in diameter ; in 6-year-old fish they were a fifth larger, namely, Hoo inch. The table at the end of ]\riss Duff's report is interesting, and shows that a 1-year-old fish may grow to double, or even treble, its length by its second year, and similarly in its third year, but increases only one-seventh or one-tenth in the fourth year ; while ill the fifth year the increase may be one-eighth or one-fifth, and still less in the sixth and seventh years. One specimen in its eighth year was one-thirteenth longer than in its seventh year, and nearly six times the size it attained in its first year. CA^\iDIAN BIOLOGY i 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a X. — GROWTH OF THE COD A SCALE STUDY (mK. R. P. WODEHOUSe). Mr. Wodehouse made a similar " Study of the Cod," which is embodied in report Xo. X. He examined 376 cod from various parts of Passamaquoddy bay, during the period from June 12 to August 12, and while he points out that the scales are a guide to the rate of growth, a retardation in springtime introduces a confusing factor. It is almost impossible, he says, at times to decide with certainty the age of old cod which have spawned repeatedly. Other factors add to the difficulty, such as the scarcity of food, temporary inability of the fish t osecure ample food for itself, and other conditions which affect the scale-growth. Mr. Wodehouse gives an interesting comparison between some young cod, less than one year old (two batches of them), taken five weeks apart, and showing in that time a growth of slightly less than 1^ inch. By summarizing the tables and striking an average for each year, the author finds that the size of the cod at the following ages may be taken to be: one year, 5-70 inches long; two years, ll-lS inches long; three years old, 19-G inches; four years old, 25-6 inches; five years old, 32-3 inches; six years old, 35-62 inches; seven years old, 39-09 inches; and eight years old, 45-27 inches. There is, of course, individual variation. Indeed the author states that " scarcely any two fish have the same life-history." XI. — DETERRENT EFFECTS OF LIOHT ON JIIGRATING EELS (PROF. P. COx). Professor Cox has completed his third report, contributed to the present series, upon an interesting subject, namely, " The Deterrent Effects of Light on Ascending Eels in Rivers." The theory has been mooted that eels, which are a pest in some rivers, might be excluded by the use of strings of lights suspended across the channels up which they migrate. The experiments were conducted at the end of Jul.v, in the tanks of the laboratory at St. Andrews, and later, at the exit of Bocabec lake, Xew Brunswick. The details are interesting, and show that eels, afraid of the lights at first, hasten back into the darkness but seem to become accustomed after three or four nights' experience, and linger for a longer time in the luminous area. Moving lights were effective for one or two nights, but later they paid little attention to them. Dr. Cox calls attention to the abnormal conditions under which the experiments were conducted. The usual time for migration of eels was passed, and the fish were transferred from salt water to fresh and vice versa, and moreover the fish were penned, not free, in order to facilitate the observations. The conclusion reached is that such lights do not deter migrating eels. XIL POSSIBLE AREAS FOR LOBSTER BREEDING IN BRITISH COLUMBIA (DR. MCLEAN FRASER). Dr. McLean Eraser gives an account of his " Examination of Possible Lobster- Breeding Areas on the east coast of Vancouver Island, B.C.," and in a very full report furnishes details on the nature of the bottom, depth, temperature, density, salinity, etc., of the waters examined from Victoria on the south, to Texada and Lasqueti islands on the north. After referring to the several shipments of lobsters and lobster eggs, by the Dominion Government, from the Atlantic to the Pacific coast, tlie author expresses the opinion that the temperature in the straits of Georgia is never too high to incommode lobsters, and he found in July, 1914, that the temperatures were a.s follows : — 63-1° F. at the surface, 56.3° F. at 5 fathoms, 51-0° F. at 20 fathoms, 50-7° F. at 25 fathoms. 12 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 wliile in October the corresponding temperatures were — 52-9° at the surface, 48-65° at 10 fathoms, and 48-49° at 20 fathoms. The salinity is not very favourable, but is about 80 per cent of that in Passama- quoddy bay, or at Woods Hole, Mass., where lobsters naturally abound. The suggestion is made that lobsters might be placed in some inclosed inlet where the results could be checked for two to six or eight years, or they could be impounded in a stone or wood inclosure and supplied with food, while under observation, and he specifies six suitable locations. XIII. — VARIATIONS IN DENSITY AND TEMPERATURE IN BRITISH COLUMBIA WATERS (prof. CAMERON AND DR. MCLEAN FRASER). Dr. A. T. Cameron and Dr. Fraser summarize the results of an elaborate investi- gation into the " Density and Temperature Variations in the Coastal Waters of British Columbia." For four months the authors made continuous observations at the station. Depar- ture bay, the results of which are lucidly set forth, accompanied by tables, a map and two charts. The distribution of fishes, and marine fauna generally, depends chiefly upon the temperature and salinity of the water, and they point out that the immense outflow of fresh water from the Fraser river affects the straits of Georgia over a great area. With a flood tide the river water is taken in a strong current, in calm weather. to the north, and with the ebb-tide sweeps towards Gabriola pass, Vancouver island, and soutliward, and, as surface-water, may pass almost unchanged into Departure bay under favourable conditions. High winds and heavy seas with a strong north or south current causes a mingling with the deeper salt water, and the fresh water does not then reach Departure bay. Howe sound on the mainland is influenced by its own fresh-water outflow from Squamish river, not the Fraser river, as is shown by the con- ditions in Vancouver harbour, and the low values obtaining there. Similarly large bodies of fresh water influence the salinity of Alberni canal, and Barkley sound, on the west side of Vancouver island. These results, say the authors, indicate that in every large inlet along the coast, similar conditions obtain, and much research would be necessary before the relative value of the local streams and of the Fraser river, in different localities, can be stated. An interesting point stated is that bull-kelp flourishes where there is a higher salinity (as the growth, length and weight of the plants, as well as the extent of the beds, increase with the salinity), and the same applies, though in a less degree, to the sea-ivy. The curious ear shell, Haliotis (the Abalone) finds most favourable a salinity and depth of water practically identical with those under which the sea-ivy flourishes; that is not below a mean density of 1-019 to 1-020. The authors add that it is desirable in order to find to what depths the sudden fluctuations in Departure bay and vicinity extend, and what are the effects upon plant and animal life (in order to compare these with the regular changes observed near the St. Andrews Station on the Atlantic coast), that investigations should be made over a more extended period than has hitherto been possible. XIV. — PHYSICAL STUDIES IN SOME NEW BRUNSWICK BAYS (dR. MAYOR AND MESSRS. CRAIGIE AND DETWEILER). Dr. J. W. Mavor and Messrs. Craigie and Detweiler, in a short paper, summarize their "Investigations of Certain Bays between St. Croix River and St. John, N.B.," with regard to suggested oyster culture. CAXADIAX BIOLOGY 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a At the twenty stations where they carried on temperature and density observa- tions, the air temperature ranged from 14-4° C. up to 30-1° C, ranging on the whole between 16° and 17° C. The depths were 1^ to 3 fathoms, to 5, 7, or 10 fathoms. The bottom temperature ranged from 9-4° C. to 15° C, but chiefly ranged about 10°, 11°, or 12° C. The bottom density varied from 1-0085 to 1-02498. The paper concludes with a list of mollusks obtained from the bottom when dredging at seven of the stations. XV.— HVDUOGKAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS, PASSAMAQUODY BAY (MR. HORNE CRAIGIK). Mr. E. Home Craigie continued the " Hydrographic Investigations in Passnma- quoddy Bay," which previous workers had carried on in former seasons. lie selected nineteen stations, so arranged as to give four vertical sections of the area examined : two on the St. Croix river, one of Passamaquoddy bay from Tongue Shoal light to Pendleton island, and one of the western passage. As the paper itself is a very condensed account of the observations made, it is difficult to give a synopsis, and the twenty-three " graphs ^' with accompanying explana- tion require to be consulted, along with the data of sections, and the table of densities, with which the paper concludes. XVI. — HYDROGRAPHIC SECTION OF BAY OF FUNDY (MR. HORNE CRAIGIe) . Mr. E. Horne Craigie summarizes his " Hydrographic Investigations in the Bay of Fundy in 1914," in a paper illustrated with a chart, five graphs and a table of data, affording information as to the temperatures, movements of the water, densities, etc., in a hydrographic section of the bay, this section extending from East Quoddy Head, N.B., to Digby Gut, N.S. XVn. IODINE, ETC., IN CERTAIN BRITISH COLUMBIA KELPS (PROF. A. T. CAMERON). • The concluding paper of the series, by Professor A. T. Cameron, Winnipeg, treats jf the " Iodine and Water Contents of Six Species of Kelp on the Pacific Coast," and the tables which are included in the paper are interesting as showing the effect of age and of the period of the year, upon the chemical composition of these algae. The general results show that the percentage of iodine is almost always less and the water greater in the float of the bull-kelp than in the fronds, or in the stipe. Young plants of that sea -weed contain more iodine than full-grown ones. Yet as the total bulk of the plant increases during the final stages of growth, the full-grown plants yield a greater total of iodine, although the average content be less. An elaborate analysis of eight species of British Columbia kelps is given by Dr. Cameron. CONCLUSION. It only remains to add that a further series of valuable reports has been nearly completed by the staff of the Atlantic and Pacific stations, and that a new volume of " Contributions to Canadian Biology " will, it is hoped, be ready for issue within a few months. The work of the stations is rapidly extending and the interest of scientific investi- gators in marine researches at the various universities is growing year by year. Increasingly valuable results will, without doubt, follow. The stations so generously supported by the Dominion Government are still able to carry on their important work without salaried officers as the staff conduct their valuable work without compensation. The only exceptions are certain assistants, and the main expenditures therefore are those involved in the operation of the stations, boats, cost of apparatus, chemicals, etc., and the travelling and boarding arrangements which it has been found necessary to provide for the workers at St. Andrews, N.B., and at Departure bay, B.C. 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1916 INVESTIGATION INTO THE PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES, BRITISH COLUMBIA. By Professor Arthur Willey, D.Sc, F.R.S., F.R.S.C, McGill University, Montreal. PART I. — INTRODUCTION. It is known that the halibut has already passed the zenith of its productivity in the north Atlantic and is now far outclassed in industrial importance by the Pacific race which belongs to the same species. Yet the critical periods of its life and growth, spawning, metamorphosis, and migrations have thus far eluded the efforts of the international commission for the exploitation of the sea, which has accomplished 80 much in other fields. The economic history of the halibut fishery on the northwest coast of the Ameri- can continent may be said to have begun with Indian tradition, and to have culmin- ated in the competitive industry of to-day. The sign of the halibut was used as a crest by the Haidas of the Queen Charlotte islands in the days when that tribe was in the ascendant. Dr. C. F. Newcombe, of Victoria, who is a great authority on Indian antiquities in British Columbia, showed me an illustration of a Haida com- munal grave house from Cumshewa, which had been installed in the Department of Anthropology of the Field Columbian Museum (see publication 98, report series, vol. ii, No. 4, annual report for 1903-04:, Chicago, October, 1904, plate liii, opposite p. 281). The house measures 17 by 20 feet, and in the middle of its facing boards there is a carved post portraying in its entirety the halibut crest, a very rare example. The figure of the halibut may sometimes be recognized in Indian rock-carvings or petroglyphs. An exceptionally interesting animal scene, which ought to be protected from the class of visitors who cut their names or initials on all objects of beauty and rarity, is to be found a little to the south of the town of Nanaimo, carved on a sand- stone knoll above a gravel pit off the main road between the Indian reservation and the Chase river. It deserves to be kept as one of the sights of Nanaimo, but will soon be destroyed unless it is cared for by those in authority. Mr. George Wadding- ton, of Nanaimo, kindly gave me a print from a photograph of it which he had taken after chalking over the deeply incised lines. The original, without chalk, does not give the impression of crudeness in its sylvan surroundings, but of typical aboriginal decorative art. The halibut can be seen to the left of the middle of the picture. This petrograph has also been described and illustrated by Mr. Harlan J. Smith and by Dr. C. F. Newcombe. Accounts of eye-witnesses of the old Indian methods of fishing for halibut have been written by J. J. Lord and G. M. Dawson. Lord, the author of the " Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia" (two vols., London, 1866), gave a vivid description of his experience in a fishing canoe off the northern end of Vancouver island. He surmised correctly that the species was identical with Pleuronectes hippo- glossus Linnse (1758), inhabiting the North Atlantic ocean. This specific deter- mination was subsequently corroborated by Dr. Tarleton H, Bean (" On the occur- rence of Hippoglossus vulgaris Flem., at Unalaska and St. Michaels, Alaska," Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. ii, 1879, pp. 63-66). It may be explained that the systematic name of the halibut as given by Jordan and Evermann (Fishes of North America, part iii, 1898, p. 2611) is, in accordance with the rules of priority, Hippogloss7is hippoglossus. The Linnseau species was promoted to generic rank by Ciivier (1817) and was called Hippoglossus vulgaris by Fleming (1828). 38a— 1 2 DEPARTMEIfT OF THE NAVAL SERTICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 In the summary of his anthropological observations on the Haida Indians, pub- lished as Appendix A to his report on the Queen Charlotte islands (Report of Progress for 1878, Geological Survey of Canada, Montreal, 1880), Dr. G. M. Dawson referred to the halibut in these words : " The halibut fishery is systematically pursued, and the main villages are so. situated as to be within easy reach of the banks along the open coast on which the fish abounds. The halibut is found in great numbers in all suitable localities from cape Flattery northward, but is perhaps nowhere finer, more abundant, and more easily caught than in the vicinity of the Queen Charlotte islands. It may be taken in most of the waters at almost any season, though more numerous on certain banks at times well known to the Indians. About Skidegate, however, it IS only caught in large numbers during a few months in the spring and early summer. When the fish are most plentiful the Haidas take them in large quantities, fishing with hook and line from their canoes, which are anchored by stones attached to cedar- bark ropes of sufficient length. They still employ either a wooden hook armed with an iron— formerly bone — barb, or a peculiarly curved iron hook of their own manu- facture, in preference to the ordinary fish-hook. The halibut brought to the shore are handed over by the men to the women, who rapidly clean the fish, removing the larger bones, head, fins, and tail, and then cutting it into long flakes. These are next hung on the poles of a wooden framework, where, without salt — by the sun alone, or sometimes aided by a slow fire beneath the erection — they are dried, and eventually packed away in boxes for future use." The historical aspect of the fishery has been touched upon more recently by Capt. H. B. Joyce, of Seattle, who is known as a pioneer in the halibut fishery of the Pacific coast, and inventor of the net in which the fish are hoisted on deck from the dories. In his " Introductory Notes on the Halibut Fishery " (Bureau of Fisheries, Doc. No. 763, "Washington, 1912), Captain Joyce has the following paragraph: "In the early history of the Pacific halibut fishery a large portion of the catch was taken in waters on the south side of Dixon entrance, in Hecate strait, between Queen Charlotte islands and the islands fringing the coast of British Columbia on the east side of the strait. The Indians of this region had fished in these waters from time immemorial, obtaining an ample supply of fish for their needs, and they furnished the first informa- tion to the white man of the abundance of halibut on grounds adjacent to their villages. They were instinctively very reluctant to impart the information desired, and with good reason, but constant persuasion on the part of white fishermen and a promise of 50 cents a fish to the Indians for all the latter might catch were induce- ments too great for the Indians to resist. Fish were furnished by these people which were never paid for; and in a very short time the white fishermen had acquired full knowledge of all the local grounds pointed out by the Indians, and all others which they could locate." The discovery of fish banks or feeding grounds, wher? the halibut assembles at times in great schools, is the reward of successful exploration on the part of the master and crew of a fishing vessel. When such a spot has been found, an endeavour is naturally made to keep it quiet rather than to noise it abroad. But no wry has yet been hit upon to tie the tongues of fishermen when ashore in c )nvivial humoTir. All becomes known, new vessels arrive, and the day> of full fares and easy trips are soon numbered. The marvel is that the s'ock of halibut will stand for so long the constant drain that is put upon it. Notwithstanding the enormous fecundity of food- fishes, the necessity of looking ahead and of conserving an adequate stock of breed- ing fishes in the various species has been e gaging the attention of administvato-rs, marine biologists, fishery experts, and others in recent years. The natural history of the halibut in North American waters, so fa" as it ;i9 known, has been written by Dr. George Brown Goode in " The Fisheries and Fisherjy Industries of the United States (section I, pp. 189-197. Washington. 1884). He points out that the halibut is a cold-water species, its geographic range appr. ximately PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 3 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Coinciding with that of the codfish. But whereas the spawning of the codfish, as well as that of many other species that discharge pelagic floating eggs, has become well known since modern fishery investigations were inaugurated during the years 1864- 66 by Prof. G. 0. Sars, operating on behalf of the Norwegia-i Goverh^i ent in the neighbourhood of the Lofoten islands, that of the halibut has st far baffled all attempts to solve the problem. With regard to the difficult subject of the migrations of the halibut, which have , not yet been investigated by the laborious method of marking, liberating, and recap- turing the fishes, it is necessary to distinguish between feeding and spawning migra- tions. It is certain that they come inshore to feed, but it is not definitely proved that they move into deeper water to spawn. Goode (op. cit. p. 195^ observes that on the coast of Newfoundland, Anticosti, and Labrador, halibut frequently run inshore in summer after capelin, often swimming to the surfr.ce. A. B. Alexand r, in his " Preliminary Examination of Halibut Fishing Grounds of the Pacific coast " (Bureau of Fisheries, Document No. 763, Washingtcn, 1912), referring to the 1 cality of Chignik bay, Alaska, says: "It is not uncommon to find halibut in the salmon traps here during the season, and occasionally large individuals are taken in the harbour and lagoon close to the wharves, being attracted from ojffshore grounds by the otfal from the canneries." , The U.S.S. Albatross, thoroughly equipped for special service, spent the season from May 25 to August 29. 1911, investigating the commercial pos-ibilities of the halibut grounds oil the coast of Alaska, without including the question of propaga- tion in the scope of the inquiry. Even with this restriction, the experie.^C:, shosved that " to cover the fishing banks of Alaska thoroughly and indicate- accurately the areas where halibut exist in commercial quantities would require several seasons of active work," but on the other hand, " the phenomenal catches landed in the last few years suggest no stringenc|y of supply on grounds now fished, and this fact will doubtless delay the expansion of the fishery" (A. B. Alexander, op. cit.). The Pacific Fisherman (Seattle, July 5, 1911, p. 28) contains the following significant market report: "On June 30 [1914] the halibut industry closed another disastrous Cfrom a financial standpoint) month. The independent schooners brought in the largest quan- tity they ever delivered in Seattle, with the exception of May, 1913, in any one previous month. The company vessels also brought in the llargest catch since August, 1913. It is very evident that there can be no permanent improvement in the fishery unless the market for halibut is extended considerabliy, or the output materially decreased." Evidence is forthcoming from various sources that the Atlantic halibut is a summer-spawning fish. As for the east coast of America, one of Dr. Goode's inform- ants told him that on the Grand Banks of Newfoundland in August, 187S, he found many with the spawn .already run out. This was confirmed by another fishing master who had often seen halibut in July and August, up to the first of September, with ova and milt exuding, at which time very little food is found in their stomachs. But the value of such explicit statements as these is discounted by the absence of pre- served material and accessory data. An early description of the ripe, detached, though not deposited eggs of the Atlantic halibut was given by E. W. L. Holt, whose account is summarized by J. T. Cunningham in '* The Natural History of the Market:^,ble Marine Fishes of the British Islands " (London, 1896, see p. 243) : " On April 30, 1892, Mr. Holt obtained some ripe ova by pressing the abdomen of a female [halibut] in the market at Grimsby. The eggs were dead, but the transparency and uniform character of the yolk showed that the;7 were ripe. These eggs were 3-07 to 3-81 mm. in diameter. The yolk was like that of the plaice or flounder, colourless, transparent, and undivided, and there was no oil globule. It was evident that the eggs were of the floating kind, although not being alive they did not flo.at. No floating eggs so large as this have 38a— IJ 4 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 yet been taken in the surface nets at sea In the same year, Professor Mcintosh examined two samples of ripe eggs of the halibut * * *. The fertilized eggs have not yet been obtained, nor any of the larval or very young stages" (up to 1892). In " The Life-histories of the British Marine Food-fishes " by W. C. Mcintosh and A. T. M.asterman (London, 1897, p. 316), it is stated that: "On the coast of Sweden the spawning season is given as from June to August. On the [Atlantic] shores of North America it lasts till September." On the contrary there are some indications that on the Pacific coast the halibut is a winter-spawning fish. Firstly, there is the conspicuous absence of spawning female halibut from the usual summer catches. If there had been clear evidence of spawning during the experimental hauls made by the Albatross in the summer of 1911, notice would have been taken of it. Only in one instance, on July 20, was it mentioned that the eggs "had the appear- ance of being well developed." I have found the same range of maturation phases during the months of May (west coast of Queen Charlotte islands and Hecate strait) and August (gulf of Alaska), the final stage, ripe for spawning, being always lacking. Of course this might be due in part to the circumstance that the female halibut, like the plaice, does not feed much during the. spawning period, and consequently will not readily take the bait. But the possibilit;y of retirement into deeper water (between 150 and 200 fathoms) for the purpose of spawning has to be remembered. It is a curious fact, however, for which there is no accounting at present, that the larger fish are to be found within the 3-mile limit, amongst the rocks in 15 to 30 fathoms, and again at the outer edge of the continental shelf, whilst smaller fish occur in schools on the intervening banks. Here it may be remarked that dory-fishing is best £i(lapted for the inshore zone, line-hauling for the deep sea. Captain Holmes ISTewcorab of C.G.S. Malaspina, under date September 6, 1914, lias furnished me with the following information regarding the question of halibut spawning. He writes: "During the year 1913 I examined from 250 to 550 fish per month; from 28th February to 1st October I found no ripe fish. I took the best samples I could get each month from the best developed fish, averaging from 40 to 50 pounds. These samples were collected from all over the coast ; I still have them, and you are welcome to them if of any use. My, own opinion is that these fish spawn during the fall and winter months, say from the latter end of October to the first or middle of February." At Ucluelet on July 16, 1914, I obtained a female halibut weighing 36 pounds, estimated from the scales to be about 10 years old, whose ovaries appeared to be in a spent condition, but after preservation in 10 per cent formalin, th^ proved to be regenerating, and might well have been spent during the previous winter season. It is°the only example of the kind that I observed. How long it takes for a halibut to reo-enerate after spawning is entirely unknown. The estimation of the age of this specimen is based on a comparison with the figures published by Prof. Playfair McMurrich in his "Notes on the Scale-markings of the Halibut and their bearing on questions connected with the conservation of the fishery" (Trans. E y. Soc, Canada, series 3, vol. vii, sec. iv, Ottawa, 1913). It is quite probable that the spawn and fry of the halibut are to be sought for in the deeper layers of water; in other words, that they are bathypelagic, and therefore will not be taken in the surface tow-net. The newly hatched halibut larva has never been obtained. The first recorded post-larval stage was described in 1893 by Dr. C. G. J. Petersen (" On the Biology of our Flatfishes," Eep. Danish Biol. Station iv, 1914, pp. 1-146, two pis. See p. 130 pi. ii, f. 20) whose work I have not seen. His figure of the young pelagic stage is reproduced by Mcintosh and Masterman (op. cit. pi. xii, f. 10). The specimen was 32 mm. long; the migration of the left eye had hardly begun, and the fin-rays were absent from the pectoral and ventral fins. The only other alleged post-larval stages that had been examined before 1900 were two yoimg pleuronectids taken in the bottom net in the Moray Firth in August, 1896. PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES & SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a There was some doubt as to their identification, inasmuch as another deep-sea flatfish, having the same number of fin-rays in the median fins as the halibut, also occurs in the Moray Firth, this is the pole dab or pole flounder Pleuronectes (Glyptocephalus) cyno- glossus. The large mouth and depression above the snout led to the conclusion that they belonged to the halibut species. These two Moray Firth specimens were 12 and 14 mm. long; they were described, with a figure, by Dr. H. M. Kyle [Notes and Memoranda. Halibut (Hippoglossus vulgaris Flem.) or Pole-Dab (Pleuronectes cynoglossus Linn.). Journ. Mar. Biol. Ass. Plymouth, vi, Dec, 1903, pp. 618-621, pi. ii, f. 2.]. The meta- morphosis had hardly begun, the left eye not having commenced its migration; eighteen fin-rays had appeared in the caudal fin, but in the marginal fins the rays could only be detected after being cleared in xylol and mounted in balsam. The spawning seasons of halibut and pole dab overlap in the North Atlantic; but whereas the ripe egg of the halibut measures 3.0 to 4.0 mm. in diameter, that of the pole dab varies between 1.15 and 1.70 mm. The examination of ripe females in British and Icelandic waters has led to the conclusion that the European halibut is a summer-spawning fish (April to August). Under the provisional assumption that the eggs of the halibut may prove to be bathypelagic, i.e. adrift in deep water, it may be useful to quote the case of Argentina as affording the first example of a bathypelagic egg to be made known. Argentina is a genus of deep-sea salmonoid fishes belonging to the smelt family, the eggs and fry of which were taken by the Danish steamer Thor in deep water in the Atlantic and in the Skager Rak during the years 1903-6. They were described by Dr. Jobs. Schmidt (On the larval and post-larval development of the Argentines. Meddelelser fra Kommissionen for Havsundersogelser. Fiskeri Bd. II, No. 4 Copenhagen, 1906). The eggs of Argentina silus occur in large quantities floating in water-layers far from the surface over great depth. These pelagic eggs are of large size, 3 to 3.5 mm. in diameter, resembling Murtenoid eggs, from which they differ in lacking a large perivitelline space. The yolk, like that of Clupeoids and Mursenoids, is not homo- geneous but is segmented, i.e. it shows a vesicular structure, composed of numerous small cell-like spheres; it contains a large plano-convex oil-globule, with major diameter of 1.0 mm. Eggs were taken in the young fish trawl on June 24, 1906, with 800 metres of wire-rope out, over a total depth of 910 metres. The larvae hatched out on board and were preserved the same day; their average length was 7.7 mm. The youngest larva taken in the sea with the young-fish trawl measured about 10^ mm. One of 28 mm. was taken on July 26, 1905, with 500 metres of wire out, over a depth of 512 metres; another of 50 mm. was taken on September 1, 1905, in the young-fish trawl with 75 metres of wire out, over an average depth of 1000 metres. The striking coincidence in point of size between the pelagic eggs of Argentina and the ripe eggs of the halibut seems to give further ground for the presumption that the latter may be found to be bathypelagic. The proving of this detail will spell a notable advance in the knowledge of the life-history of the halibut, and will justify a great deal of trouble.* PART II. — NARRATIVE. In pursuance of the inquiry, which lasted from May to September, I made trips round the Queen Charlotte islands, to the west coast of Vancouver island, to Victoria, and to the gulf of Alaska. I was thus able to see something of four methods of halibut fishing, namely, by canoes, by small gasolene launches, by dories from gasolene schooners, and line-hauling by steamers. Soon after my arrival at the Biological Station, Departure bay, I called on Mr. W. Hamar Greenwood, managing director of the Skeena River Fisheries, Limited, at Vancouver, to whom I had been recommended by Prof. A. B. Macallum. Mr. Greenwood at once gave me permission to accompany one of the company's * Since the above was written I have received by the courtesy of the author Dr. Johs. Scmidt's paper on the post-larval halibut collected by the Danish steamer Thor published in the Danish Fishery Reports, 1904. 6 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 schooners operating from the cold storage establishment at Haysport on the Skeena river. I reached Haysport by way of Prince Kupert on May 16, and was met by Mr. Harry Sheere, the manager. The schooner Roosevelt had just come in with a catch of about 40,000 pounds of halibut, which were being landed and rapidly decapitated before being weighed. After some delay, due to slight engine trouble, the ship weighed anchor on May 19 at 11.30 a.m., and by sunset at 8.50 p.m. on the same day had gained the middle of Dixon's entrance. Next morning we made the Parry passage between Graham island and North island, and set a course to the SSW. of Frederick island, where we soimded in 33 fathoms on a gravelly bottom, and made the first set. The schooner carried four dories, each dory putting out several skates of gear. A skate consists of seven lines joined together, each line carrying thirty hooks. The catch comprised, besides halibut, red cod (Sehastodes ruherrimus), ling cod or blue cod (Ophiodon elongatus), and the North Pacific chimseroid or ratfish (Hydrolagus coUiei). Red cod and ling cod have nothing to do with true codfish, but they are valuable food-fishes. Nevertheless, in consequence of market exigencies, they have to be rejected by the halibut vessels, and a trial of bright red fish floating dead behind a dory, each with an attendant gull, is a common spectacle. They (i.e., the red cod) have the peculiar property common to other deep-sea fish, though not possessed by the ling cod, halibut, nor true gray cod, of becoming blown out when brought to the surface; the eyes start from their sockets and the stomach is often pushed inside out into the throat. The large bladder-like ovaries of the first red cod which I examined were full of loose eggs in a viscous fluid, like sago. These eggs were transparent, with translucent yolk and a single bright yellow oil drop; they had the usual dimensions of pelagic eggs, not exceeding one mm. in diameter, and I was astonished to observe that each egg contained an embryo coiled round the yollx, with black pigment in its eyes. On stirring up a quantity of the fresh eggs some of the embryos were freed from the membranes, but I saw no twitching of tails. On placing a small cohering mass of them in sea-water, they readily shook apart and sank slowly in the still water, with the oil drops up. I made a rough estimate that each ovary contained 223,000 eggs. It was known that the Scorpaenidae or rock fishes, to which family Sehastodes belongs, are viviparous, but my first acquaintance with the phenomenon surprised me greatly, because in other cases of fishes which incubate their eggs within the body of one of the parents, whether it is in a brood-pouch of the body of either parent, or in the mouth of the male, or in the ovaries of the female, the eggs are relatively few in number, sometimes large in size, and do not exhibit the characteristics of pelagic eggs. Carl H. Eigenmann (" On the viviparous Fishes of the Pacific Coast of North America," Bull. TJ. S. Fish Commission for 1892, Washington, 1894, pp. 3S1-478, pis. 92-118) states that in the largest of the Scorpsenidse, Sehastodes levis, attaining tho length of 2 to 3 feet and weight of 29 pounds, found in deep waters along the coast of California from San Diego to Monterey, and occasionally seen in the markets of Los Angeles, the ripe eggs, about 1 mm. in diameter, would fill about two quarts, each egg developing into a larva before its discharge from the ovary. He adds that there is no month in the year during which the developing eggs of viviparous fishes cannot be procured at San Diego. Over 30 per cent of the bony fishes found at San Diego are viviparous, and all of them belong to one of two families, Embiotocidae and Scor- psenidae. Eigenmann further distinguishes two types of viviparity in fishes: (1) Those in which the yolk furnishes all the intraovarian food, e.g., Poecilia, Gamhusia, Scorpsenidse ; in these the number of young is not reduced; (2) Those in which the greater part of the food is furnished by the ovary, e.g., Blennius, Zoarces, Anahleps, and Embiotocidae; in these the number of young is reduced and bears a relation to the size and age of the parent. PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a The wasteful destruction of red cod and their unborn fry, which is incidental to the halibut fishery, is enormous and reacts upon the latter to this extent, that halibut and ling cod feed upon the red cod, and both are considered superior to the latter on the local markets. But, as already mentioned, the red cod itself is an excellent table fish, particularly after having been split and salted, Jordan and Evermann also state that this species is abundant from San Diego to Puget sound, and is an important food fish. Of five red cod from Hecate strait examined on May 26, one was a spawn- ing female with loose egg-embryos in the ovaries, the others were spent males. Throughout the summer the males exceeded the females in number and size, the exact converse being true of the halibiit. The viviparous perches or Embiotocidte, to which reference has been made, are shore-frequenting fishes, and their viviparity is quite distinct from that of the rock- fishes or Scorpsenidae. In these we find intraovarian incubation of pelagic eggs, whereas in the perches we have an example of the intraovarian incubation of demer- sal eggs. This difference is of great interest and bears indirectly upon the problem of the spawning of the halibut which inhabits the same waters as the red cod and possibly produces bathypelagic eggs. On the other hand, it is well known that the ling cod deposits huge clumps of demersal eggs inshore. Dr. C. McLean Eraser informed me that he had found the egg-masses on the rocks near the Biological Station, Nanaimo. Near midnight on M.ay 21 the anchor was dropped in 18 fathoms in Tassoo harbour, on the west coast of Moresby island, an extensive inlet with a narrow entrance difficult to negotiate on a dark night. On entering it we were assailed with a delicate pine-scented Land breeze and greeted by a great chorus of gulls, s me of which were nesting and had just laid their eggs on a rocky islet in the harbour. The depth descends to TO fathoms, and as it was too rough on the following day to fish outside, a set was made at 20 to 40 fathoms in the calm water of the lagoon. The result was not encouraging, but two of the halibut were of large size, 4 feet and 5 feet long. I went out in one of the dories and hitched a pelagic tow-net on to the buoy-line 3 or 4 fathoms above the anchor in 23 fathoms. Besides the usual comple- ment of Medusae, Ctenophores, and Siphonophores, one young fish was caught. The hooks, baited as usual with herring which had been frozen, brought up ling cod, red cod, rock cod (Sehastodes caurinus), halibut, starfishes, sea-lilies, and sea-anemones. The total number of fish captured was small, land it may be stated, as a general rule, that the inlets and inside channels, despite their great depths, are not suitable for halibut life and propagation. Near the shore at the head of Tassoo harbour there were numerous egg-ribbons of the giant-whelk and a luxuriant growth of eel-grass covered with hydroids which were subsequently identified by Dr. C. M. Eraser as Ohelia longissima, very common also on the piles of the wharf at the Biological Station. Shortly after noon on May 22 we left Tassoo harbour and sailed south before the wind, which was blowing harder than ever from the northwest. It was said th^t the rough weather we experienced was unusual at this time of the year. At five o'clock we arrived off the mouth of another large inlet, with a string of low rocks stretching far across from each point, not named on the chart. It lies south of the S^an Christoval mountains on Moresby island, opposite to Juan Perez sound. Here we sovmded in 120 and 90 fathoms, within a mile of the shore, and put into the inlet for the night. In the evening I rowed round a point of land with the skipper and saw quantities of small Crustacea, calanoid copepods, which he recognized at once with his Norwegian experience as " herring feed." They were rising to the surface amongst the kelp, one by one, then swimming round in spirals, clockwise, causing distinct widening ripples at the surface. The same species formed an important con- stituent of the outside plankton. They may be regarded as forging a link in the chain of metabolism which culminates in the life of the halibut, inasmuch as they subsist upon a vegetable diet Galgas), herrings feed upon them, octopus and rockfish 8 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 upon the herring, whilst halibut prey upon octopus, rockfish, herrings, and launces, as well as upon crabs, prawns, and rock-oysters (Anomia). ]\fay 23 opened with a gale of wind from the west, and "vye did not get under weigh until the afternoon. A succession of soundings three-quarters of a mile off- shore gave deep water, with bottom shelving abruptl^y to 200 fathoms (found no bottom at 170 fathoms). The limit of the continental shelf lies approximately at the line of 150 fathoms; this line may be 30 or 40 miles offshore, or it, may be within territorial waters. At the position where we sounded, the available stretch was too short to venture a set. A flock of " whale birds " or shearwaters came in sight and disappeared one by one under the water, soon afterwards reappearing swimming on the surface. Immense flocks of these birds are sometimes seen, and their presence is welcomed as an indication of abundant food and life in the sea. The wind was succeeded by rain as we entered the Houston Stewart channel and came to anchor in Rose harbour at 8.30. Next morning, the weather having moderated, we got under weigh at dawn and made a set outside the channel in 50 fathoms, leaving the lines out for three hours, getting about equal numbers of halibut and red cod. In the afternoon another set was made in 100 fathoms, resulting in the capture of the largest halibut of the trip, a female 74 inches long, estimated to weigh 100 pounds. The ovaries were 17 inches long, and together weighed 4 J pounds; they contained under-sized eggs, apparently requiring several more months to reach maturity. Another halibut had the remains of a red cod in its stomach. The hooks also brought up a magnificent scarlet fan-coral (Gorgonid) 4 feet high, with thick anastomosing branches and horny axis IJ inches in diameter near the base. Attached to the basal portion of the stem was another encrusting colony of Alcyonarian polyps belonging to the genus Claviilaria, with whitish polyp stems and roseate polyp-heads. I submitted samples of both species to Prof. S. J. Hickson, of Victoria University, Manchester, England, who favoured me with the following information about them: ")The large 'Gorgonid is probably Primnoa pacifica which was described by Kinoshita in 1907 (J. Coll. Sci. Japan, xxiii) from the Japanese coasts. He describes this species when alive as being rosy red in colour. To be perfectly certain that this is a correct identification, I should have to examine a large dried specimen so as to compare them as regards the mode of branching, but T have little doubt that it is this species. The Clavularia appears to be Clavularia pacifica of Kiikenthal (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xxxv, 1913, p. 237), but it differs from this species as regards the spicules. The spicules of your specimen are similar, but much more numerous. They are very much the same shape, but are not so large, and inclined to become club shaped. I have noticed also that there are not so many arranged transversely in the region of the calyx." This closed the exploration of the west coast of the Queen Charlotte islands. In the evening we were crossing the southern end of Hecate strait in the direction east half south. During the night a succession of heavy squalls with rain struck the ship from the south, causing the skipper to heave to. About 10 a.m. on the following day we encountered enormous numbers of " whale birds " flying to windward, accompanied by smaller flocks of little black divers with white bellies, which commonly sport like herrings at the surface, called " bull birds " by the sailors, and Mother Carey's chickens (stormy petrels). The petrels fluttered about floating matter at the surface of the sea like swallow-tailed butterflies on moist ground. In rough weather they alight on the surface momentarily without closing their wings; they may dive for an instant below the surface, rising again at the same spot and continuing their flight. In the middle of the strait fur seals were seen bobbing vertically in the water, then diving with a curvet like a porpoise; hair seals were seen from time to time during the voyage close to the shore in various inlets; and sea-lions off the western entrance to Houston Stewart channel. After many soundings and changings of the course we anchored in mid-channel in 57 fathoms. The Roosevelt rolled terribly, rendering the PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a recumbent attitude in an athwartships bunk very unstable. In the evening, however, the sea began to go down gradually, and after supper a Seattle schooner hove in sight and anchored close by. On May 26, 27, and 28, we were fishing over the Goose Islands halibut grounds, which cover an area some 30 miles square to the west of Goose islands in the southern part of Hecate strait. This is an extensive gravel patch at a depth varying from about 28 to 50 fathoms. Living half buried in the bottom are numerous orange red sea-pens (Pennatulids) called " Stickfish," amongst other nautical designations. Their length averages 4 inches, and their presence is hailed as a sign of good halibut feeding ground. At the outside edge of the bank the depth descends rapidly to 90 fathoms, and here the fishing was not so good, only a few halibut, black cod (Anoplopoma fimbria) and a species of flounder being taken. Several other vessels, including a steamer, were now working the same ground. A set which we made in 45 to 50 fathoms yielded a total catch of 225 halibut, representing an aggregate weight of about 2000 pounds, none being larger than medium. It is characteristic of the summer schools of halibut that they consist mainly of comparatively small and immature fish. On the 2Sth we suffered a repetition of heavy rain and southeast squalls, making dory-fishing precarious, and we wound up the day by finding an anchorage in St. John harbour, Bardswell group, to the south of Millbank sound. The Vancouver steamer which has been referred to had already reached this haven of refuge. May 30 was the first really fine day of our voyage. Up till now the skipper said the weather had been as bad as he had ever known it in winter. At daybreak we steered west by south half west across Millbank sound towards the Outer islands below Price island, and made a set across the wind from 50 to 60 fathoms- on the Price Island ground about 8 miles WSW. of Price island. Amongst the halibut there were two large fish. I made an oblique haul of the tow-net over this ground, finding many calanoid copepods, but phytoplankton (Algcc) predominated, and there were no fish eggs. In the afternoon we steered to the northwest across Laredo sound towards entrance island at the south end of Aristazable island. Here a set was made in 30 fathoms about- three-quarters of a mile from the shore, amongst rocks. Some large halibut were taken, a male ling cod, which milted freely on deck, many red cod, and a few variegated black and yellow rock fish (Sehastodes ncbulosus). The halibut averaged a good deal larger than those from the gravel patch of the Goose Islands ground. The Horseshoe bank was broached on May the 31st, a set being made in 40 to 50 fathoms on a sandy bottom. The position is midway between Lyell island (Queen Charlotte group) and Estevan island below Banks island, both points of land being visible in the distance on a clear day. A mark buoy was put out near the southern end of the set and the four dories lowered their lines in parallel strings about half a mile apart, in such a way that the first line of hooks lay towards the southeast, the last line towards the northwest. The catches made by the individual dories, commenc- ing with the most southerly, were the following: No. 1 caught 107 halibut; No. 2, 117; No. 3, 57 ; No. 4, 18. This is instructive in exhibiting the schooling habits of the halibut, fairly large numbers being taken at one end of the set, few at the other end. Some of the halibut had 'been feeding on sand launces (Ammodytes personatus) . The hooks also brought up a so-called bastard halibut (Atheresthes sictmh^s), sometimes wrongly called " turbot," four true grey codfish, and the empty egg-capsule of a large skate. Altogether, three sets were made on this day, the total catch for the day amounting to 580 halibut, about 7,000 pounds. After supper the men were busy dressing the fish and packing them in the ice hold. We anchored in 35 fathoms at a good distance from the mark buoy, and on the following day resumed the fishing on the same ground. The catch included a medium-sized male halibut, whose large- lobed testes contained ripe fluid milt. The maturity of the male is no guide to the incidence of spawning. It was the only ease of the kind which came under my obser- 10 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 vatioix as regards the halibut, but is comparable to the case of the male ling cod noted on May 30. 'With reference to the latter, I applied to Dr. C. McLean Fraser at the Biological Station, Departure bay, for information concerning the date at which he had found the spawn. Dr. Fraser has a paper in the press dealing with the development of the ling cod, shortly to appear in the Transactions of the Royal Cana- dian Institute, but he kindly writes in advance as follows: " The earliest date I have recorded for attached spawn of Ophiodon was January 27. I do not think these eggs could have been laid more than a couple of days, as I had been around the spot several times not very long previous. Shortly after this the bunches of eggs became common, and I should think that the most of them that I have seen were laid in the early days of February, say before the 15th. As they take so long to hatch out, and since there is so little change in external appearance except when the eyes show through, it is impossible with a casual glance at least to tell the old from the new, and hence it is of little value to record any but the early ones. Those that were first seen hatched out on March 25, so that the period of hatching must be about two months." The trip of the Roosevelt came to an end on Jutie 2, whereupon I returned to Nanaimo. There seemed to be a good chance to procure samples of halibut from tlip west coast of Vancouver island and. have them delivered at the laboratory, where I could have examined them with a great deal of convenience. Unfortunately, the negotiations to this end fell through owing to the difficulty of transporting whole fish from the deep-sea fisheries to Vancouver and again from Vancouver to Nanaimo. Accordingly I called on Mr. E. G. Taylor, Inspector of Fisheries at Nanaimo, with the intention of paying a visit to the fishing centre of Ucluelet at the mouth of the Alberni canal. Mr. Taylor advised me to go first to Clayoquot and to take in Ucluelet on the way back. I left Port Alberni on July 9 on board the Princess Maquinna, where I met Dr. C. F. Newcombe, of Victoria, whose knowledge of the west coast of British Columbia, its peoples and products, is unrivalled. At Clayoquot I lost no time in getting into touch with Mr. John Grice, the fishery overseer of that district, who did all in his power to assist me. At my request, Mr. Grice took me to the Indian village of Opatsat on Meara island, where only two families remained, the rest having gone for the season to the Kennedy Eiver salmon cannery, and elsewhere. At Opatsat I saw strips of halibut drying on lines in the open air, as described by Dr. G. M. Dawson, and also in the dwelling-house. Here an agreement was made to secure the services of an expert Indian fisherman, known to the settlers as "Little George." The next morning Mr. Grice conveyed me in the Heron as far as the outer islands of the sound, where the Indian was already fishing for bait. A thick fog settled down and continued at intervals all day. I dropped quickly into the canoe and the launch returned to Tofino. The canoe was a large one dug out of a cedar log, light enough for a strong man to manage with a single paddle at the stern or a pair of oars near the bow, and buoyant enough to sail 30 miles out to sea in order to spear fur-seal in the spring. We went close to the lighthouse rocks, where the -siren was booming, riding easily in the midst of the white foam washing back from the breakers, and caught a fish which he called "quikima," a "rock salmon" (Sehastodes sp.), with a hook baited with a small tassel of cord and white spindle-shaped stick in front of the hook. Using pieces of the fish for bait we tried for halibut at several positions up to the 3-mile limit without success there being too much fog to get correct bearings. The following day (July 12) opened with fog, which cleared away later. The Indian came for me shortly after 5 a.m., since, according to his notion, halibut chiefly feed in the morning. We fished with four hooks baited in the Indian fashion, in about 25 fathoms, 3 miles off the lighthouse island, c,atehing one halibut and one dogfish (Squaliis sucHeyi). The halibut was an immature male of small size, 23^ inches in total length, weighing 9^ pounds, age estimated at 7 years, the stomach full of crabs. Through the kind mediation of Mr. Grice, I now made arrangements with Little George and another Indian named Peter to take me by canoe to Ucluelet, fishing on PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a the way and reaching Ucluelet in time to spend a couple of nights there and to return by the mail launch Tofino to Port Alberni. On July 14, Little George took his net down the inlet to catch viviparous perches (Embiotocidae) for bait, as it was too foggy to look for octopus. He gave me to understand that these perches are nearly as attractive as octopus for halibut. Large octopus or devilfish are worth two dollars apiece, or 25 cents for each arm. If salted they can be kept for as much as six months; and a single baiting may account for a dozen halibut, tb's Ikiing their favourite, as well as their toughest natural food. Next to octopus ths best b,ait for native halibut hooks is salmon. In the afternoon they came for me in a fine new sailing canoe, bringing a long line with seventy hooks. We took provisions on board and left Clayoquot at 4 p.m., arriving at an Indian reservation on Long Beach, distant 9 miles, about 8 p.m. After landing at Long Beach they cut the fish into shacks, discarding heads and offal, and baited the hooks ready for the morning, littering the ground with the young. There were two species, a smaller and a larger. I examined a specimen of each : the one contained eight young, the other twenty-two, all ready for birth. We spent the night in the Indian house, and the men went ofF at 4 a.m. to try for halibut. I was expecting that the;y would go out to a halibut bank well known to them, called T'ach- ken, which lies 4 miles to the southwest from the northern point of Long Beach bay, but they returned at 6.35 a.m., reporting too much wind outside, and bringing two dogfish and two skates (Raja hinoculata). The continual strong head wind obliged us to abandon the exploration of T'ach-ken, and we left Long Beach at 10.30 a.m. At noon we made a set in 20 fathoms at a position 1 mile from the Indian house. After fifty minutes the line was hauled in and the bait was found to be untouched. They said the water was too dirty; moreover the southwest wind was increasing and the sea was getting heavy and very choppy. It was a fair wind for Ucluelet, and open water all the way ; the men were masters of their craft, and we reached Ucluelet with- out mishap at five o'clock. At the entrance to the Ucluelet arm of Barkley sound, there was a flO|ating scow which served as a fish-market, where halibut was received in order to be transported to the Uchucklesit cold storage on the Alberni canal. There is a brisk fishery con- ducted by owners of small gasolene launches and Indian canoes. I went alongside a fishing launch which had just come in with a load of halibut on July 16 and purchased the largest one there. The total length was 44 inches; weight, 36 pounds; the scales with nine ^larrow zones indicating an age of 10 years; stomach containing crab remains. The ovaries presented a congested and spent appearance, but after pre- servation they were found to be in a state of regeneration, with multitudes of growing eggs. Probably spawning had token place in the winter or early spring. As usual, the anterior half of the body was infested with ectoparasitic flukes; these are com- monly found on the white side of the body, but in this case they occurred on both sides. They belong to the same species as those infesting the skin of the Atlantic halibut, viz., Epihdella hippoglossi. The halibut banks in this district lie 8 to 12 miles outside the Ucluelet arm. On this occasion it w,as perfectly clear weather in the harbour, but foggy outside. I was informed (and I know it is true for July) that fogs prevail in July and August, gales in December and January, the two last being critical months in the life-history of the halibut. Thus the investigation in these waters is beset with all kinds of difficulties. Close to the floating scow mentioned above, stands the life-boat station on a point of land, and adjoining this there is a wooded islet with a ruined house on it which, if repaired, would answer well as a temporary biological station. On July 23 I called on Dr. Charles Francis Newcombe at Victoria who showed me the utmost kindness, and put such of his vast stores of learning as I was able to assimilate at my disposal. In his company I inspected the collection of Indian halibut hooks and floats at the Provincial Museum. Mr. Ashdown Green, a veteran surveyor and pioneer of British Columbia, told us that he had seen ornamental or ceremonial 12 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 halibut hooks made of abalone shell (Haliotis) in earlier days. The common hooks were made of bone, and later of iron. The former existence of ceremonial hooks and halibut crests is a fact of historical interest in connection with the Pacific halibut fishery. On my return to Departure bay I wrote to Inspector J. T. Williams of the Dominion Fishery Service at Prince Rupert, to whom I had been recommended by Chief Inspector Cunningham, to request his good offices in securing permission for me to accompany one of the steamers belonging to the Canadian Cold Storage Company to the gulf of Alaska. This was arranged without difficulty, thanks to the willing courtesy of Messrs. Johnson and Nicholl, manager and controller respectively of the company's plant at Seal Cove, Prince Rupert. It was desirable to put off the trip until a late moment in order that the examination of the halibut grounds might be made to cover as long a period as was possible during the season. Accordingly I set out once more for Prince Rupert on August 6, and booked a passage by the ss. Prince George from Yancouver. This was the day of the declaration of war, one effect of which was that the sailing of the vessel was cancelled, so that I had to transfer to the Princess Alice, which duly sailed north on August 8, reaching Prince Rupert two days later. It was the first dry day after forty days of almost continuous rain. In the afternoon I walked over to Seal Cove, after having conferred with Inspector Williams, and met the above-named gentlemen who informed me that the steamer G. E. Foster, which I was to join, had not yet been sighted. Eventually she came in about 6 p.m. on August 12. I had to sign on board as " cook's assistant," and the voyage commenced shortly before 1 a.m. on August 15. After calling at Ketchikan, we continued north along the inside passage through Tongass narrows into Clarence strait which separates Prince of Wales island from the mainland. At 6.50 a.m. on August 16 we rounded cape Ommaney at the southern extremity of Baranof island, on which Sitka stands, and set a straight course across the gulf of Alaska to the south end of Kodiak island, distant 650 miles. During most of the voyage across the gulf and back the ship was accompanied by a large brown bird called a " goony," behaving something after the style of a tropical " booby." Some- times several of them alighted on the surface close to the ship. Numerous other birds were seen far out of sight of land, shearwaters, puffins, and petrels, but the soundings gave no bottom until the evening of August 19, when land was sighted and the captain anchored at 10 p.m. in 54 fathoms on a bottom of greenish sand and gravel, about 20 miles southeast of the Trinity islands to the southward of Kodiak island. The Trinity islands ground is a continuation, south and west, of the great Albatross bank, which flanks the southeast side of Kodiak island, and juts out to the northeast into the Portlock bank. AU this forms part of the submerged Alaskan plateau or continental shelf, the edge of which is approximately marked by the 100-fathom line of soundings which is sometimes 50 miles from the nearest land. At certain spots on the plateau there is a great deal of mud, and it is notorious that the halibut taken at such places are soft and gray and of inferior quality; these are called low-grade halibut, and are often rejected. The cause and nature of the change in the consistency of the flesh have not been investigated. The fishing on the first day did not come up to expectations, the amount taken being estimated at 5,000 pounds. At least as great a quantity of true grey cod was thrown away. The halibut taken on the Albatross and Portlock banks belonged to the same class and quality of fish as those from Hecate strait, presenting the same range in size, the same colour and consistency, and the same degree of immaturity. A large one, measuring 46 inches in total length, weighed 45J pounds; the ovaries weighed 2 pounds, and the eggs, as in all other cases examined, were fast in their follicles. Por the rest of the trip the weather was almost continually unfavourable for fishing, with strong southeast wind, heavy sea, and fog. The hooks brought up from time to time Actinians and Aseidians with the stones to which they were attached, PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a as well as hydroids and fan-corals. On one occasion the captain picked up from the deck of the ship what he took to be a stone and was about to throw it overboard when his hand was nipped by a claw. The apparent stone was a stone crab (Rhinolithodes u'0S7iessensl-ii) , taken on the halibut line from a depth of 50 fathoms on the Albatross bank abreast of Trinity islands. A sample of hydroids from the same grounds col- lected on August 20 included fifteen species identified by Dr. C. McLean Eraser, of which seven were recorded for the first time from Alaskan waters, and one had not been described before. The common fan-coral of these waters has a delicate pink colour in life, bleaching quickly to white; the branches have a beaded or moniliform structure, owing to the polyps being arranged in whorls. Prof. S. J. Hickson, to whom a specimen was submitted, states that it is a primnoid fan-coral, probably belonging to the genus Caligorgia. All these indications have their value in defining the nature of the ground and in showing how much remains to be ascertained con- cerning the organisms which inhabit the bottom frequented by halibut in the North Pacific. At the northern end of the Portlock bank there is a narrow depression or gut where the depth descends below 100 fathoms. At midnight on August 22 we dropped anchor in 140 fathoms in the Portlock gut, and on the following day we set out the gear in 110 fathoms shoaling to 95 fathoms. A great school of Finback whales was spouting and curvetting in the offing. The bottom here consists of sand and fine mud, numerous small starfishes (Ctenodiscus crispatus) having their stomachs gorged with the mud. Basket stars, heart urchins, and apodous holothurians were also abundant, the last being especially characteristic of this position. They are probably the species Chirodota discolor Eschscholtz, with twelve peltato-digitate tentacles, about nine digits on each tentacle; and very numerous calcareous supporting rods in the tentacles; but I did not find any wheel-shaped calcareous bodies in the skin [compare H. L. Clark: The Apodous Holothurians. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. xxxv, Washington, 1907, p. 26 and p. 120]. They are fragile, soft, worm-like creatures, brownish and pinkish, very prone to self-mutilation or autotomy. The halibut taken here often had one or two large leeches on the white side; these showed nineteen transverse brown bands on the dorsal side, feebly indicated below, the bands are darker parts of a pigmented- network, and are generally interrvipted at the sides, which are colourless. One halibut contained an entire codfish in its stomach, and yet took the herring bait. There was no fishing on August the 24th as the tide was too strong, with a heavy sea. A buoy and keg were put out to test the tide, and within an hour the keg had been drawn under water. On August 25 a set was made in 95 fathoms at a spot about 40 miles south of cape Cleare, which is 180 miles east of cape St. Elias. The tide proved to be setting strong from NW. to SE., and the gear was laid across the tide, which carried it over the edge of the continental shelf into 150 fathoms. A great many black cod were caught, one grey cod, several red cod, and a large halibut with total length of 554 inches, weighing 85 pounds; the ovaries weighed 3^ pounds; numerous nematode worms were encysted at the surface of the liver and intestine and in the ovarian capsule. August 2G was the stormiest day of the voyage. We were now heading f^r Cross sound, and making veiy slow progress against wind nv.d sea, the gla s .fal.iiig steadily! all the time. About 7 a.m. on August 28, land loomed ahead enveloped in mist, which, shrouded the mountains and obscured all marks. At noon we entered Cross sound, and our worst troubles were over. We anchored that night at Tenakee inlet offl Chatham strait, in 70 fathoms, and rode through another very heavy squall. On August 29, whilst abreast of cape Decision we passed a large blue shark with its dorsal fin above the water after the manner of a Finback w-hale; and on the follow- ing day, after being stopped by the patrol cruiser H.M.C.S. Rainbow, reached Prince Rupert. I immediately transferred to the Princess Royal, which had already cast off her moorings, and in due time arrived at Nanaimo. 14 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 PART ni. Conclusion. — Halibut is classified for the market according to size: chicken balibut, ranging from 20 to 29 inches in total length from the end of the snout to the middle of the edge of the tail-fin ; medium halibut, 30 to 39 inches ; large halibut, from 40 inches upwards. They never approach maturity as " chickens." Accepting the principle of the scale-markings as a basis for estimating the age, it is a singular and useful fact, which follows from Professor McMurrich's observations and from my own measurements, that at least up to the twelfth or thirteenth year the age of the halibut is, with sufficient approximation, equal numerically to one-tenth of the total length measured in centimetres. Thus a fish of 28 inches (= 70 centimetres) is 7 years old; another of 44 inches (= 110 centimetres) is in its eleventh year. The proportions vary (perhaps by sex) and change as the fish grows. This may be illus- trated by comparing the maximum expanse of the powerful tail-fin, measured across from tip to tip, with the width of the body measured on the white side between the bases of the median fins (see table below). It may be of interest to remark that the great horizontal expanse of the tail-fin, considered in conjunction with the excep- tional swimming powers possessed by the halibut, is paralleled by the horizontal tail- flukes of the Cetacea and by the flattened tail of the beaver. Table of Correlated Measurements. No. Length. Width. Expanse of tail fin. Weight. Sex. 1 inches. 211 28^ 33 44 48^ inches. H 10 14 15J^ inches. 6f 104 12 12§ lb. n 36 Probably female. 2 Male. 3 4 Probably female. Female. 5..- Probably female. The halibut is a hardy fish, coming to the surface without showing any reaction to the change of pressure, and continuing to live for some time on deck after being roughly shaken off the hook. Once I saw one disengage itself from the hook as it reached the surface and return rapidly towards the bottom. It would therefore not be difficult to select undamaged individuals and keep them alive in the well of a ship for experimental purposes. The provision of a suitable well such as for many years the Grimsby halibut boats in England have had, should form part of the equipment of any vessel which may be detailed for the scientific branch of the fishery service in the future. It would be a great advantage to observe halibut under experimental con- ditions for a lengthened period so as to be able to test its viability, rate of growth,, and discharge of spawn. According to Dr. T. W. Wemyss Fulton (on the Kate of Growth of Fishes, 24th Ann. Rep. Scottish Fishery Board, part iii, pp. 179-274, Glasgow, 1906) the approxi- mate size of the female halibut at maturity is 48 inches, that of the male 30 inches. As explained above, a length of 48 inches indicates an age of about twelve years. Professor McMurrich came to the conclusion that the spawning period begins in the eighth year and lasts without any decided interruption throughout the succeeding four or five years. Fulton says that among flatfishes it is a common rule that the male comes to maturity a year earlier than the female; thus the male plaice matures at 4 years old, the female at 5. The femiale turbot attains maturity at the size of 17 to 18 inches, and at the age of 7 years. The turbot and plaice attain the same approxi- PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a mate maximum size, namely, 32 inches; the turbot (over 20 pounds) is more heavily- built than the plaice (up to 10 pounds. The halibut attains the length of 84 inches. The interpretation of spawning marks- on the scales is a very intricate problem and, as McMurrich justly odserves, the course of events as deduced from the scale-mark- ings must be regarded rather in the light of a tentative suggestion. It is, however, quite possible that the Atlantic and Pacific halibut may mature at different ages. According to J. T. Cunningham, there is la difference of about 4 inches between the sizes of plaice at maturity in the English channel and in the North sea ; moreover all individuals do not become mature at the same size in a given locality. The halibut industry of the Pacific coast presents the usual complications attendant upon deep-sea fisheries elsewhere. The distribution of the halibut does not conform to international boundaries, but is continuous from the gulf of Alaska to cape Flattery. There is no evidence at present that the halibut performs extensive north-and-south migrations, though there are abundant indications that it ascends in schools, and also as individuals, into comparatively shallow water (about 15 fathoms) near the shoreline, which is generally steep-to on the west coast, and descends into deep water (about 150 fathoms) near or over the edge of the continental shelf. As mentioned in part I, there are reasons for presuming in a general way that the hali- but approaches the shore in pursuit of its food, and descends to the depths for the purpose of spawning. Not only do the known habits of the halibut point in this direc- tion, but the inference receives some support from the analogy of the spawning migra- tions of the plaice off the coast of Great Britain. It has been established by the recovery of marked fishes at the Plymouth laboratory " that a large proportion of the plaice to be found in Start bay make a periodical migration to the offshore grounds on the approach of winter. Dr. Kyle observed that the majority of the plaice recovered offshore from January to April in this experiment were either spawning or spent. After this spawning migration has taken place the smaller fishes tend to return again to the bays. The largest fishes may either return to the bays, or may pass to the south and west of Start point." [Walter Garstang: Report on Trawling and other Investi- gations carried out in the Bays on the South East Coast of Devon during 1901 and 1902. Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. (n.s.) VI. December, 1903, Plymouth.] It is obvious that the investigation of the natural history of the halibut in its relation to the maintenance of the stock at its full strength cannot be confined within territorial limits, and it is almost equally clear that if any restrictive measures were to be proposed, they would have to be based upon international agreement. The stock of the halibut is the object of persistent attack, to the exclusion of other fishes captured incidentally, Avhose food value to the human race is not inferior, in order to supply the demands of an artificial market. Under these conditions we have to consider whether the stock of halibut will continue to stand the strain that is imposed upon it. Practical fishermen are sometimes apt to be pessimistic in this re"-ard although the aggregate catches do not yet show any sign of diminution. Up to a certain point the thinning out of the banks by the capture of surplus fishes must he beneficial to the numbers and quality of those that remain. But this optimum standard of fishing intensity is vague and cannot be defined otherwise than arbi- trarily. Recommendations to curtail the fishery are easily made but they would be entirely ineffective unless there happened to be a clear case for the immediate enforce- ment of rigid restrictions. The fact is that there is no such pressing call for drastic action, and therefore this aspect of the question need not be discussed here. What we are asked to do is to devise measures for the expansion, not for the limitation of the industry. In order to throw some light upon the periodical movements of halibut, in the absence of marking experiments or supplementary to such experiments if they could be carried out, there is need for the accumulation of numerous properly authenticated 16 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 records of catches with memoranda of date, locality, and depth. Eecords sufficiently accurate are in fact kept in the ship's log book, at least in some cases, and it should be possible to arrange with some of the great companies for the tabulation of these data so as to make them available for future reference. Statistics of the aggregate catches are easily obtained, hut no detailed list of fishing stations accompanies them. Perhaps the organization of a system of marine fishery statistics, including list of stations, depths, methods of fishing, kinds of fish caught, dates, and observations on the weather and currents, would be the first step towards a reasonable grasp of the state of the fishery from year to year. The difficulty here would be to ensure accurate statements of depth and locality because the owners of vessels operating in neutral waters would not feel disposed to give exact and gratuitous information merely to encourage the otliers. Moreover, the fixing of positions by the charts as they stand could, in many cases, only be a rough approximation. Nevertheless the alleged depletion of once productive banks requires some such scrutiny as that here suggested before it can be explained. The artificial propagation of halibut in spawning ponds is a colossal experiment which might be tried in order to give an earnest of the endeavour on the part of the scientific departments to do something of direct economic value for the fishery. It is certain that nothing can be accomplished in this way without considerable expenditure, and nobody could guarantee positive and successful results. The cultivation of the plaice is a straightforward procedure offering no insuperable difficulties. It is only necessary to collect mature fish of both sexes and keep them in captivity under usual precautions of water-circulation, temperature, and food-supply, until spawning occurs. The turbo t offered greater difficulties which have been overcome in the experimental stage. In February, 1907, Dr. R. Anthony, Assistant Director of the Marine Laboratory in St. Vaast-la-Hougue, procured ten adult turbots which he placed in three large hatching basins, the largest having a capacity of 300 cubic metres. At the end of a few weeks the captive turbot began to take food. They were fed once a week with large pieces of plaice at the rate of haK a fish the size of the hand to each turbot, a designedly moderate allowance. To keep the basins free from putrefying food-substances, they put in, as scavengers, a conger eel and a dogfish long since accustomed to captivity. The turbots began to spawn in July. The brood stock should be captured six months before breeding. If taken only a few weeks before spawning time they would be likely to exhibit the phenomenon of ovular retention to which they would succumb. Five con- secutive spawnings were observed on July 18, 21, 28, 29, and August 3. There were thousands of eggs in each lot, all normal and fertilized. Only limited numbers were gathered by plankton nets and transferred to the incubating apparatus, an essential feature of which is continual agitation of the water by a suitable mechanism to keep the eggs free from sediment and thus to prevent asphyxiation. Hatching occurred in six to eight days after spawning, and artificial feeding by carefully sifted plankton administered daily was commenced two to three days after hatching. The yolk sac disappeared fourteen to fifteen days after hatching, and the critical stage was passed about the eighteenth to twentieth day. [R. Anthony: La piscifacture du turbot au lab. mar. du Museum (Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue) Bull. Mus. Paris t. XIII, pp. 557-559, 1908. Translated and presented before the Fourth International Fishery Congress heldat Washington, U.S.A. September 22nd to 26th, 1908: Bull. Bur. Fish. XXVIIL Doc. No. 686, Washington 1910.] Pending the inauguration of this great experiment, efforts need not be relaxed to continue the work already begun. To do this effectively a vessel, properly equipped for special service, should be chartered or commissioned to undertake explorations, not merely to locate fresh halibut grounds on the west coast, but to record observations on the state of maturity of halibut throughout the year, especially during late autumn, winter, and early spring, and to make determined efforts to discover the pelagic eggs by means of the deep sea tow-net. It is difficult to see what more or what else can be done to promote the interests of the fishery, except the compilation of statistical tables. PACIFIC HALIBUT FISHERIES 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a In the report by Dr. B. W. Everniann on the Ahiska Fisheries and Fur Industries in 1913 (Bureau of Fisheries, Doc. No. 797, Washington, 1914) it is pointed out tliat " the commercial value of the halibut fishery of the Pacific now greatly exceeds that of the Atlantic, and in Alaska, as in British Columbia, it is second in importance only to the salmon fishery." Dr. Evermann adds the following statement: "It is believed to be a safe estimate that for every halibut caught at least one other fish of more or less value as food is taken from the hooks. With those rare exceptions when black cod are retained, all these fish are thrown back into the sea, either dead or soon to perish. Except in so far as they may become food for other species, they may be regarded as a total economic Joss. The most abinidnnt are the red roekfishes and the black cod, with the former [" red cod "] predominating in number when all grounds are considered. True cod are found in largest numbers where the depletion of halibut is most pro- nounced; and deep-sea soles, flounders, and skates are most numerous on a muddy bottom. It is certain that the total quantity of these fishes at present wasted is enormous in the aggregate; in weight it is probably at least one-half that of the halibut itself. That such a situation should not long be allowed to continue is obvious." The state of things depicted in the above quotation has been referred to incidentally in the pages of this report. The remedy, if one can be found, would seem to lie in the direct encouragement of the companies by Government to take measures to divert the hitherto rejected food-fishes into more profitable channels. 3Sa— 2 Plate I. Fiff. 1.- -H PPO ,'lo SSUs h Pix F\g. 2. — h'l^. a. — Fig. 4. — Fig. 5. — Kig. 6. — Fig. 7. — Fio-. 8. — J-inch long (June 20). |-inch long (Jvine 20). about 4-inch long (.Tune 1!)). just under l-inch long (June 19). liV-iiich long (June 20). li-incli long (.Tune 19). 1^-inch long (July 9). The above drawings are after Dr. Johs. Schmidt, Copenhagen (Meddel. f. Komiuiss. for Havundersoj Fiskerei, Bd 1, 1904), and the specimens were obtained in 1901 off the west Iceland coast. 38a— 1914-)). 18 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1916 11. NOTES ON THE EGG AND LARVAL STAGES OF THE HALIBUT. By Professor Edward E. PRmcE, LL.D., D.Sc, E.R.S.C, etc., Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, and International Commissioner (under the Fishery Treaty, 1908). (With one plate.) It is a well-known fact that the eggs of most of the important marine food-fishes, with such exceptions as the herring and the smelt, produce small buoyant eggs which float in the open sea, usually in the surface waters. They are so small that they escape notice, though in certain areas at the proper season of the year the sea within a fathom or two of the surface abounds with these floating eggs. As a rule, each egg floats single and separate, though occasionally, as in the angler or goose fish {Lophius) the eggs may be immersed in a long band or a mass of clear jelly-like substance and such egg bands are readily discernible in the open sea. In size, these floating eggs range from one-thirtieth to one-seventieth of an inch in diameter, and such vast numbers of them occur in the upper waters that a fine-meshed tow-net, of silk or cheesecloth, will secure great quantities; but, owing to their small size and colourless translucency, they may escape the notice" of an ordinary observer. It is estimated that the eggs of over 250 species of marine fishes (Teleosteans) have been described, out of probably 80,000 to 90,000 species of fishes inhabiting the seas of the world. RIPE HALIBUT EGGS DESCRIBED. So far as is known, the largest of all these eggs is that of the halibut, yet it has more rarely been seen than those of any other species described by fish-embryologists. Ripe unfertilized eggs of the halibut have been obtaind live or six times during the last twenty-five years by marine biologists, the first being discovered by the leading European authority. Prof. W. Carmichael Mcintosh, of St. Andrews, Scotland, who, in April, 1892, secured some ova from a ripe female halibut caught about 150 miles ENE. from Peterhead, Aberdeenshire. The eggs varied in diameter from one-sixth to one-eighth of an inch (3-07-3-81 mm.), or more than three times the size of the eggs of cod, haddock, or flounders. At the end of the same month Mr. Holt, who had been Professor Mcintosh's assistant at St. Andrews, secured some halibut eggs at Grimsby, but though they were ripe and translucent they sank to the bottom when placed in a vessel of sea-water. Dr. H. C. Williamson later obtained ripe halibut eggs, and he noted the presence of a membrane-like covering, enveloping the yolk, quite separate from the external capsule of the vitelline membrane. In all cases the eggs were described as spherical, translucent, and clear, exhibiting no shining oily gloubles or other floating bodies in the ball of the yolk fluid. The outside capsule,- as Professor Mcintosh stated, was found to be extremely thin and marked with delicate " cross-hatching " or short intersecting lines. Indeed they easily collapse, when placed on a glass slip, after removal from water, being compressed by capillary attraction, and usually bursting. Most of these pelagic eggs, though so minute, transparent, and delicate, have some resistance, and can be gently rolled between the finger and thumb when, as Dr. Francis Ward said of plaice eggs, ''they feel hard and shot -like," but the eggs of the halibut are unusually frail and collapsible. 38a— 2i 20 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 ANNUAL SPAWNDJG PERIOD. The spawning period of the halibut in the North sea appears to extend over many months. Dr. Williamson obtained some fully ripe eggs at the end of January, the parent fish having been taken about 145 miles out ENE. of Aberdeen, Scotland, the depth of v?ater being 65 fathoms. Others have been noticed in March on the west coast of Scotland. Again, in the month of May, Dr. Williamson secured a quantity of ripe eggs from Viking bank, between Shetland and Norway, while Pro- fessor Mcintosh studied ripe ova of halibut in April and May. The spawning period seems to range from January to August in different areas, for Dr. Brown Goode^ speaks of July, August, and even September as the spawning months on the Atlantic coast of North America; but Dr. J. B. Gilpin, a very diligent early observer, stated that it was in June he observed spawn running from ripe halibut of the Nova Scotia coast.^ On the Pacific coast it would appear that the eggs are ripe in wintei or early spring, as Professor Willey has pointed out in his paper, and the British Columbia Fisheries Commission, 1905-07, in their report, based on the evidence of British Columbia fishermen and others, recommended a close season from December 1 to March 31 each year, as appropriate. " A close season of four months in each year .will rapidly restore the threatened halibut supply, and, enforced in the limits named, it will include all the ' banks ' or spawning resorts in Hecate strait, etc., on to which the halibut move from the open ocean outside." WHY FERTILIZED HALIBUT OVA NOT OBTAINED. While the characteristics of the ripe unfertilized halibut egg have been fully described, and its recognition rendered an easy matter by the naturalist, no one has yet seen the fertilized or developing egg in the open sea, or has succeeded in obtain- ing ripe male and female halibut and artificially fertilizing and incubating the ova. In the pioneer investigations into the life-history of marine food-fishes, in vphich I was privileged to take a considerable part twenty-five years ago, two methods were adopted for the discovery and diagnosis of fish eggs and young. Eggs naturally spawned and fertilized were obtained by fine-meshed tow-nets floated near the surface of the sea, and these were studied and detailed drawings made, and the species deter- mined by a comparative method, or the specialist obtained living fishes of both sexes from the fishing grounds, extruded the ripe eggs and fertilized them by the usual methods of fish-culturists, and hatched out the young fry in the tanks of a marine laboratory. In this way a body of knowledge was accumulated by the early investiga- tors which has been invaluable for succeeding workers. In the case of the halibut the floating eggs have not yet been secured by tow-nettings, and Professor Willey, in the preceding paper, has ventured the suggestion that the eggs float at some depth, not near the surface, as do the eggs of the Argentine (Argentina silus Asc.) of the North Atlantic, which are of large size, 3 mm. to 3-5 mm. in diameter, and occurring in oceanic strata far from the surface, according to Dr. Schmidt. The fact that the eggs of the halibut must be very abundant in northern Atlantic and Pacific waters and yet none have been obtained in a developing condition in the sea, strongly supports Professor Willey's iinportant suggestion. DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES OF TWO SPECIES OF HALIBUT. The earliest larval stages of the halibut are not yet known, and cannot be accur- ately made known until fertilized eggs are studied and the young fish hatched out and reared, as has been done in the case of such a great variety of marine food-fishes. At various times, small larval fishes have been captured in the sea, which were pro- nounced as most probably young halibut. In most of these cases later research has J Food Fishes of Nova Scotia, Art. II, p. 23, Trans. N.S. Inst, of Sci., 1868. A. United State? expert recently stated that an Oregon halibut on September 1, 1914, contained large loose eggs and more nearly approaching ripeness than any female specimen obtained pre- viously, hence the spawning period could not be far off. EGG AND LARVAL STAGES OF HALIBUT 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a proved the diagnosis incorrect. Thus, Dr. H. M. Kyle, an able original worker in this field of research, described two larval flat fishes, 12 and 14 mm. in length, re- spectively, secured in August in the Moray Firth, Scotland, and regarded as probably larval halibut, though it was also thought that they might prove to be young pole-dab (P. cynoglossus). The description and published drawings (Plate iii, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Plymouth, vol. vi, No. 4, December, 1903) attrrcted the attention of specialists and resulted in favour of the latter determination, and Dr. Kyle, in a final foot-note (ibid., p. 621), said: " At first I was disposed to regard them definitely as young halibuts, but from a drawing sent to him, Mr. E. W. L. Holt is inclined to regard them as pole-dab." Similarly, the staff of the United States biological steamer Albatross, regarded four specimens of flat fish as halibut which had been captured dO or 70 miles off the New Jersey coast (39 :45 N. lat., 73 :49 W. long.) about the end of May, 1887, at the surface of the sea; but they were clearly not halibut, from certain diagnostic features which they presented. Thus they showed coloured trans- verse bands, and the dorsal fin possessed about 80 rays, though the fish were only 17 mm. long (seven-tenths inch), whereas the halibut does not exhibit a transverse arrangement of pigment spots until it is much larger, 27 mm., or over an inch long,, and rarely fewer than 100 fin rays in the dorsal fin. The two species of halibut now- recognized, viz., Hippoglossus hippoglossus Linn, (or H. vulgaris Flemming) has 90 to 103 rays in the dorsal fin, and Platysomatichthys hippo glossoides Walb., has 96 to 108 rays in the same fin. Conjointly with other features, if any specimen has 100 rays or more it is unquestionably a halibut. But the number of joints or vertebrae in the backbone is even more distinctive, for H. hippoglossus has usually fifty, and P. hippo glossoides has sixty-two vertebral elements, and the anal fin, it may be added, has seventy-one to eighty-three rays in the former and sixty-seven to seventy-nine in the latter species. The well-known specimen of supposed halibut procured by Dr. C. G. S. Peterson, of the Danish Zoological Station, in the waters of Christiansund is now known, like that of Dr. Kyle, to be almost certainly a specimen of the witch ot pole dab. It was 32 mm. (If inch) in length and had 104 rays in the dorsal fin, eighty- eight in the anal, and twenty-two in the caudal, and the gill cover exhibited a row of spines. This last feature is one which demonstrates the specimen not to be a halibut. Dr. Peterson's larger specimen obtained in Greenland in 1893 in May and measuring 51 mm. (over 2 inches) in length has seventy rays in the anal fin, but the halibut has more rays — not less indeed than seventy-three rays in P. hippo glossoides^, and eig:htv» two to eighty-three in H. hippoglossus. 'lOUNG LARVAL HALIBUT DESCRIBED. It is due to the accomplished Dr. Jos. Schmidt, the Danish biologist, that the youngest stage of the halibut obtained up to the present has been determined. The specimen was 13-5 mm. long, over half an inch (or -531 in.) and it had still the worm- like form and symmetrical upright position of the early larva (PI. I. fig. 1). All the flat fishes (Heterosomata) undergo a transformation before they lie permanently on one side with both eyes on the same surface. " Flat-fish larvae," as Dr. Ward says, " begin by swimming near the surface in an upright position like the larvae of other fishes. Next, they flatten from side to side, and gradually approach the bottom, to end up by lying on their right or left sides as the case may be. . . . Plaice, soles, bounders, dabs, lemon soles, and halibut, after they have flattened, all lie on their left side, while turbot and brill lie on their right side." One eye moves to the other side as the transformation proceeds, so that both eyes are found on one side of the fish in the permanent flattened condition. Thus the halibut, when it hatches out of the egg, 1 Dr. Gilpin, of Halifax, gave the number as seventy-four or seventy-five rays (loc. cit., •.. 21) for Nova Scotia specimens. 22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 has an eye upon each side of the head like the cod, haddock, herring, and all "round" tishes, and until it is 18 or 20 mm. (seven-tenths to eight-tenths inch) long- ahows little indication of the tendency to the flattened form so characteristic of the later stages. The description which is here given refers mainly to the common species in the Atlantic and North Pacific ocean, viz., Hippoglossus hippoglossus but the differences between the two species in their young larval stages are not apparently very marked. The larval halibut, about half an inch long, is a long slender little fish, with a snout slightly upturned and obtuse or flattened in front, quite unlike the flounder, sole, and other pleuroneetids. In most of these flat-fishes the snout is rounded and curves downward, often with a sharp-hooked tip as in the sole (Solea vulgaris) ; but the snout of the larval halibut is flattened in front, slightly upturned and " pig-like." There is a marked depression between the eyes and the abrupt tip of the snout. The minute spots of black pigment present in the youngest stage known, viz., 13-5 mm, (•53 inch), are arranged in four indefinite rows along the caudal trunk behind the anus, also a series along the dorsal line and along the ventral margin at the base of the larval fin from the' pectoral region posteriorly. On the larval fin membranes them- selves scattered dots occur near the margin of the dorsal and ventral median fins. The dots cease as these fins merge iii the terminal tail fin. The upper and lower jaws are very straight not curved as in some species and instead of bending downward, they turn upward at an angle of about 60 degrees and the mandibular articulation projects prominently in a characteristic manner. The eyes are large, silvery, and pigmented in all stages known, and the pectoral fins are well-developed. When about one-fifth longer (PL I. fig 2), very minute scattered spots of a reddish colour appear between the myotomes or serial muscle masses of the body and give a faint reddish tinge to the little fish when viewed by the naked eye. The large silvery eyes acquire a bright blue tint and show very prominently. The next stage 22 to 23 mm. (-83 inch) long is marked by the appearance of three groups of black spots or dark bands on the dorsal and ventral fins which are now supported by fin-rays, these rays being short and rudi- mentary in the previous stage. The spots on the body assume the form of very distinct wavy lines and the left eye begins to migrate from its position and is just visible as a slight projection in the depression on the head (or rather forehead). The fish has now a very characteristic halibut outline. When a length of an inch is reached (24^ mm.) PI. I. fig. 5, the groups of spots in transverse bands on the dorsal and anal median fins are more complex. Between the lour main stripes, tliree smaller bands appear, so that at least seven stripes or bands can be counted upon each fin-expansion. This stage (PL I. fig. 6) is reached before the end of May, according to Dr. Schmidt, who obtained specimens on May 25 in water of 116 metres (60 fathoms). Nearly a month later a size of about 30 mm. (1^ inch) is reached, and the left eye projects to the extent of about half of its mass above the contour of. the forehead, and the coloured bands (the broad and the narrower secondary bands) are a still more marked feature on the dorsal and anal fins, while the spots on the side of the body form four fairly distinct transverse bands (PL I. fig. 7). On reaching a length of 34 mm. (PL I. fig. 8) the fish still swims in the upright position, but the right side is darker, more pigment being developed than on the left side of the fish. The patches of colour lose somewhat the transverse arrangement and mingle irregularly, producing a marbled pattern, which is very characteristic of the young halibut for a considerable subsequent period. It is noteworthy that two rounded patches appear near the base of the tail. ITp to this stage the tail was transparent and clear and free from any pigmentation. Dr. Schmidt obtained this stage on July 7 in a depth of 44 metres (24 fathoms). The next stage recorded is that of Dr. Peterson, who secured an alleged halibut 51 mm. (2 inches) in length about the end of May in water 500 fathoms in depth. He noted that it has seventy rays in the anal fin, but the rays in the dorsal fin are not recorded. When a length of 120 mm. EGG AND LARVAL STAGES OF HALIBUT 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a (about 5 inches) has been attained, the features of the full-grown halibut seem to be assumed, and the subseqvient changes are those pertaining to size and sexual develop- ment. Professor Verrill got a small halibut of this size in a dredge when investigat- ing the Strait of Canso waters many years ago, and this is th^ sm lest specimen obtained on North American shores. OLDER EXAMPLES OF SMALL HALIBUT. Halibut about 10 inches long (20 cm.) are common in shallow waters arouiid Iceland, and Professor Mcintosh has recorded Scotti-h specimens 12 inches longi'in shallow areas such as St. Andrews bay. It is apparent from the little evidence available that halibut, after passing through their larval and post-larval metamorphoses in deep water, frequent inshore shallows during part of their adolescence, when the dull olive colour of the dark right side of the fish is marbled with the meandering dark bands which characterize it at so early a period as the IJ-inch stage. Comparing the common species with H. hippo- glossoides specialists have found that in the two youngest known stages no pigment whatever appears, and in the larger stages (51 mm.) the colour spots on the body are sparse as contrasted with the other species at the same size. No doubt much pigment may have been lost, and in the youngest specimens removed completely through the action of the preservative fluid in which such specimens are placed for purposes of scientific study. Immature halibut do not appear to frequent any special depths, and Dr. Gilpin long ago pointed out that specimens the size of the outspread hand are got in Nova Scotia weirs and traps, close inshore, and occur also in plenty on the " banks " in the open sea. Dr. Wemyss Fulton obtained a halibut 7| inches long in Aberdeen bay on Novem- ber 1 some years ago, the depth being 8 to IS fathoms, and one off Dunbeath (Caith- ness) llf inches, while a specimen 14 inches long (weight, 15^ ounces) was secured in Dornoch Firth in December.-"^ His opinion is that in July, August, and September these small halibut move off into deep water, and in October he records specimens from 17J to 30 inches long in 65 fathoms depth, though Captain Collins, the well- known United States authority, records halibut of three pounds weight in October, 1886, on Jeffrey's ledge, off the New England coast. The migrations of these imma- ture and of the large mature fish afford a complex and interesting problem for future investigation. 121st Ann. Rep., Scott. Fish Bd., 1902, p. 53. 38a-ll)llJ— p. 2.J e GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1916 in. THE COMMEKCIAL VALUE OF THE KELP-BEDS OF THE CANADIAN PACIFIC COAST.— A PRELIMINAEY EEPORT AND SURVEY OF THE BEDS. By a. T. Cameron, M.A., B.Sc. Assistant Professor of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. (With Three Charts.) Kelps and other seaweeds have been extensively used for a long period as ferti- lizers. In the British Isles, Norway, and the coast of Brittany, and along the Atlantic coast of Canada and the New England coast they are collected, when washed ashore during storms, and spread as manures without further treatment.' The Pacific kelps are also used to a slight extent in the Western States in the same way. Iodine was for a long time prepared commercially in considerably quantity in Scotland from various species of seaweed. Its preparation as a by-product in the nitre industry has caused the original industry to languish; little iodine is now pre- pared from seaweed. The principal fertilizing constituents of seaweeds are potassium chloride and phosphates. Direct application to the soil involves the loss of iodine, one of the most valuable constituents. The control of the world's supply of potassium has within recent years been held by the Stassfurt Potash Syndicate, which completely controls the German mines, and which has dictated both the annual supply, and the price to be paid for it. This price has not diminished, there being a steadily increasing demand. The outbreak of the present war has emphasized this dependence on Germany for potash supplies. The source is at present cut ofi. Other sources must be sought for. The market quotation for raw potassium chloride held steadily at $39. 07 for m'any months previous to August 1914, when the year began. There is no quotation for September. In addition to its use as a fertilizer, potash is required for many other purposes. A recent quotation from Science^ dealing with the effect of the war, reads: "Potash salts are employed in many industries other than the fertilizer industry. A large amount is used in glass and soap making and in the manufacture of a number of ch.Qmical products. These include potassium hydrate, or caustic potash, and the carbonate and bicarbonate of potash,,used principally in glass and soap making; the potash alums; cyanide, including potassium cyanide, potassium ferrocyanide, and potassium f erricyanide ; various potash bleaching chemicals, dyestuffs, explosives containing potassium nitrate, and a long list of general chemicals. The imports of potash salts, listed as such in the reports of the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, include the carbonate, cyanide, chloride, nitrate, and sulphate, caustic potash, and other potash compound*." 1 An account of the present ytilii^fition of kelp in the United Kingdom is given in the United States Consular and Trade Report, Tuesday, June 9, 1914, pp. 1402-5 (Bureau of Foreign and Domtstic Commerce, Department -of Commerce, Washington). 2 Science, August 28, 1914, vol. 40, p. 310. 26 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERYICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 The far-reaching effect of a stoppage of all potassium imports may be exemplified by the fact that to work low-grade gold ores requires a large supply of potassium cyanide. The Science article reads further: " The importation of the above salts in round numbers during the last three years has averaged 635,000,000 pounds in quantity and $11,000,000 in value. The figures . . do not include the imports of kainite and manure salts, which are used as fertilizers. The quantity of this class of material imported during the last three years has averaged about 700,000 tvns valued at $4,300,000 annually. Thus it is apparent that the annual importations of potash salts exceed $15,000,000." These figures, of course, apply to the United States. While the amount of potassium fertilizers at present imported into Canada is small, those of the potassium salts are of the same order per head of popnlation as those for the United States, and show a steady marked annual increase. The figures following are calculated from the Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce (Ottawa) for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1913, Part I. The imports include crude potassium hydrogen tartrate (cream of tartar), cya- nide of potassium (and sodium), bicarbonate, bichromate, chlorate, chloride, sul- phate, nitrate, ferrocyanide, and hydrate of potash. The total imports of these salts for the fiscal years 1912 and 1913 are, respectively, 5,585 and 7,440 tons; the respec- tive values for the years 1909-13 are : $496,704, $515,501, $610,455, $703,711, $84S,759. In addition potash salts for fertilizers were imported to the respective values of $7,993, $7,284, $5,921, $6,995, $252. It may be further noted that the corresponding figures for crude iodine imports are $25,751, $24,241, $15,081, $16,866, $23,712, the average yearly import being $21,138. The average total import of these commodities is therefore $661,847, but it is to be noted that the largest of the above items shows such a steady marked increase that the figure for the year just completed (which is not yet available) is probably about $1,000,000. It is evident that it is highly important to ascertain whether there are any sources of potash salts in Canadian territory, whether these are sufficient to supply our own necessities, and whether any surplus can be profitably marketed. The United States, having realized their dependence on outside sources for potassium salts, have been studying the problem for some years. The results of their initial inquiry were published in 1912 (F. K. Cameron and others, " Fertilizer Resources of the United States," Senate Document 190, 62nd Congress, 2nd Session, 1912). Since that time they have carried out much more extensive investigations, and Congress voted, during the past summer, $7,000 for the publication of the com- plete results. Their investigators have found that while certain mineral sources were available, and could be probably worked and supplied profitably over a limited area, by far the most extensive sources of potash were the large beds of different kelps growing along their Pacific coasts. Accordingly, these have been completely charted. Last year I drew the attention of the Biological Board of Canada to some aspects of this problem, and this year was asked by them to carry out a preliminary investi- gation of the kelp beds of the Canadian Pacific coast. The results of this investiga- tion follow. ^"ATURE OF THE AVAILABLE KELPS. Most of the larger sea plants belong to the family Laminariacece of the Phawphycece or brown seaweeds. The distribution of Laminariacce, which include all the so-called kelp?, olonp the shores of the strait of Georgia (which separates the British Columbia mainland Irom Vancouver island) is exemplified by those species observed in the neighbourhood of ISTanaimo, B.C. Here are found: Laminaria saccharina, Laminaria hullaia, Costaria turneri, Agarum finibriahim, Alarija tenuifolia, Nereocystis liit- heana [along with two rock-weeds, belonging to another family, Fucus evanescens, and Fucus furcatus (inflatus)}. I have seen also, cast up on a storm-swept bay on COMMERCIAL YALUE OF KELP-BEDS 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a the north side of Hope island, ofi the north coast of Vancouver island, Nereocystis lutheana, Macrocystis pyrifera, Alaria (a second species), Egregia menziesii, Cyma- tJicere triplicata, and Hedophyllum. Of all these, only Nereocystis lutheana and Macrocystis pyrifera are of economic importance. The other Laminaria are not present in large beds. The Fucacece, while abundant, could only be collected by hand, and conditions of labour along the Pacific coast therefore negative any idea of their utilization. Furthermore, their potash content is much smaller than that of the two kelps. These, from their nature, can be harvested by mechanical means, and hence at a much smaller cost. Nereocystis liltkeana, commonly called bull-kelp, or simply kelp, consists of a long stalk or stipe, much branched below into the " holdfast " attaching it to a small rock or rock-crevice several fathoms below the sea-surface, and distended above into a hollow bladder, the " pneumatocyst," containing air. To this are attached numerous long fronds which are kept near the surface of the water by means of this float. Nereocystis is found growing at depths varying from 1 or 2 to 10 or more fathoms. Most of the Nereocystis that I have examined has been growing at depths of from 4 to 6 fathoms (24 to 36 feet). The length of the plant varies considerably. The longest plant that I measured was 63 feet in length. This was obtained near Haro strait, just north of the Puget Sound region. In the latter, Kigg states that he found no specimens over 70 feet in length-"^, although elsewhere much greater lengths have been recorded. Much larger plants al'e also met vpith in British Columbia waters. Mr. A. Lucas, fishery overseer at Alert bay, informs me that he has obtained a plant on Nawhitti bar, off the North coast of Vancoiiver island, measuring 111 feet in length. Nereocystis Ivtkeana is found more or less extensively throughout British Colum- bian waters. Macrocystis pyrifera is, according to Setchell, known as " long bladder kelp."^ I have found in use the more descriptive terms " sea-ivy " and " flag-weed." The plant consists of a holdfast of many whorls, from which extend upward usually numerous stipes, each of which carries at regular intervals large ivy-leaf-shaped fronds, joined to the stipe through a buoying bladder. The length of the plant is variable. Off the Californian coast plants 150 feet in length have been met with. Eigg states that 50 feet is the common length in the Puget Sound region. I have found plants 40 to 50 feet in length in Barkley sound (west coast of Vancouver island) and 30 feet or less off the north coast of Vancouver island and off Banks island. A diminution of mean temperature may determine this diminution of length. Macrocystis pyrifera has been reported off Victoria and Port Renfrew. I have found it in Barkley sound, along the north coast of Vancoiiver island, off Banks island, and in Qlawdzeet anchorage, Stephen island, so that it is evident that it is present along the whole coast of British Columbia. This was to be expected, since, while common farther south, it is also not uncommonly met with in Alaskan waters. It is not present in the inner coastal waters of British Columbia, from Ten-mile point, near Victoria, to Port McNeill. Its absence in these waters must be attributed to their lessened salinity. CONDITTOXS AFFECTING THE GROWTH OF " NEREOCYSTIS " AND OF " MACROCYSTIS.." The factors determining the growth of Nereocystis liitheana and Macrocystis pyrifera are the same : — (1) A suitable rocky surface of attachment. (2) A marked movement of the water containing the plant. (3) A suitable salinity. (4) Not too high a temperature. 1 "Fertilizer Resources of the United States." Senate Document 190, 1912, p. 180. 2 Hid., p. 159. 28 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 (1) The most suitable surface of attachment for kelp consists of a stony or rocky bottom at a depth of from 3 to 6 or 8 fathoms (in Canadian waters). ]\rost of the large plants of kelp that I have seen were growing in from 4 to 6 fathoms of water (low-tide measurement). Apparently the nature of the rock has something to do with the result, presumably through the surface it possesses. Sandstone and lime- stone rock-bottoms are usually devoid of kelp. Conglomerate and granite are favour- able. Kelp need never be looked for along sandy or shingly shores, nor where there is a mud bottom. (2) Kelps flourish most luxuriantly where there is a maximum tidal current of from 3 to 5 knots an hour. Beds are found where there is much slighter water move- ment, but, generally speaking, the less the movement of the water, the less luxuriant is the kelp growth. I have observed no growth of kelp where the " tide-rip " reaches a maximum of 6 or more knots an hour. Apparently Macrocystis grows preferably in somewhat stronger currents than Nereocystis (see the remarks on the kelp growth in Barkley sound and off Banks island below). Salinity is one of the chief determining factors of the growth of kelp. It does not grow in brackish water (see the results for Howe Sound, etc.). Nereocystis can apparently attain a moderate size in water of less than two-thirds ocean salinity (mean density 1-019) and where the salinity occasionally sinks temporarily to much lower values (density 1-013, for example), but both length and weight increase distinctly with increased salinity, as will be shown below. Macrocystis does not grow at all until a higher salinity is reached. While Macrocystis has been observed in Barkley sound, with density of the containing water as low as 1-0185, too few readings were taken to determine the average value with accuracy (1-0195 for three readings). The average of readings off the north coast of Vancouver island, where Macrocystis is common, was 1-022, and the lowest figure observed 1-021. (4) The effect of temperature is less certainly demonstrable. According to Setchell,' temperature is one of the chief factors affecting the distributing of different species, but there seem to be no available data bearing on the effect of temperature on the growth of particular species. In sheltered bays in the strait of Georgia, where local bodies of water attain a moderately high temperature (60° to 65° F.) for a month or more at the height of summer, disintegration of Nereocystis appears to commence sooner than usual. LIFE-HISTORY OF " NEREOCYSTIS "' AND " MACROCYSTIS." Nereocystis is a yearly plant, growing rapidly in spring, reaching maturity in July or later, and then decaying at a greater or less rate. Many plants are torn away from their anchorages, and the beds considerably depleted in this way with the onset of winter storms. Others probably decay till the pneumatocysts burst, and the plants then sink. The beds are thickest from July to September or October. ]\Iany are probably visible throughout the year, the young plants attaining some size before the older plants have completely disappeared. The plants are propagated asexually by spores. The exact time at which the spores are set free is a matter of importance, since it must be taken into eonsider- ation in fixing the best time to cut the beds. According to Bigg,'* kelp plants can be cut after July 15 without interfering with spore-discharge and so with next year's crop. This conclusion is based on observations in the Puget Sound region. As far as I could judge, in more northern waters the plants reach full size at a slightly later date, and it might be desirable to defer cutting until a somewhat later period. More information is required on this point. 1 Setchell, ibid., pp. 135-137. 2 Rigg, ibid., p. 186. COMMERCIAL VALUE OF KELP-BEDS 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Macrocystis has a life longer than a year, and exact data as to its rate of growth and rate of regeneration (for the plant is said to regenerate when cut) are at present not available. Spore discharge takes place from sori situated on fronds low down on the plant towards the base, so that the greater portion of the plant can be removed without interfering with reproduction.^ During 1913, observations were made by the American Bureau of Soils at La Jolla and Point Fermin, California, and at Friday Harbour, Washington, on the life- history of Nereocystis and Macrocystis, with especial reference to cutting and har- vesting.* The results will presumably appear in the report in process of publication already referred to. THE ECONOMIC VALUE OF THE PACIFIC KELP BEDS OF CANADA. This investigation has been directed with two aims. An estimate — very approxi- mate, of course — was sought of the total amount of kelp available for commercial purposes, and a further estimate of what part of this could be harvested at a probable profit. The kelp beds do not attain full size before the middle of July at earliest. Investi- gations were commenced, however, at the beginning of the month, and carried on until the end of August. Since, in that limited time, only a relatively small portion of the coast line could be examined accurately, typical portions were mapped out, so that from these the average yield per mile of coast line might be calculated with at least an approximation to accuracy. The portions examined will be seen on reference to Chart I. The following districts have been charted as accurately as time would permit : — A. The district comprising the southeast coast of Vancouver island, from North- west bay to the north of Saanich peninsula, and the islands to the east of this from the Ballenas group to the international boundary. This district can be regarded as typical for waters of moderate salinity, abound- ing in reefs. It comprises 500 miles of coast-line. , B. The district included in Howe sound and Burrard inlet. These are typical of the large inlets comprising some thousands of miles of coast-line, and occurring at regular intervals along the mainland. This district can be regarded as typical for brackish waters. The part mapped includes about 200 miles of coast-line. C. The district along the north coast of Vancouver island from Hope island to Baronet passage. This district is typical for waters of fairly high salinity; it comprises 240 miles of coast-line. The following districts were examined : — D. The coast-line of Vancouver island and the islands adjacent, south of dis- trict A, to Victoria. E. The channels between Vancouver island and the mainland, from Texada island northward to Johnston strait. F. Barkley sound and the Alberni canal (selected as typical of the inlets on the west coast of Vancoviver island). G. The district from the north of Banks island to Prince liupert and Hodgson reefs. 3 Setchell, ihid., 9. 139. * Phalen, "Potash Salts for 1913," p. 93 (Publications of the U. S. Geol. Survey). 30 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 An attempt vras made to examine the beds along the shores of the Queen Char- lotte islands. I succeeded in reaching Rose Spit in the D.G.S. Malaspina, in a south- easter, but after remaining there for thirty hours -n-ithout abatement of the weather, the steamer had to proceed south to Esquimalt on the outbreak of the war. The observations were carried out in the various steamers and gasolene launches of the Fishery Service, and my thanks are due to Chief Inspector Cunningham, Inspectors Taylor and Williams, and the officers iii charge of the boats of that service, and to Capt. Holmes Newcomb of the Malaspina for rendering me every assistaiice in their power in order to carry out this work successfully. The launch at the Biological Station was also used for local work, and I have to thank Dr. Maclean Fraser, the curator at the station, for continued assistance and valued advice. He also surveyed for me the district from I^anoose bay to the Balleuas islands, included in A. In carrying out such work as the above it may be noted that indications given in the Admiralty charts of the presence of kelp are as a rule accurate, kelp seldom being found in quantity except where marked on the charts. The charts give no clue, however, to the extent of the beds The results of the examination will now be summarized, district by district. Method of Examination. — Only a rough approximation has been attempted; this is undoubtedly a conservative one. Beds were considered as thin, or thick. Thin beds were estimated to contain an r.verage of one plant per square yard. Thick boda were estimated to contain three or a^ore plants per square yard (often the beds \v(-re decidedly thicker than this). The widths of the beds were estimated roughly and noted. In addition, fringes close inshore were noted, and were considered about 5 yards wide, and thin or thick as before. Such fringes total to only a small percentage of the whole amount. Several typical plants of typical beds were weighed to give the average weight per square yard. The parts weighed included the fronds, pneumatocyst, and 8 or 10 feet of the stipe, this being the probable amount removed by any mechanical system of cutting.^ The calculations have been based on the weights and thickness of Nereo- cystis plants only. It is more difficult to estimate the thickness of beds of Macro- cystis. The weights obtainable in any given area are probably of the same order for the two species. In any case the great majority of the kelp beds in British Columbia waters consist of Nereocystis. Knowing the extent of the beds, the number of plants i)er square yard, and the average weight of each plant, the weight of the kelp in any area can then be at once calculated. District A. — The actual survey of the district was made between the dates July 6 and 10, inclusive, a preliminary examination having been made in the previous week. The results of the survey are shown in Chart IT.- Plants were weighed each day with the following results: — 1 Various measurements indicate that the remainder of the stipe and the holdfast weigh from 50 to 70 per cent of the weight of pneumatocyst plus 8 or 10 feet of stipe. - Map II is taken from Admiralty Chart No. 579, to which it should be referred. COMMERCIAL VALVE OF KELP-BEDS 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Place obtained. Total length . Average length. Weight of fronds. Weight of pneuraato- cyst and psrt of stipe. Total available weight. Average weight. 1. Shoal Harbour (inshore in shallow water). 2. Channel between Comet and Gooch islands. 3. South end of Prevost island 4. Belle Chain feet. 44 39 35 29 63-5 51 5 45 42 41-5 41-5 57 '5 43 38 29 5 28-5 feet. 37 575 42-5 4G 29 lb. 0-5 4-5 4-5 3 15-5 23 11 65 9 5 9-5 8-5 50 9-5 6 7-5 lb. 1-5 1-5 2 1-5 4-5 6 3-5 1 5 3 2 2-5 2-5 2 1 2 lb. 2 (J 6-5 4-5 20 29 14 5 8 12-5 11-5 11 7-5 11-5 7 9-5 lb. 5 24-5 11-5 5. On Gabriola reefs 10 8 Allowing equal value for each average, these figures give an approximate average of 12 pounds per plant (portions available for removal). Using this figure, from the data furnished in map II, I estimate that 122,760 tons of kelp could be obtained from this district, giving an average of 245 tons per mile of coast line. Throughout this and succeeding surveys, measurements of the density if the sea- water holding these beds were made at frequent intervals. These and other data are publish conjointly with Dr. Maclean Fraser on later pages, and liave led to the conclusion that in the northern part of this district there is a noticeably smaller mean salinity value than in the southern (due to influx of fresh water from the inlets of the mainland and the Fraser river), the density figures being, respectively, 1-019 and 1-021.^ Corresponding to this, the southern portion (Haro Strait region, connected to the open ocean through the strait of Juan de Fuca — see Chart I) has a much greater growth of kelp, as shown in the following figures. These are calculated on the assumption that the weight throughout is 12 pounds per plant. The table just given shows, however, that a higher value was obtained for plants farther south, so that the differences shown below are probably actually greater. (1) District south of Saltspring island (coast-line 60 miles), 34,140 tons of kelp, being 570 tons per mile. (2) District north of this limit (coast-line 440 miles), 88,620 tons of kelp, being 200 tons per mile. The remaining conditions (kind of sea-bottom, tidal currents, temperature) were not markedly different. Chart II clearly shows the increased growth in the southern area. All the kelp seen in district A was Nereocystis liiiJceana. District B. — In Howe sound there is no kelp. In Burrard inlet there is a single patch of Nereocystis an acre or less in extent in Vancouver harbour; this is negli- 1 The extremes probably show greater differences, though too few readings were taken in the southern portion to lay great weight on them. Those observed were: Northern portion, 1.011 to 1 022 : southern portion, 1.020 to 1.022. 32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 gible. (The observations were made on August 19.) The absence of kelp in Howe sound is traceable to several causes, each probably in itself sufficient. The shore is sheer, a depth of 60 fathoms or more being reached a few feet out. The rocks arc of carboniferous limestone, affording no hold for kelp, even were there any ridges at a suitable depth below the surface. The whole of the water of the sound is brackish, a large amount of fresh water being contributed by the Squamish river, flowing into the head of the sound. Density measurements taken within 3 miles of the head of the sound showed fresh water. Measurements 23 miles farther out (just outside the sound itself, in the strait of Georgia) showed a density of only 1-008. It may be pointed out here that since kelp grows near the surface, and since the greater part of the plant remains within 2 or 3 feet of the surface, it must be particularly subject to the influence of the surface water, so that measurements of the density of this give a clue to the salinity of the sea-water actually affecting the plants. The conditions in Burrard inlet are somewhat similar to those in Howe sound, but the amount of fresh water flowing into the inlet is less, and the mean density value of the surface water higher. The combined coast-line of Howe sound and Burrard inlet is about 200 miles. The situation of this district can be seen by refer- ence to Charts I and II. Off the extensive sand flats at the mouth of the Fraser river (see Chart II) no kelp is to be expected. I have not examined these flats myself, but have been informed by numerous persons that no kelp exists along this strip of coast. Howe sound is typical of most of the large inlets farther north, both as regards the brackishness of the water, and the sheerness of the shores. I am informed thp.t no kelp exists in any of them, except perhaps along the islands at their mouths. District B can, therefore, be taken as representative of a very considerable amount of coast-line. District C. — The district north of Vancouver island is much richer in kelp than District A. The part surveyed is shown in Chart III, and the work was carried out on July 23 and 26, inclusive. An attempt was made to see the kelp on Nawhitti bar, to the west of the portion charted. There are vast beds here for more than 10 miles, indeed most of the way to cape Scott, and the kelp grows to a much greater size than on the less exposed portion actually seen. The weather conditions were unfavourable, and I was unable to see this region. In order to chart this mass of kelp properly it may be necessary to stay a week or longer in Bull harbour, Hope island, and seize a favourable combination of calm weather and slack low water. It should be noted that in order to survey many of the beds properly it is necessary to see them under these conditions; this materially hinders rapid work. Rough water hides the kelp con- siderably and prevents an accurate estimate of its extent. The kelp grows most luxuriantly in a " tide-rip," and this when in action drags it under, and may almost completely submerge large beds. In order to estimate the weight of kelp available in this district sample plants were taken from a very large patch north of Haddington island with the following results : — Total length . Avenige length . Weight of fronds . Weiglit of Pneumatocyst and part of stipe. Total available weight. Average weight. f eot . feet. lb. lb. lb. lb. 61 18-5 6 2»-5 56-5 16 5-5 21-5 53 8 4 12 5\b 13-5 4-5 18 46 54 21 5 26 20 COMMERCIAL VALUE OF KELP-BEDS 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a 1 think that this average of 20 pounds can be accepted as applicable to the whole of the kelp seen since while some of the shore kelp was undoubtedly much lighter in weight the built was in beds.Ecirilar to that at which these measurements were made, and vast beds in the neighbourhood, such as those at Nawhitti bar, must average much higher. (The plant 111 feet long measured by Mr. Lucas had a weight of the order 100 pounds.) Two hundred and forty miles of coast line was examined. The weight of the kelp available calculated on the above estimate from the additional data shown in chart III ^ was 224,640 tons, an average of 936 tons per mile of coast line. This, it is to be observed, is much higher than that for district A, corresponding to a higher mean density of the sea-water (average value observed, 1-0225; extremes, 1-021, 1-0265). The bulk of the kelp seen was Nereocystis lutTceana. Near Port McNeill, with increased salinity due to nearness to the open waters of Queen Charlotte sound, occasional small patches of Macrocystis occur among the Nereocystis beds. They become commoner farther west, and between Suquash and Hardy bay there arc exten- sive beds of Macrocystis. The beds are so thick that the weight per unit area is almost certainly comparable with that for Nereocystis, so that the error due to a cal- culation on the basis of Nereocystis only cannot be a large one. Before proceeding to apply the data given above to the general problems the results of the rougher examinations of the other districts will be dealt with; as no chart* were made for these, some actual figures and data are included for reference for future workers. DistHct D (South of District A, to Victoria). — This was examined on July 4. Off the islands east and south of Sidney island are probably fairly large beds of kelp which would repay charting. There are a few small patches near Zero rock and Johnstone reef. The coast near Ten-mile point is surrounded by fringes of kel]), while there are numerous small beds outside Oak bay and Foul bay. The whole could be charted in two or three days, and the average is probably of the same order as that for the southern section of District A. I saw only Nereocystis in this region. District E {Channels between the northeast of Vancouver Island and the Main- land).— This was examined betw^een July 18 and 21, inclusive. The route covered was from Pender harbour through Calm channel and the Caldero channels to Forward harbour, thence to Port jSTeville, and south through Johnstone strait and the western passage to Quathiaska cove. The greater part of this territory consists of fairly narrow channels, with very strong tidal currents. There is very little kelp through- out. There are occasional small patches and fringes, but the difficulty of collection would be great (since much of the navigation is dangerous for small boats) and the amount obtainable would not repay collection. Port Neville, opening off Johnstone strait, is almost choked up with kelp, though when I saw it at half-tide most of tin's bed was submerged, and invisible. The district northward from this point would repay careful examination; Such kelp as exists in this district is invariably Nereocystis. The observed den- sities ranged from 1-014 to 1021; in the mean, 1019. District F (Barldey Sound and the Alherni Canal). — Examined August 25 to 27. This district was selected as typical of the west coast inlets of Vancouver island. The Alherni canal is 25 miles long, very deep (up to and over 100 fathoms in many places), large quantities of fresh water flow into it, and it is quite devoid of kelp. It resembles Howe sound in general character. It opens out to Barkley sound, which is roughly 1 Chart ITI shouUl be referred to Admiralty Charts Nos. 5S1 and 582. 3Sa— ?, 34 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 about 25 miles square, and contains numerous small islands. The shores of these are sheer for the most part, and a suitable rocky bottom for kelp growth is rare. The south side of the sound was more especially examined. There is a patch of Macro- cystis some acres in extent inside Banfield creek, and a fringe of Nereocystis outside. There is a similar distribution at Dodger cove, while the neck of Useless inlet is almost filled with Macrocystis, and farther out are a few plants of Nereocystis. As far as I could judge this distribution was determined by water-movements, the Macro- cystis growing where the tidal current was stronger. There is little other kelp worth mentioning on the south side of the sound, and. no kelp in the neighbourhood of Sechart. Most of the inlets contribute fresh water and contain no kelp. Tlie salinity of the whole sound is distinctly below ocean values, though high enough for the growth of Macrocystis (average density 1-0195 where MacrocT/siis was found growing). The kelp in the sound would not repay collection. I am told that there is a similar distribution in Clayoquot sound, farther north, and that in Nootka -sound, still farther north, the amounts are larger. I do not think that the west coast of Vancouver island need be examined further at present. District G (From the north of Banhs Islcvnd to Prince Rupert and Hodgson'^ Reefs). — This district was only seen in small part, on dates between July 28 and August 6. Throughout this period the weather conditions were unfavourable. V/hiie RocJcs, Banhs Island. — The coast line here was examined for some miles. It consists of a vast network of narrow passages between small islands and Banks island itself. These passages are all fairly well filled with kelp. In the inside pass- ages, where the tidal currents are stronger, Macrocystis predominates. Outside, where there is more wave motion but less current, Nereocystis is present in thick fringes 25 to 50 yards wide, I was informed that there is a similar thick distribution of kelp along the west coast of Banks island and the islands to the south of it (Estevan, Aristazable, etc.). The amounts of kelp present per mile of coast-line are at least of the order found for district C, and probably higher. Macrocystis plants run about 30 feet in length. Nereocystis plants are of medium size, about 10 to 15 pounds weight. , KitTcatlah Inlet. — There are thick fringes of kelp everywhere. Freeman Passage, Porcher Island. — On the south side of the passage there is a bed of Nereocystis about 2 miles by half a mile in extent. On the north side there is a smaller bed. Spire Reef, near Prince Rupert. — There is a bed of Nereocystis here several acres in extent. Metlalcatla Bay. — There are two beds here, one 1 by | mile, the other | by i mile, both consisting of medium-sized Nereocystis plants. Tugwell Islands. — Thick fringes of Nereocystis are present, and a large bed ofT the northeast point. Hodgson Reefs. — There is here a bed about a mile square, of medium-sized plants. All the above beds are thick, Lilcy Island. — Several small patches of Nereocystis are present, .Qlawdzeet Anchorage, Stephen Island. — Thick fringes of kelp, about 50 yards wide, surround the whole shoreline. Both Nereocystis and Macrocystis are present, Tree-noh Group. — The islands, as far as seen, were all surrounded by wide fringes of Nereocystis. The plants were not very heavy, I was informed that there was a similar thick distribution north to the Dundas islands. District H (the Queen Charlotte Islands). — As previously mentioned, an attempt to examine the kelp beds off these islands was prevented by the outbreak of the war. COMMERCIAL VALUE OF KELP-BEDS 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a For the undermentioned data I am indebted to Capt. Holmes Newcomb, of the D.G.S. Malaspina. Cape Naden to Bruin hay, wide fringe. Langara island, east and sonth sides, thick fringe. Frederick island to cape Knox, west coast of Graham island, a bed 15 miles long, with an average width of li mile. Masset and Naden harbours, fringe. Outside Masset harbour, eastwards, bed IJ by 1 mile, small plants. Cumshewa inlet, east coast of Graham island, a bed 7 by 2 miles on the south side of the inlet; a second 5 by i mile on the north side (McCoy's cove to Clew); both thick. Farther south the greater part of the rocky coast is fringed thickly with kelp, especially in the inside channels; e.g., Burnaby channel is solidly filled by a bed 3 by \ miles in extent. Estimating on the above figures alone, and assuming thick beds of Nereocystis with an average weight of 15 pounds per plant, the available kelp from the Queen Charlotte islands would amount to more than a million tons. An accurate survey of these beds is therefore very desirable. The waters are treacherous, and such a survey would require the assistance of a man thoroughly familiar with the coast. TOTAL AVAILABLE KELP AND ITS VALUE. From the data given above it is possible to get some idea of the total value of the Pacific Coast kelp beds, but at present the calculations must be based partly on analyses made of samples obtained farther south in the Puget Sound region. I have obtained samples for analysis at various points along the British Columbia coast; these have been forwarded to Dr. Shutt at Ottawa. His results, when available, can be used to correct the following figures. I do not anticipate that much variation of composition will be found. I have determined the water-content of Nereocystis at Departure bay, with the following results: — Part of plant taken. Percentage water content. Dry residue. Fronds . .... Pneuniatocyst Stipe per cent. 91-91 9.3-94 87-29 87 -17 percent. 8-09 (J -00 1271 Holdfast 12 83 Since an examination of the figures for plant- weight reveals a weight-ratio of frond to pneumatocyst and stipe (available portion) of between 3 and 4 to 1, if the figure 8 per cent be taken for the dry weight it will cei-tainly give a conservative estimate. Turrentine's figures for the potassium chloride and iodine' contents of Nereo- cystis obtained in Puget sound are on the average 30-9 per cent potassium chloride and 0 14 per cent iodine.^ My own figures for iodine in Nereocystis from Departure bay average 0-12 per cent iodine.^ These are all expressed for the dried plant. In the following calculations I have assumed 30 per cent potassium chloride and 0-12 per cent iodine. (Since Macrocystis contains similar amounts of potassium chloride 1 " Fertilizer Resources of the United States ", Senate Document 190, 1912, p. 220. 2 Cameron, J. Biol. Chem., vol. 18, p. 350, 1914. 38a— 3i 36 DEl'ARTMEyT OF THE MTAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 and iodine, no marked error will be made by C'alculating tlirougliout for Xereorj/stis plants.) The potassium chloride values are calculated on the American quotations for the crude salt before the outbreak of the war ($39.07 per ton on an 80 per cent basis; hence reckoned as $50 per ton potassium chloride). Since there is no duty on this salt into Canada, these figures can be applied here. The iodine vakies are cal- culated from the values quoted for Canadian imports in 1913 ($1.73 per pound, equal- ling $3,875 per ton). Total kelp available Dry weight . . Weight of potassium chloride contained Weight of iodine contained Value of potassium chloride contained. Value of iodine contained Total value District A 500 miles. tons. 122,760 9,820 2,946 11 147,300 15,647 192,947 District B 200 miles. District C 240 miles. tons. 224,640 17,970 5,391 21 56 269,550 83,545 353,095 Since these three districts may be held to represent fairly accurately and equally the distribution of kelp over the whole coast, an average of the results can be applied to the whole coast line, which is commonly estimated as 25,000 miles." District A. District B. District C. Average weight of potassium chloride per mile. . . Average weight of iodine per mile tons. 5-9 0 024 tons. tons. 22-5 009 tons, 94 0 038 Hence, total annual yield of potassium chloride is equal to 235,000 tons worth (valued at $50 per ton), $11,750,000. Total annftal yield of iodine is equal to 950 tons worth (valued at $3,875 per ton), $3,680,000. The total calculated value is, therefore, over fifteen million dollars annually. It must be remembered that at present and during the present war the price of potassium chloride will remain much higher than that quoted, but that vuider normal conditions the marketing of large quantities of potassium salts (or of iodine) would probably result in a considerable lowering of price by the controllers of the present supplies. It is perhaps doubtful whether under normal conditions the kelp in districts A and D could be harvested at a profit. The territory extending from the north coast of Vancouver island to the Dundas islands, including the islands in Queen Charlotte sound and the other islands Aristazable, Estevan, Banks, Porcher, Stephen, the Tree Nob group, etc., has much more extensive beds, and as far as I can judge the figures obtained for district C are applicable to the estimated coast-line comprised in this territory, but much of it has not yet been charted. From the available charts it would appear to be at least 2,000 miles in length, while 3,000 miles is not improb- ably a more correct figure. Using the smaller figure, with the data from district C (22-48 tons of potassium chloride and 0 09 ton of iodine per mile), the total avail- able yield should be 44,960 tons potassium chloride and 180 tons iodine, worth, respectively, $2,250,000 and $700,000, a total of $2,950,000 for the annual harvest. See for example C. McLean Fraser ,Trans. B. C. Acad, of Science, vol. 1, p. 49. COMMERCIAL VALUE OF KELP-BEDS 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a It would seem almost certain that the kelp in thi*r district could be obtained and harvested at a profit. It would at present more than supply Canada's needs for potassium salts and iodine. •The annual value of the beds off the Queen Charlotte islands is also more than a million dollars at pre-war rates. The difficulties of harvesting will be greater. RECOM^rEXDATIOXS. I submit the following recommendations: — (1) The charting of the kelp beds from the north of Vancouver island to the Dundas islands should be completed. This can be carried out properly only between July and September of any year, when the kelp is thickest and the weather condi- tions are most favourable. The waters are dangerous for navigation in many parts of this territory. A seaworthy steamer carrying a small power launch, and the services of an efficient navigator with some knowledge of these waters are essential. The work would occupy at least two seasons. Much of the coast has not been charted, and it would be necessary to prepare a rough chart, which could be done in the two months previous to the actual kelp survey. (2) The kelp beds of the Queen Charlotte islands should be surveyed. This must be carried out at the same period of the year. The difficulties of navigation are greater, from the dangerous natflre of the waters. (3) Fvirther information should be obtained concerning the best period for cut- ting the kelp. It must not be cut too early or the discharge of the spores may be affected and next year's crop lessened. It will be necessary to make careful observa- tions of defiiuite areas over a series of years to find out whether the time of ciitting affects the succeeding growth harmfully. If cutting is delayed too long, the fronds will have commenced to decay, and the total yield may be considerably diminished. This will not matter initially, when only part of the kelp beds is being utilized, and especially for works conducted on an experimental basis, so that until definite informa- tion is available, permission to cut kelp should probably be granted only between August and December, inclusive. (4) There is not enough kelp to allow private companies to utilize the same beds. The areas will require division, and for effective working a particular area will have to be allocated to a single corporation. Policing will be essential, to prevent too early cutting. Perhaps this could be undertaken by the fishery officials. (5) It has been stated by various investigators that the removal of kelp may interfere with the food supply of certain fishes, and may increase the dangers of navigation by removing natural breakwaters; further, that the presence of kelp in waters not well charted is of considerable assistance in the navigation of boats of h'f-'hl draught. The latter points may be important, and further consideration .■:f thorn is required. Any difficulties can probably be overcome" by more accurate chart- i.!g of the coasts and increased buoying of the reefs. (6) It will be necessary to secure information as to the best methods of harvest- ing the kelp, and obtaining from it the potassium chloride and iodine. American experiences are available,^ and the conditions of labour and transport in British Columbia are probably not markedly different. ^ The technology of the seaweed industry is summarized in the Congress Report, No. 190, already frequently referred to, on pages 232 to 262. Some idea of the kind of manufacturing plant required and the cost of operation may be gathered from the following quotations:— («) W. C. Phalen, "Potash Salts, Summary for 1913," from "Mineral Resources of the United States, Calendar Year 1913 — Part II", Washington, 1914: (pp. 94-6): — ■ " Commercial Utilization of Kelp. — Since interest has been aroused in kelp as a source of potash salts, several companies have been formed having in view its commercial exploitation, either in the dried form as a fertilizer or for the potash salts and the other valuable ingredients, such as iodine, which it contains. The names of eleven companies formed ostensibly to engage in the kelp industry have been brought to the attention of the survey during the last year. In 38 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 (7) No company or individual should be given permanent or unrestricted rights to remove and utilize kelp in British Columbia waters until the information outlined has been obtained. (8) The desirability of establishing a Dominion experimental plant in the northern or central part of the British Columbia coast to carry out further experi- ments as to the best method of obtaining the commercial products should be con- sidered. geographical distribution, these companies are located in the vicinity of Puget sound with head- quarters chiefly at Seattle, and on the southern California coast near Long Beach, Los Angeles, and San Diego. Two of these companies were mentioned in this report for 1912. " The American Potash Co., with offices at Los Angeles, Cal., plans to utilize the kelp in the vicinity of Long Beach. This company was formed by the merging of two other companies, one of which was the Coronado Chemical Company, of San Diego and Cardiff. It is stated that work will begin early in 1914 on the manufacture of potash and other by-products from kelp at a plant to be built at Long Beach. The plant is to be erected on the unit system, and con- struction work on it began early in 1913. The work of manufacturing potash will begin on the completion of the new buildings that are expected to be finished about April 1, 1914. "The Pacific Products Co., of San Pedro, Cal., with a capital of $100,000, is reported to have a factory site on the California coast opposite the kelp grove outside of Point Fermin. "The Pacific Products Co., of Seattle, Wash., capitalized at $125,000, will build a factory for the manufacture of fertilizer materials and by-products from fish and kelp at Port Townsend, Wash. Several beds of kelp have been optioned at the head of Puget sound, where a large quantity of seaweed will be harvested each year and transferred to the factory at Port Town- send. This company will also make a business of obtaining dogfish, and of utilizing the offal from the fish canneries in the vicinity. The first unit of the plant for converting kelp and dogfish into fertilizer material was reported completed in July 1913. " The Pacific Kelp Mulch Co., is located at Terminal island, 1 mile east of East San Pedro, on the San Pedro, Los Angeles and Salt Lake railroad. The company has been gathering kelp from the ocean during the last two years and disposing of it to the farmers and fruit growers as a fertilizer. The company has developed a machine w^hich harvests the kelp rapidly and on a large scale. The kelp is cut from 4 to 6 feet under water, and care is taken not to disturb the roots of the growing plants. It is loaded on a barge and brought to the boat landing of the plant. Here it is pitch-forked from the barge on a belt conveyor which conveys it to the cutter, being subjected during the passage to a steaming process which is practically instantaneous and which, it is asserted, removes all the adhering common salt (NaCl) but none of the potash salts. The cutter chops it into pieces 6 to 8 inches long — that is, of a length to be conveniently handled with a manure fork or to be harrowed under the soil after being spread. From the cutter the kelp falls into wagons or to the floor. It is then carted to the railroad and dumped into freight cars and shipped to the centres of consumption. This company has the distinction of being the first to harvest and market kelp on a commercial scale. " The material is said to have many advantages as a fertilizer, and these are explained in a small pamphlet which has been issued by the company. " The other companies whose names have come to the Survey as proposing to engage in the production of kelp on a commercial scale are the following : Ocean Products Co., Seattle, Wash., North Pacific Kelp Potash Co., Seattle, Wash., Pacific Coast Potash Co., Seattle, Wash., Puget Sound Kelp Potash Co., Seattle, Wash., Aquatic Products Co., Seattle, Wash., Kelp Pro- ducts Co., San Francisco, Cal., Mexican Kelp Fertilizer Co., Los Angeles, Cal. " The Survey has no first-hand knowledge of the activities of these companies". (5) Note in Pacific Fisherman, May, 1914, p. 36: — " American Potash, Inc., of Long Beach, Cal., which takes the kelp as it grows along the rock near Point Fermin and converts it into a fine grade of potash, together with many other by-products, is constantly enlarging its plant, and, it is said, has withdrawn its stock from the market. The plant was shut down for a short time during the latter part of April for the pur- pose of installing a new drier, which consists of an immense endless belt of wovenwire which runs over a hot blast, and also gets a large amount of heat from steam pipes located over the top. The dried kelp is burned and then reduced to its merchantable forms through a process of precipitation." (c) Note in the Seattle Post-Intelligencer, August 23, 1914: — " Congress will be asked by the Department of Agriculture to appropriate for the immediate construction of an experimental plant on Puget sound to demonstrate the commercial pos- sibilities in manufacturing potash from kelp. " The Bureau of Soils which has just concluded an exhaustive study of the kelp beds of the Pacific from Mexico to Alaska, in a report now being printed, strongly urges the development of the industry, and asserts that the product could be turned out in commercial quantities in from four to six months." It should be noted, finally, that in this report I have not considered the possible preparation of phosphates or other substances from kelp. Some of these are Indicated in the Congress Report, 1912, p. 249, etc. COMMERCIAL VALVE OF KELP-BEDS 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a SUMMARY. The kelp beds of the British Columbia waters can supply far more potash and iodine than the amounts used at present in Canada. Large quantities could probably be marketed at a profit at pre-war rates. Should the present war be of long duration, all Canadian requirements can be met from this source. In any event, the industry, carried on on a moderate scale, would almost certainly be lucrative. Definite evidence is adduced that the growth of kelp is largely dependent on the salinity of the containing water. Macrocystis pyrifera requires a more saline habitat than Nereocystis liitJceana. Both species grovv' more luxuriantly the more saline the containing water. ' CHARTS ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE REPORT. Chart I. A general outline of the British Columbia coast, showing areas charted (thick lines) and areas examined but not charted (dotted lines). Chart II.— Detailed map of kelp area A, from the international line, Juan de Fuca straits, to Ballenas island, near Nanoose bay. Chart III. — Detailed map of kelp area C, in Queen Charlotte sound. (This report received for publication October, 1914.) — E. E. P. CHART No. in PROFESSOR CAMERON'S KELP REPORT EXPLANATION OF CHART, Lobster' Sanctuaries. Plate II, A. P. Knight. Long Beach Pond at high tide. Viewed from a hill at the northeast end. 38a-191fi-p. -10 i 6 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33a A. 1916 IV. LOBSTER SANCTUARIES AND HATCHING PONDS: AN INVESTIGA- TION OF THE LONG BEACH LOBSTER POND, DIGBY COUNTY, NOVA SCOTIA, IN 1914. By Professor A. P. Kxigiit, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C. etc., Professor of Animal Biology, Qveen's University. Kingsto)i. (With six plates). ACKNO WLEDGMEXTS . Acknowledgment is due to the Department of Naval Service, Fisheries Braneli, for placing all the berried lobsters in the pond at the disposal of the scientific staff. Without these it would have been impossible to carry on the investigation. Acknowledgment is due also to Professor Prince, the chairman of the board, for furnishing important references to the literature of the subject. In fact, it was he and Professor Macallum, the secretary of the board, who suggested the invc stigation. SCIENTIFIC STAFF AT THE POXO. A. P. Knigh't, M.A., M.D., Professor of Physiology, Queen's University. H. G. Perry, M.A., Professor of Biology, Acadia I'niversity. W. E. Sullivan, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, University of ^lilwaukte. A. B. Dawson, Acadia University. W. Arnold Mersereau, University of New Brunswick. RESULTS OF THE IXVESTIGATION. The following summary of the results of the investigation and of the conclusions reached will indicate the lines of the research. In considering whether a rearing plant should be permanently L cated at Long Beach, certain very obvious disadvantages must be squarely faced: — (1) The place is not easily accessible, consequently transportation and freight charges are excessive. (2) The water is too cold and, therefore, delays the development and moulting of the larva\ (3) There is not nearly depth enough of water even under the pre- en t number of hatching boxes, there being only 18 to 20 inches under our four boxes at low tide, whereas there should be at least 6 feet. If the full complement of boxes (24) are to be installed, an area of 400 feet by 60 feet by 10 feet depth would have to be provided. (4) Too great a growth of moulds, diatoms, and Cyanophycea?, causing pollution of the water and sickness and death among the larvre. (5) Too much cloudy and foggy weather, thus depriving first stage larvie of tlui sunshine into which they naturally swim whenever they can. As against these disadvantages may be placed two very important advantages, namely, placidity of surface and suitable salinity. The surface of the pond is pro- tected from high winds throughout its length by a hill on the west side and tl^e high sea wall on the east. According to Mr. Martin, who investigated the subj' ct last season, the salinity nearly equals that of the bay of Fum^y- The amount o*^ fresh ^^lv■.•''s■3^.^. ' c O o ^° 16?" GENERAL PLAN OF THE PONDS. W, W, W, W. Stxjne or sea-wall separating the pond from St. Marys bay on the east. R, R, R, R, etc. Points inside of the sea-wall, at which rivulets enter and leave the pond during the rise and fall of the tide. The numerous wavy lines are intended to represent difiFerent levels of the water between high and low tide. I, 11, Til, IV, V, indicate the five sub-divisions of the pond from the north to the south end. Sub-division II, the cement poand, is an elongated six-sided enclosure, further subdivided into three smaller compartments, each 20 feet by 20 feet, as at 1, and one large compartment, 85 feet by 85 feet. The wooden enclosure, marked 2, in sub-division III, is a temporary structure, 20 feet by 20 feet, and, accommodated about 200 berried lobsters in 1913, when the cenient pound was being built. The hatching and rearing plant, 3, is located in sub-division IV, between fence Fl and F2. The letter E represents the position of the engine house. The four squares east of the engine house represent the location of the four hatching and rearing boxes. (Drawn by A. B. Klugh, M. A.) LOBSTER SANCTUARIES AND HATCHING PONDS 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a water entering from the hillside is insignificant, and in my judgment would in no way endanger the life or undermine the vitality of any adult lobsters confined in the pond. Notwithstanding the great disadvantages, it is only fair that the plant should be operated another season before a final judgment can be rendered as to tho suita- bility of the pond for rearing young lobsters to the fourth or fifth stage. The disad- vantages, however, overbalance the advantages so much that in my opinion the board would not be justified in asking the Government to expend any money upon the cement pond, excepting a small sum sufiicient to provide the adult lobsters with shelters from the excessive light and heat of the sun, and perhaps a further small sum in reducing the leakage. (6) While Long Beach pond is not likely to prove suitable as a reserve in which lobster larvae can be raised to the lobsterling stage, it miy neverthele-s become even more valuable to the lobster industry : (1) as a sanctuary for berried females during the open season, and (2) as a mating ground for male and female commercial lobsters after the open season has ended. LOCATION. Long Beach pond is an elongated area of about 5 acres of sea-water at low tide and 7 acres at high tide. It is situated 4 miles from the southwest end of DIgby Xeck, Digby county, Nova Scotia. The sea-wall which separates the pond from St. Mary's bay on the east is nearly 2,500 feet long, and varies in width from 20 to 50 feet on top. It consists of boulders of all sizes up to about 100 pounds intermixed throughout with sand and gravel. As a consequence, sea-water enters and leaves the pond along nearly the whole length of the sea-wall, but especially at points marked R.K.R., etc., on the general plan. TIDES. The tide rises and falls in the pond between 5 and 6 feet at the lower or south- west end, less, of course, at the upper or northeast end, and is later than the rise and fall in St. Mary's bay by about two hours. This delay in rise and fall is due to the obstruction which the sea-wall offers to the ingress and egress of the sea-water. For convenience of description the pond may be considered as consisting of tlie five subdivisions, marked on the general plan as I, 11, III, IV, and V. Division I is the shallowest part of the pond, consisting of a tsmall pool of no importance at the northeast end. Division II is in some respects the most important portion of the pond. It is known as the cement pound, being inclosed on all sides by cement walls. It was constructed by the Department of Marine and Fisheries for the purpose of impound- ing berried lobsters, or holding them during the open season, the intention being to liberate them again at the beginning of the close season so that they might hatch their eggs naturally in the sea. Division III, like Division II is very shallow at low tide, varying in depth from an inch or two to 8 or 10 inches in most places, but much of it is a mud-flat covered with sea-moss (Chsetomorpha). Division IV, between the wooden fences (E. 1 and F. 2), is the deepest of the pond. Here, over an area of about 25 feet by 50 feet, the water is about 5^ feet deep at low tide. Division V is the part at which there enters and leaves probably two-thirds of nil the water which composes the tidal volume into and out of the pond. Long Beach pond is not directly accessible by railroad, boat, or stage. As a con- sequence, the cost of freighting construction material and all kinds of supplies to the place is greatly in excess of what it would be, if a more accessible loeation had been 44 DEPART.VEXT OF THE XATAL HERTICE 6 GEORGE V, A. 1916 chosen. For example, it cost nearly $5 per 1,000 feet b.m. to brinj? lumber from Wey- mouth, 7 miles away, and lay it down on the beach where construction was j^oing on. Then, too, the cost of labour is high. Labourers ask $2 'a day, handymen $2.25, car- penters $3 and $3.50 a day, a master carpenter $4. The rate for an ox-team and man ranges from $4 a day to $3. These wages may not be too high; but, at any rate, they exceed the rates which prevail around Little River. THE PONDS AXD SAXCTUARY. The acquisition of Long Beach pond, Xova Scotia, and Gabarus pond. Cape Breton^, by the Government as sanctuaries for buried lobsters should need no defence. In fact "the reservation of natural inshore lagoons, harbours and coves" as breeding grounds for lobsters was recommended by the Lobster Commission of 189S (see page 33 of their report). It is not necessary that the sanctuaries should all be like the two mentioned above. ' On the contrary, they should be of different sizes, depending upon the varying needs of different localities. Some of them might well be very small harbours, having narrow- entrances, and sheltered from high winds. Such entrances could be closed with a latticed fence or gate so as to admit tidal water freely, and at the same time retain lobsters. Others might be small wooden inclosures placed in <'Oves or other sheltered places along the coast. Small sanctuaries might be quite as useful as large ones, and would not eosf one tithe of the money. To realize how useful a small wooden sanctuary may be, one has only to learn that the wooden pounds (within Long Beach pond) which accommodated 196 berried lobsters in 1913, during the time that the cement pound was being built, was a struc- ture only 20 feet by 20 feet. '' Too small," you exclaim. Of course it was ; but it was sufficient to retain the lobsters until the open season ended when they woro returned to the sea to hatch their eggs in the natural way. This wooden enclosure could not have cost more than $150; it might just as well have been located in any other sheltered place than in Long Beach pond, and it accom- modated nearly 200 berried lobsters throughout the open season of 1913 and tlirough part of the season of 1914. It must not be understood that this report advocates the establishment of tidal enclosTires without any regard to cost. On the contrary, it recommends that a number of small wooden enclosures, .costing not more than $200 or $300 each, be established as an experiment along the maritime coast at points convenient to large lobster factories, and it bases this recommendation upon the work accomplished at Long Beach pond in 1913 and 1914. In making this recommendation it must be distinctly understood that the berried lobsters are not to be retained in the pound while hatching their eggs. They should be returned to the open sea as soon as the eggs show the first signs of hatching out. Our observations at Long Beach are decidedly opposed to the idea that the lobster larva? could ever grow into adults or even '*' tinkers " within the confines of the pond. There were too many enemies present in the pond to permit of the growth of even q single larva into an adult lobster. Furthermore, this recommendation is based upon the supposition that berried lobsters collected by the patrol boats shall be properly cared for during transportation. They should be towed to the sanctuaries in specially constructed tanks, or they should be packed in moist sea-weed and kept cool with ice throughout the journey. Then again on reaching the sanctuaries the mother lobsters should get all the food they will eat — and good food, not gurry. Of course every one knows that the . average fisherman feeds his impounded lobsters (if he fee-ds them at all) upon th' decaying heads, backbone, ribs, fins, and viscera of fish which he is cutting up for LOBSTER SAXCTUARIES AXD HATCHIXG POXDS 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a bait; and he will tell you with supreme eontidence that lobsters are fond of the disgust- ing mess. To be sure, starving lobsters will eat bones, just as starving men have been known to eat their boots; but to assert that putrefying gurry is all the food that berried lobsters require is to assert what cannot possibly be true. Another necessity in conserving the health and strength of the animals is shade. In their natural haunts they shrink from the light, hide under rocks or in weeds, and burrow in the mud. Why cannot these natural habits of the animal be recognized in any sanctuary that may be provided for them? Shelters in the shape of boxes made of cement or wood should be provided on all areas in which they are confined. If the space is small a dark canvass " fly '' such as is stretched over a tent in hot weather w'ould meet the habit of the animal to some extent at least. Surely if it is wortii wliile to impound lobsters at all for breeding purposes, it is worth while to see that animals are well cared for both during transportation and confinement. The attitude of the intelligent stock-breeder towards his breeding animals is the attitude which should be inculcated aipon fishermen in regard to berried lobsters. Lastly, before a decision is reached as to the location of any inclosure, the pond, cove, or harbour in which it is proposed to locate it, should he subjected to a bioh^gical examination. Its fauna and flora should be determined for the purpose of discover- ing possible enemies of both adults and larva\ Its bottom, its depth of water at high and at low tide, its available food supply for lobsters, its landing facilities, its accessi- bility for securing supplies — all of these things must be carefully considered if success is to follow' the inauguration of any government scheme of tidal enclosures. DECREASE OF LOBSTERS. Failing adequate means of protection, it looks to-day as if the future plenitude of the lobster were doubtful. The catch in proportion to the men and gear employed in it has been steadily falling ofl^ in recent years. The canneries have be:n accepting thousands of " tinkers " or half -grown lobsters, and as long as the canners will buy, the fishermen will continue to catch and sell these immature animals, thus cutting off the supply of full-grown lobsters at its very source. It is, of course, illegal to sell or buy female lobsters with eggs on them; but it is an easy matter for the fishermen to scrape off the eggs. In proportion, therefore, as '"tinker" lobsters a-e destroyed and eggs are removed from the mother animals, in just that proportion will th':' supply of lobsters be cut off in the future. As against this wastage of lobster life the close season counts for S( mething and so do the hatcheries, though there is some doubt about this. As a means of replenish- ing our depleted lobster waters, the hatcheries have been long known to ba unsatis- factory. Moreover, the expense of running them is great. The mother lohst 'r can hatch out a higher percentage of eggs than any artificial hatchery can, and she ca,! in addition, distribute the young in the sea more widely, more uniform^-, and more safely than any employee of a*hatchery. Why not, therefore, give the mother lobsters a little chancs? Let tho Govern- ment extend the lobster pond system, and establish a number of sanctuaries; let the lishermen be paid the same price for " berried " h)bsters delivered at the sanctuaries